Recommended Reads for Journalism Professionals

Local journalists on their 2020 stories that had the greatest impact

Big changes, small changes. These are some of the many local stories that made a difference.

Local news is struggling to survive, even when we need it more than ever

Most Americans believe local news outlets are doing fine financially. Yet less than 1 in 6 subscribe to keep them afloat.

Local news orgs grasp the urgency of community roots

Local media will recognize in 2021 that, in order to be trusted and sustainable, they will need to operationalize their whole organization around understanding who their local community is, and what news and information offerings that community wants and needs.

Local arts and music make journalism more joyous

Arts and music drive conversations, encourage economic impact through travel and exploration, and bridge the gap between languages and cultures.

U.S. Congress agrees to expand payroll assistance to local news outlets

Congressional leaders said that lawmakers agreed to expand forgivable government loans to additional struggling local news outlets as part of a $900 billion COVID-19 relief bill.

How do you spell weather? N-E-W-S.


EDITOR’S NOTE: This is the first story in Changing Weather, our new, occasional series on innovations in local weather coverage.

The current temperatures. The satellite map. The 10-day forecast. They’re all sturdy staples of the weather report on your local station. But nowadays, they’re not enough to compete with the convenient phone apps in every viewer’s pocket.

“So treating weather as news is really important as we move forward,” says Mike Rawlins, executive director of weather at WNBC in New York. “It’s not about pulling up to the graphics computer right before showtime. It’s not just a little block of information we do halfway through the show. It’s news, and there really does need to be a story.”

Nate Johnson, director of weather operations for the NBCUniversal Owned Television Stations, agrees that meteorologists “have an obligation” to give viewers something more than an app can provide. And he says many have responded by breaking down walls between weather and news, and using journalistic storytelling to deepen their coverage.

“Some of the most interesting weathercasts I’ve seen have been where somebody’s done some sort of ‘big-j’ journalism and revealed a layer to something that wasn’t immediately evident,” he says. “It’s getting into how the weather works, why it’s doing what we say it’s going to do, why it didn’t do what we thought it would do yesterday — and telling that in a cohesive story. And that is a challenge that we’re putting to our meteorologists.”

Two meteorologists trying to meet that challenge are Carlos Robles and Angie Lassman, who are among the group’s leaders in innovation.

Mike Rawlins, Nate Johnson, Carlos Robles, and Angie Lassman

Bringing weather stories to life with augmented reality

“I wanted to be a journalist first — just a journalist,” says Robles, chief meteorologist at Telemundo’s KTMD in Houston. But one day, when he was still working as a producer at Univision’s WLII in Puerto Rico, a meteorologist noticed his attention to hurricane stories and encouraged him to consider a career in weather.

“She told me, ‘You can combine journalism and meteorology, and you can be successful,’” he says. “And I did it. I love weather, I love journalism, and when I’m looking back, I say, ‘That was a really good decision.’”

Robles went back to school to add a master’s degree in meteorology to his bachelor’s in journalism, and now he puts them both to use creating unique forecasts and explainers through augmented reality (AR).

His station invested in the technology, with graphics support from the group. Robles says working with the engaging three-dimensional graphics can illustrate scientific concepts in a way that viewers just can’t get on an app. He also says AR can work whether you’re covering the effects of a short dry spell on local gardens — or the potential for dangerous flooding to sweep away cars.

“You can take 3D models — the globe, cars, a garden, whatever you want — and it’s a perfect way to show the people how our atmosphere works in real time,” he says. “Last year, with Tropical Storm Imelda, I showed people why we will receive more than 20 inches of rain in just one day. People started to send me notes on Facebook and Instagram: ‘Hey, Carlos, thanks for explaining what will happen. We understand this and we can prepare.’”


Watch Carlos Robles in “El Golfo en Alerta,” a special on severe storms produced by his station’s meteorology team

He says his goal with AR is to hook viewers with a memorable scene to illustrate the news they need: “Augmented reality captures the attention of your audience — and it doesn’t allow them to go to other places for weather information because you explain the situation in a better way.”

“So you need to present a really good story,” he says. “It’s something that’s just growing and growing every year, more and more.”

Using meteorology expertise to cover climate change

“I might be a meteorologist, but I’m also a journalist,” says Lassman of Miami’s WTVJ (which brands itself as NBC 6 South Florida). “Where I live is ground zero for climate change in the United States, and there are tons of stories where we can focus on environmental issues and make that a brand of NBC 6.”

Lassman says her training in atmospheric science gives her an edge in in-depth climate coverage. “A lot of times, those two aspects aren’t married — the science and the human communication. But if you can be a good communicator about complicated things, I think there’s a ton of opportunity.”

She found one opportunity that stretched the definition of “local” all the way to Australia. Her five-part series, Unprecedented, documented the impacts of Australia’s wildfires and rising sea levels, and drew out parallels and lessons for her market back home.

“I interviewed 17 people in a matter of four days,” says Lassman. “It was incredible to be able to say, ‘Hey, look what’s going on here. Is this the canary in the coal mine for us in south Florida?’ This aired in February, and last week I was still having people write to me, saying it really resonated. We taught people something without it being too dense, and we made it relatable.”


Watch the first episode of Lassman’s Unprecedented series: “What the Climate Crisis in Australia Means to South Florida”

Going forward, Lassman expects more stations to use their meteorologists as beat reporters in correspondent-like roles, even if they’re filing stories from, say, a local river system rather than another country.

“It’s an untapped resource at this point,” she says. “We have financial correspondents, we have White House correspondents, but only in recent years have we started to see people focus on climate. It’s so timely and important, and I think it’ll be super smart for newsrooms to get on board.”

Operations director Nate Johnson says it bodes well for the future of local weather that meteorologists are embracing an “expanding role” and experimenting with new ways to tell stories beyond the basic forecast. But he acknowledges that putting this philosophy into practice can be “easier said than done.”

“Every news director I’ve ever worked for has said ‘Tell me a weather story,’” he says. “So everybody wants it, but they don’t always know what it looks like. It’s sort of like they know it when they see it.”

Maybe that’s why the best ideas bubble up from the meteorologists themselves. “Nobody told Carlos to start building AR,” says Johnson. “He just started doing it and has been a leader in our group ever since. And nobody told Angie to go to Australia. That was an idea that she had.”

“So we’re still going to show you the 10-day, and if there’s severe weather, obviously, that’s going to take over,” says Johnson. “But we’re also letting people in our stations give us ideas, and we’re giving them license to go act on those ideas. And what we’re getting back is some really cool stuff, instead of just re-racking the same set we did the last half hour.”

If you know a meteorologist who deserves to be featured in our ongoing series, please send us an email at cronkitenewslab@asu.edu.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Recommended Reads for Journalism Professionals

Station Group of the Year: The ABCs of Thriving Local Broadcasting

The ABC station group utilized a wide range of next-generation news-gathering facets, including community journalists, interactive town halls, data journalism and group-wide specials, to rise to 2020’s unique news challenge.

Collaborative between journalism groups seeks to start 500 local newsrooms in three years

The Tiny News Collective says it will provide participants the tools and resources they need to start their own local newsroom.

Journalists, let’s talk about the 90 percent of Republicans who don’t trust us

Only 4 in 10 Americans say they have a “great deal” or “fair amount” of trust in the news media, according to Gallup, where they’ve been asking that question since 1972.

The best journalism of 2020: Covering racial justice

As the press increasingly recognizes its own culpability and struggles to counteract decades of systemic mistreatment, these stories, among many more, help show the way forward.

More journalists of color become newsroom founders

In 2021, we’ll see more journalists of color go from being newsroom employees to newsroom founders.

An innovative docuseries comes to a newscast near you


“What this does is it changes the game in many ways,” says Maxine Crooks. Crooks, whose day job is VP of talent development at the ABC Owned Television Stations, is talking about a first-of-its-kind project that’s rolling out this week across the group — a project that unleashes the power of collaboration to break new ground in local TV news.

It’s called Our America: Living While Black. Every night this week, all eight ABC stations are devoting a substantial portion of their late-afternoon newscasts to a series of in-depth, documentary-style “episodes” on aspects of the Black experience. Topics include race-based disparities in economic status, educational opportunity, healthcare and policing, as well as the legacy of slavery. “This is truly about meeting the current moment in time, listening to our audiences, and telling stories that reflect their lives,” says Jennifer Mitchell, SVP of content development at the division, who is overseeing the effort. “So this has been a bit of a labor of love, a passion project.”

The individual segments, which are built around multigenerational families, emphasize hope and perseverance as well as barriers and inequities. “We wanted to find Black families that would share their experiences — not only in the moments right after George Floyd’s murder, but even going back historically — and then give those families a platform within our environment to tell their own stories in their own voices,” says Mitchell. “And that is one way of telling stories in a different way,” says Crooks, “where we are hearing from the people who are impacted by the stories, not just an expert. The people who are telling the story are the experts, because it is their story.”

Entrepreneur Phil Clark credits his mother, Velma, for his Yale University education

Besides the first-person storytelling, there’s a lot more that is unusual about Our America: Living While Black, at least in the local news realm. There’s the impressive time commitment of about 15 minutes embedded in regular newscasts each day this week; the animated explainers drawing on the ABC station group’s data journalism team (which we reported on here) to buttress the individual examples with hard numbers; and the nationwide perspective. “We wanted to tell stories that transcended city limits,” says Mitchell. “There are different challenges in each of our communities, and we thought it was important to tell those [stories].”

The project has multiple digital extensions and culminates in an hour-long special airing on all the stations this weekend. Perhaps the most striking aspect is the collaborative way in which the daily reports and the documentary were produced. Mitchell and Crooks were part of a six-person editorial team, a Disney-worthy squad of Marvel superheroes spread across six different cities. “We felt strongly that we wanted to hear different voices,” says Crooks. “Just as we’re hearing different voices from the community, it’s important for different voices to be on the editorial panel.”

That team met regularly over about seven weeks, sharing feedback on every aspect of the project. Just one example: Monica Barnes, community engagement director at WTVD in Raleigh-Durham NC, expressed concerns that some of the graphics inadvertently reinforced racial stereotypes — and got them changed. “Everybody listened to everybody,” says Crooks, “and everybody felt comfortable coming to the table with their thoughts and their ideas. And I think, because of that, we ended up with the product that we did.”

That product reflects an elaborate process that Jennifer Mitchell estimates involved more than 100 people along the way. “You can imagine, just from a production perspective, the enormous amount of work that went into working with that many people across the organization,” says Mitchell. “Being in different cities, in different communities, it was a large effort to bring it all together.”

An initial call for story ideas to all employees, not just news people, yielded more than 115 pitches. The editorial team culled those down to three for each weeknight theme and then sent the stations off to shoot, arming them with detailed production guidelines. “We wanted it to look and feel cohesive, even though they were very different stories, and different stations tell stories in a lot of different ways,” says Mariel Calizo Myers, an executive producer on the editorial team based at KGO in San Francisco.

The newsrooms sent in what Myers calls “polished rough cuts,” which, after a lot of “back and forth with the stations,” were ultimately edited by a team at WLS in Chicago under senior producer Justin Allen. Myers produced the animations and wrote suggested lead-in copy for stations to customize. “This is really one of the first collaborations for the TV group to be done in this way,” says Myers. “We were setting up workflows about how to deliver content, how we were doing the review process once we edited, and seeing how that worked out. So there were a lot of learnings from that.”

 

The ABC data journalism team provided context with statistics like these

There is almost no scripted copy in the taped stories — just some transitions and context provided by an unseen narrator. “It’s important that there is not a singular host, a singular voice. It is not ‘voice of God’ telling you this. It is these people reflecting and echoing one another,” says someone who knows a thing or two about hosts and voices — the only on-air person on the oversight team. WPVI Philadelphia anchor Tamala Edwards was there not to present, but rather to provide her unique experience and perspective, including an eloquent essay that appears on the project’s digital resource pages, like this one from New York’s WABC.

“It was an interesting project in a different role,” says Edwards. “What could we tell them that they didn’t know before? That’s the space people want to be in. And they want to be in a space of: ‘What can we do?’ People hate the feeling of helplessness when it comes to race. So I think what I brought to this, quite honestly, wasn’t my voice — wasn’t my persona as a news person. It was my heart and my brain and my desire for this to be the best it could be.”

“I think that people often think of race [as] ‘Oh, God, that’s scary. I don’t know if I want to show up,’” Edwards continues. “By the end of this, you’re like, ‘Wow, I’m glad I arrived here. And I’m so empowered to think my grandchildren don’t have to be in the same place having the same conversation.’”


Watch the Our America: Living While Black episode on maternal health care

Collaboration within station groups is on the rise, perhaps as a natural evolution but also accelerated by the coronavirus pandemic. Just this year, we’ve written about Scripps’s The Rebound, Sinclair’s content-sharing system, TEGNA’s Verify, Nexstar’s Solutions Journalism project and Fox’s Your Take, among others. Our America: Living While Black is journalism on a scale that no one station could pull off alone, and the editorial team is hoping for lasting impact.

“I’m extremely proud that we are giving the air time within our local newscasts to these stories,” says Jennifer Mitchell. “We’re already moving on to the next topic. This is not meant to make a splash and then we disassemble this team and everybody walks away.”

“We have to do the everyday news. And that is important,” says Mariel Calizo Myers. “But it’s also important to step back, and then step up. So we step back and look at these stories and step up to tell them. I hope more newsrooms take the time to do that.”

“Telling stories in this way is, just to quote the writer David Carr, ‘writing with thickness,’” says Tamala Edwards. “It’s TV with thickness. It’s not just the top spread of here’s what’s happened. It’s as thick and as complex as our lives truly are.”

“Long-term, as we go forward, it’s no longer just a 20-second sound bite,” says Maxine Crooks. “This tells us that we can tell impactful stories that people will listen to, and that people really are hungering for. They don’t just want the run and gun anymore. They want stories that impact their lives and tell their stories.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox




Recommended Reads for Journalism Professionals

In Election 2020, How did the media, electoral process fare? Republicans, Democrats Disagree

The study reveals that, while most believe the U.S. news media and democratic institutions met the challenges of the 2020 election campaign, skepticism runs deep among many Americans.

Measuring News Consumption in a Digital Era

The news media’s transition to digital has brought major upheaval to the industry — including a multitude of new providers and ways to get to news.

How journalists learned to stop worrying and love the audience

The audience turn in journalism: from concerns about “quality” to an embrace of “innovation”.

The newsrooms at both MSNBC and the Miami Herald will be run by Black women for the first time

MSNBC announced Monday that Rashida Jones will be the network’s president, while the Miami Herald announced Monica Richardson will be executive editor.

Report for America announces more than 300 reporter positions in 2021

Report for America unveils more than sixty new newsroom partners—including a doubling of Black and Hispanic owned media—and opens the application window for new reporters.

Your Take turns the news ‘outside in’ by putting viewers in the spotlight

If you watched the Sept. 29 presidential debate on KTTV in Los Angeles and stuck around for some instant analysis, the first people you heard from were Jeanne Harrison, Miriam Gorbatov, T.J. Chang, Ashley Wiley Johnson, and Brett Zebrowski. Not household names, perhaps (at least not yet), but part of a deceptively daring experiment in viewer engagement.

Anyone who talks about news innovation nowadays inevitably talks about “listening” — tuning into what really matters to viewers, users, or readers rather than assuming that the news professionals know best. But the unique combination of pandemic and politics this election season has prompted the Fox-owned TV Stations to go a big step further: not just listening, but giving viewers a regular and prominent role in their newscasts. “Instead of going to outside pundits and politicians, we’re actually embedding our voters, our citizens, in our coverage,” says Sharri Berg, COO of News Operations for the Fox TV Stations (and also EVP of the Fox News Channel). “And I think that this is something that will remain a permanent part of how we operate.”

The new feature is called Your Take, and the concept sounds and looks simple: assemble panels of regular viewers to comment on issues in the news. Your Take emerged from an August brainstorming session among a handful of Fox station executives from around the country — members of a “politics task force” charged by Berg with finding innovative ways to cover the campaign in this extraordinary year. “The Your Take idea came up on this call as part of a conversation about how we get away from all the punditry and more towards what viewers and voters really care about,” says Erica Hill-Rodriguez, news director at KTTV in Los Angeles. “We wanted to hear more from the people who are actually making the decisions.”

KTTV’s Marla Tellez introduces the carefully balanced post-debate “Your Take” panel

KTTV agreed to serve as guinea pig and produced the first viewer roundtable just a few days later, and the idea took off. It’s now a regular feature at more than half a dozen Fox-owned stations around the country. But don’t confuse Your Take with the conventional man-on-the-street interviews journalists have conducted forever. Inspired by the way Zoom has transformed newsgathering in the pandemic, the newsrooms are creating a carefully curated new form of audience interaction.

Putting the panels together is the first challenge. Hill-Rodriguez says her team uses “our resources in the newsroom and recommendations of friends and neighbors through digital outreach” to recruit a pool of (unpaid) panelists and find the right mix. Matt Piacente, news director at Chicago’s WFLD, brings the whole team, including sales and creative services, into the recruiting process. “You’re going to need a diverse cast with different political leanings, with different ideologies,” says Piacente. “And the only way you’re going to do that in finding regular people is throwing it out to the whole station.”

Sharri Berg, Erica Hill-Rodriguez, and Matt Piacente

And ideological diversity isn’t the only criterion, says Hill-Rodriguez. “Any time you assemble a panel of people, it’s like, is this going to be chaos? Or is this going to be awkward? So there’s a lot of pre-vetting that we do with the panelists: making sure they’re comfortable being on television, making sure they’re not really shy or timid, and also making sure they’re not rude. But you never know until you get into it.”

In fact, the panels, which vary in size but typically number three to five participants, are remarkably civil — just the opposite of a cable news slugfest. “What we found is graciousness,” says Hill-Rodriguez. “Even when there are divergent views on a topic, these panelists are kind. They’re willing to give each other enough space. It’s not negative, which is why it felt so refreshing.” “They’re relaying and sharing their own personal worries and stories,” says Berg. “Everyone has their concerns and their issues, but we open it up and create this platform for them to do so in a meaningful way.”

Your Take producers usually add a “baseball card” graphic that fills in personal information about each panelist: “Brett Zebrowski/Manhattan Beach/Real Estate Agent/Married, 3 Children,” for example. It’s a really smart touch that adds useful context to what the panelists have to say.

Screenshot from KTTV’s post-debate “Your Take”

But not every station does this — a reflection of the freedom news directors have to mold the feature to their own taste. There’s no “must-carry” mandate from Berg or even a standard look. It’s how Fox’s model for innovation and collaboration is supposed to work. “We’ll come up with an idea from any of our task forces and then show it to the rest of the group,” says Berg. “And not everyone adopts it, because every market is different.”


Watch a “Your Take” following the VP Debate

Some stations do Your Take live, others tape the segments and edit them. Each station decides for itself when to air them. And the panels have moved well beyond politics to include topics like the COVID-19 vaccine, back-to-school issues, the indictment of an officer in the Breonna Taylor case, the death of Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg, and even whether to reopen Disneyland. Seattle’s KCPQ has started a knockoff called Mom to Mom, with Dad to Dad and mom-and-dad parenting segments in the wings. “All of our stations are used to collaborating, brainstorming, sharing ideas, sharing best practices,” says Berg. “That’s pretty standard for us. But this was really a whole new level.“

“It’s collaboration and sharing that start to produce more innovative ideas about how to expand it,” says Hill-Rodriguez. “It’s our own newsroom, but it’s also what every other market is doing with this concept. And it’s like, ‘Wow, I didn’t think about it doing it that way. We should try that.’”


Watch KCPQ Seattle’s Erin Mayovsky host the “Your Take” clone “Mom to Mom”

I called Your Take a deceptively daring experiment earlier because it’s such a contrast to the conventional wisdom of what makes television news compelling — breaking news, conflict, emotion, visceral stories with visual punch, and an aversion to so-called “talking heads.” Will Your Take survive the pandemic and the white-hot political campaign and continue to thrive even when “normal” newsgathering returns?

It certainly helps that the boss is a champion and cheerleader for the concept. “There’s something about it that obviously works, that resonates,” says Sharri Berg, “because we have been looking for a way to talk more directly and connect more directly with our consumers.”

 

LA’s Hill-Rodriguez believes the idea can pave the way for an even deeper relationship with the audience. “We are better journalists when we listen to the community that we serve and really make sure that those viewers and that audience have a seat at the table — not just for the segment that we’re airing, but for the editorial process,” she says. “What do they care about? The closer we can get to those answers and those topics in our community, the better job we do serving that audience. So it has to expand.”

“I think you could turn this franchise into a brand for your station,” says Chicago’s Piacente. “It’s really a focus on the outside in, instead of delivering the news inside out. Instead of us telling you what we think, we want to hear what the viewer thinks. In this age of social media and everybody having an opinion, that’s what this can do. So we’ll continue to do this segment past the election, but I want to evolve this into a whole ideology for this station.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Recommended Reads for Journalism Professionals

The future of journalism is on the ground

In an age of corporate media, hyperpartisanship, and alternative facts, the young journalists from Report for America spread into little and middle America to do some old-fashioned shoe leather reporting.

Will journalists be considered front-line workers for COVID-19 vaccines?

The National Press Photographers Association filed a request asking that journalists who have direct contact with the public on a regular basis be expressly included in the phase of the COVID-19 vaccine that includes the essential and critical infrastructure workforce.

The moral case for diversity in newsrooms also makes good business sense

The business case for diversity and inclusion in newsrooms is important, but emphasizing the moral case is required for real and lasting change.

I climbed a ‘virtual Everest’ to support local journalism – Here’s what I learned

“Journalists know this! I applied that to my quest, and took my followers along for the ride.”

Innovating during a weather emergency

As we publish this, Hurricane Delta is bearing down on the Louisiana coast — just six weeks after Hurricane Laura struck the same area with catastrophic impact and tested at least one newsroom’s grit and ingenuity to the limit.

When Laura was approaching southwest Louisiana in August, KPLC General Manager John Ware told his staff they were going to stay put and cover the storm. After all, that’s what the Gray station in Lake Charles had always done to serve its market, where viewers live just off the Gulf of Mexico and deal with lots of extreme weather. “I said, ‘We are going to stay here. We are going to fulfill our mission. We are going to tell the community what they have to do to stay safe,’” says Ware.

Fast-forward a few days: The hurricane was gaining power, forecasters were predicting a deadly storm surge, and it was all heading straight for Lake Charles. So, KPLC broke with tradition. “I don’t want to take credit for the decision to evacuate,” says Ware. “That was Greg. I was like, ‘No, we’re staying,’ and he convinced me otherwise. He showed me a way that it could happen — and it could be better.”

Greg DeBrosse is the station’s news director. Before the hurricane made landfall as a destructive Category Four storm — one of the strongest ever to hit Louisiana — he and his team developed a new coverage plan that helped them stay safe without sacrificing their critical service to the community. Just as the COVID-19 pandemic has sparked creative changes in newsrooms around the country, a weather emergency spurred innovation at KPLC.

The first step was finding a new home base for broadcast. “Gray owns so many stations that we could go to other places,” says DeBrosse, who ultimately coordinated a move to WAFB, about 130 miles away. “It was a little chaotic getting out and getting everybody over to Baton Rouge to continue broadcasting. But it was well worth it, because it kept people from being hurt.”

As Hurricane Laura bore down on Lake Charles, Louisiana, most of KPLC’s news team relocated to sister station WAFB in Baton Rouge. (KPLC)

From Baton Rouge, KPLC provided wall-to-wall hurricane coverage, sending the signal back to Lake Charles using WAFB’s OTT Desk. DeBrosse calls it a “pretty neat piece of technology” that Gray recently invested in for each of its stations: “It’s like a mini studio that can be operated by one person. We could do FaceTime interviews, we could route any of our live shots to it, we could play video directly out of it. That’s how I got a lot on TV for our viewers — load it, tap it, and it would play.”

“The OTT Desk was never meant for it, but they figured out how to build graphics and lower thirds on the screen,” says Ware. “We were able to show what the radar’s doing, and our meteorologist could actually do a far better job by being remote. [In Lake Charles,] you’re going to lose power, you’re going to lose internet, your radar might go out. But by relocating, we were able to do a better job of broadcasting to our home market.”

As Hurricane Laura plowed through Lake Charles, KPLC kept broadcasting from its sister station’s OTT desk 130 miles away. (KPLC)

A few veteran reporters did stay in Lake Charles to gather on-site stories, feeding them to the team in Baton Rouge from safe places. That was another key part of the plan, says Assistant News Director Jillian Corder, who embedded at the sheriff’s office and gave live reports until the storm doors closed. “Our coverage was very, very complete,” she says. “We had reporters in Baton Rouge on the phone with every type of city official and parish leader, and then we had that on-the-ground aspect. I continued to do interviews with the sheriff throughout the night, until about 2 in the morning.”

Corder was also well-positioned to reach KPLC audiences on social media, especially people who had evacuated and were clamoring for information as soon as the hurricane let up. “They raised those storm doors at the sheriff’s office, let us outside, and we immediately had cameras going,” she says. “I was on Facebook Live, and we had a ton of viewers who were tuning in and commenting, ‘Please, can you go to this neighborhood? Can you see what my property looks like?’ Unfortunately, that was not an option, but I think they still got a really good idea of the damage that was done in just a few hours.”


Watch one of Jillian Corder’s reports on damage caused by Hurricane Laura

“TV has this love-hate relationship with Facebook, but it became a critical lifeline for our viewers,” says DeBrosse. “Typically, stations don’t want to do it, because it’s giving away free content and you want them to come to your site. But [Facebook] was the only way some people were getting information. I think our streams had close to a million views.”

KPLC’s Jillian Corder stayed in Lake Charles throughout the storm, giving live reports and documenting damage on Facebook Live and other social media. She was safe at the sheriff’s office when high winds crashed the TV station’s tower into its studio. (KPLC)

Ware calls the online engagement “incredible.” Beyond the Facebook numbers, “we had over a million [website] page views, for a community that has 94,000 television consoles, and 270,000 video views,” he says. “It was just every possible metric we could measure.”

He credits the strong response to KPLC’s consistent delivery of information across different platforms — and the staff’s personal stories that were sometimes peppered in. He says viewers wanted to know about the decision to evacuate, the damage to the station, and the well-being of meteorologist Ben Terry and his cat.

“Somebody made a prayer candle with his face on it and ‘Saint Terry,’” says Ware. “They were selling them to try and raise money because he lost his house, but everyone was so excited when his cat was saved. Those stories really personalized our experience as part of the same community that we’re serving.”

Back at the station, the dreaded storm surge didn’t materialize, but screaming winds did. “Our tower folded over and crashed into our studio,” says Ware. “It came down with enough force to crack the concrete slab and bend a metal roof truss in half. We would have been broadcasting from that studio, so we’re very fortunate that we weren’t in there.”

It was about four weeks before the staff could move back to the station — with the anchor desk relocated to the newsroom. Going forward, Ware says KPLC will look to its coverage of Hurricane Laura as an example during future storms. “That process of being able to go to another county and serve your community from there — I think it’s a model for us,” he says. “You have to be ready to change plans. If we had been stubborn and stuck to our plan, we might have had loss of life of our own employees, and we certainly would not have served the community as well.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Recommended Reads for Journalism Professionals

Journalism can help communities with these five pillars of ethical disaster reporting

News stories about disasters should frame the impacts of environmental phenomena in meaningful ways.

Best practices for journalists covering crises on Twitter

A new report examines how journalists use Twitter during crises and how audiences respond.

News Distrust Among Black Americans is a Fixable Problem

The Center for Media Engagement asked Black Americans how news organizations could better cover their communities to help bridge the divide between them and the media.

Coronavirus-Driven Downturn Hits Newspapers Hard as TV News Thrives

Ad revenue for nightly network TV news at the three broadcast networks (ABC, CBS and NBC) increased, as audiences have been turning to TV in record numbers for news about the outbreak.

What do late-news viewers really want?

The first thing you notice is the weather. That’s because on KSTP-TV’s Nightcast, it actually is first. Every night, “Forecast First” — there’s no anchor intro, just a meteorologist who pops up out of prime time to do what meteorologists do — appears even before the headlines on the Minneapolis station’s 10 p.m. news program. It’s a familiar segment in an unfamiliar spot and a fitting introduction to a broadcast that’s not afraid to reshuffle the standard formulas. Because what follows is not business as usual, but rather an evolving experiment in reimagining the late news.

KSTP’s bet is that in-depth and investigative reporting, longer stories and interviews, and a focus on issues with broad community impact rather than just the latest “breaking news” will appeal to viewers who already know the day’s headlines and want more substance. Perhaps it will even attract new ones who may have given up on local TV news altogether.

The idea for Nightcast germinated last April, when News Director Kirk Varner and his colleagues considered devoting the entire late news, which was struggling compared to the station’s other newscasts, to the coronavirus pandemic. Instead, they opted for a more permanent transformation. The new format, inspired in part by ABC News Nightline, builds on two of KSTP’s strengths: its seven-person investigative team and its reputation for strong storytelling. “And so the idea was, can we create a broadcast that would really speak to those strengths and be different, really try to take a different approach to late news, being more thoughtful, not being a slave to story count,” says Varner. After three weeks of rehearsals in what Varner calls a “working lab,” the new program premiered on May 5, barreling right into the May book.

Meteorologist Wren Clair and Anchors Kevin Doran and Lindsey Brown.

Each weeknight broadcast starts (after “Forecast First,” of course) with what the producers call the “front end” — a slickly edited set of highlights of the stories to come, sometimes as long as 1:30 altogether. Nightcast is built around a signature “cover story,” interviews, and a very small number of other packages produced either by the investigative team or one of three reporters assigned to the program, who also take turns contributing same-day stories when they’re not working on something longer term. “We really wanted to walk away from the idea of ‘If it bleeds, it leads,’” says Varner. “The idea would be: What’s the most interesting thing that’s out there today?”

Routine crimes that might top a conventional newscast — shots fired at a St. Paul police officer, for example, on one of the nights I watched — are relegated to a “what else you need to know today” section, often deep into the program, often just as voice-overs. “There are so many stories on any given night that would normally be a lead or that you’d move a reporter to,” says Nightcast producer Stacey Alletto. “And we have to always ask ourselves, ‘Does this have relevance?’ And that’s probably been one of our biggest challenges: learning how to make those decisions.”

Kirk Varner and Stacey Alletto

There are long chunks of sound from public officials, experts, and other newsmakers. And perhaps most unusual, Alletto and her fellow broadcast producer Alan Hoglund, who work with the reporters to keep an elaborate calendar of stories in various stages of development, are encouraged to mix up the recipe as each day’s distinctive ingredients dictate — not bake them in by the book. That goes not just for format but for story length. The current record for a single report — by Jay Kolls on police presence in Minneapolis’s so-called “Autonomous Zone” — is 10 minutes. “One of the things we want to keep as part of the soul of Nightcast is that idea that we’re flexible and innovative,” says Varner. “We’re willing to color outside the lines to get a newscast that has something really unique and original to it.”

Jay Kolls conducting an interview for one of his stories.

There are also familiar elements. There’s a warm and fuzzy franchise called “So Minnesota.” The meteorologist (Wren Clair, or Dave Dahl on Fridays) comes back with more details and the 7-day, and there’s an affable sports guy (Joe Schmit) with scores, stories, and a signature kicker called “Nightcap” — TV’s equivalent of a viral video. There’s even a bit of banter with the anchor — anchor, singular. Varner threw out the traditional dual-anchor formula, and now Kevin Doran and Lindsey Brown take turns anchoring most of the program solo, with that night’s partner only showing up to deliver the “what else you need to know” items I mentioned earlier.

Joe Schmit doing the sports report from home.

“I thought the idea of looking different needed to be more than just cosmetic,” says Varner. “And we thought if we were doing a show that was built around longer-format stories, then could we recast the anchors as being not just people who were reading intros…but also giving them more freedom to ask questions of reporters and weave a show together that was more than just script page, script page, script page.”

So far, the ratings are up slightly month over month and year over year, but it won’t be the relatively rapid ratings success we reported on recently in New York, where the Univision station’s late news went to #1 in Adults 18-49 among all stations, not just Spanish-language, with a similar approach. Varner says his bosses at Hubbard Broadcasting, including his GM Rob Hubbard, understand that this experiment will take time. “The objective now is to market it and put it in front of those people who aren’t necessarily normal loyalists to the television station,” says Varner. “And that’s obviously something you don’t do in a month or two. We’re not in the instant success category. But we are pleased with the growth of the product overall.”


WATCH the 9/29 edition of “Nightcast”

All this raises the question of who benefits most from the formulaic structure of most newscasts. It certainly makes life easier for producers who have to lather, rinse, repeat night after night, but I suspect the regularity is reassuring for viewers too — something steady and familiar in chaotic times. It’s no accident that Varner hasn’t extended his daring experiment to any of his other newscasts throughout the day. Perhaps the boldest aspect of Nightcast is its unpredictability.

Varner is thinking of bringing two more of the station’s frontline anchors into the Nightcast rotation, perhaps even building each night around a specific anchor’s strengths and interests. Nightcast is an exercise in dynamic innovation, driven by conviction and optimism. “There’s a quality over quantity thing here that we think has a real shot of succeeding in the marketplace,” says Varner. “And the more validation and feedback we get on that idea, the more we all feel like, ‘Okay, we’re doing the right thing here.’”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Recommended Reads for Journalism Professionals

Five ways to bridge polarizing conversations

What if journalists didn’t simply parrot knee-jerk opposing viewpoints, but instead covered controversial issues differently?

Coronavirus-Driven Downturn Hits Newspapers Hard as TV News Thrives

With many people subject to stay-at-home orders in the spring, Americans were watching cable TV news in greater numbers.

Now we need to rebuild local newsrooms

Last week’s election underscored—once again—the fundamental role of local newsrooms in democratic societies.

Protecting Your Devices — and Your Privacy — During Protests

If you’re participating in—or reporting on—protests, keep in mind that any devices you bring are susceptible to damage, loss, or surveillance.

Take a time out for mental health

A new 4-week guided series shared by RTDNA is designed to give you a quick mental health break and tools you can practice regularly to combat fatigue and stress.

‘Investigative solutions journalists’ test a new model for enterprise reporting

“It was a pivot, it was a COVID pivot.” Last spring, Carolyn Robinson, a regional director at the nonprofit Solutions Journalism Network, needed a solution herself. She had set up 15 workshops to train local TV newsrooms around the country in “solutions journalism,” an increasingly influential approach that brings rigorous reporting to bear on solutions to social problems. But Robinson’s well-laid and well-funded plans became an early coronavirus casualty.

So Robinson “pivoted” to a proven partner, Nexstar’s KXAN-TV in Austin TX, which had success last year with a solutions journalism series called Save Our Students, on improving mental health programs in schools. (You can read our report about it here.) The result: an ambitious new project that draws on broad collaboration and tight coordination to create a compelling experiment in enterprise and beat reporting.

The new project, which launched Monday, is called Pandemic: Pass or Fail, and it focuses on solutions for education inequities brought to light by the COVID-19 crisis. Josh Hinkle, who runs investigations and innovation at KXAN, is the man behind the curtain, leading a consortium of 15 Nexstar stations (with more to come) that are creating stories to be shared across the whole group.

“These are really good stations that have some great investigative teams and really strong journalists,” says Hinkle. “With any big project like this, the leadership really has to be behind it. And all of the news directors from these stations were very, very much on board once they understood what the project was.”

Carolyn Robinson and Josh Hinkle

Hinkle got some corporate help in recruiting the other stations, but after that, KXAN ran the show. “I’m kind of the keeper of all the stories,” says Hinkle. “So I’m working with all of the different stations and their reporting teams to figure out, ‘How does your story fit into this project?’” This week’s launch features 17 stories produced by KXAN and six other partners, all available at once for any of 114 Nexstar stations to use at their own discretion. Eight more stations have signed on to the project. (You can explore the current list of stories here.)

KXAN plans to air all the stories, as well as an hour-long special next month. Even though the other partners are free to do whatever they like, “we imagine that most of the participating stations will air the bulk of them in their newscasts as well,” says Hinkle. “The topic is applicable [everywhere], and their viewers by that point will have seen the marketing around this and understand that this is a project that that station is doing in collaboration with a larger network of journalists across the nation.”


WATCH Catenya McHenry’s report on home learning pods for KXAN

Hinkle and his KXAN colleagues created a customizable graphics package and a set of shared digital assets, including national town hall conversations, a Facebook group, resource guides, and ways for viewers and users to submit ideas. Every station gets its own Pandemic: Pass or Fail URL to allow it to “localize” the project.

“The content will be available for any station that wants to air it at any point during the project,” says Hinkle. “You just want the project and the topic and the content that’s being generated to be shared in whatever way possible and make sure the solutions journalism idea is there, because that’s what really sets this project apart from anything I’ve ever seen a station group do.”

Carolyn Robinson (top left) leads a virtual solutions journalism training session

To hammer home that “solutions journalism idea,” Carolyn Robinson held virtual hour-long workshops this summer with all the stations as they came on board. She and her funder, the Chan Zuckerberg Initiative, also enabled KXAN to hire two freelance journalists, Laney Valian and Catenya McHenry, to work on the project. To Robinson’s delight, Hinkle and his boss, news director Chad Cross, insisted on calling the new hires “investigative solutions journalists.”

“We’re always trying to explain that we’re not this feel-good happy news,” says Robinson. “We are investigators. We are investigating how things work: how well do they work, for how long, for whom? We just move past investigating the problem to investigating the solution — and [whether it] can work in different places.”

“I really didn’t fully understand what solutions journalism was, to be honest with you,” says Adrienne Mayfield, the newly minted executive producer of investigations and special projects at Nexstar’s Norfolk VA station WAVY-TV. “It took quite a few emails and then sitting down with [KXAN] and talking to them. We’re so good at identifying the problem. But very rarely do we spend significant time on the solution. So it’s a reversal of our normal reporting,”

Adrienne Mayfield of WAVY

WAVY’s two investigative reporters, Chris Horne and Lex Gray, each provided a story for the first round of Pandemic: Pass or Fail — one on a program serving students in vulnerable communities who missed school altogether in the early months of the pandemic and fell behind, and another on pop-up outdoor Wi-Fi hotspots established by a Virginia school district with broadband access issues. “It’s not advocacy,” says Mayfield. “That’s not the right word for it, but Lex put it in a really beautiful way: ‘It’s a more optimistic way of looking at investigative journalism.’”


WATCH Lex Gray’s report on outdoor Wi-Fi hotspots for WAVY

Even if you’re not intrigued by solutions journalism, Pandemic: Pass or Fail ticks several boxes for any station interested in expanding its in-depth reporting on critical issues, not to mention its reputation for community service. To name just three: tight-knit editorial collaboration within an ownership group; partnership with a mission-driven nonprofit that can provide know-how and perhaps even resources; and extensive digital integration to enhance audience engagement and encourage user and viewer input. This strikes me as a way to bring back original beat reporting to stations that need it, but can’t do it all by themselves.

Nexstar has also shown a way for solutions journalism to scale more efficiently, leveraging a lead station like KXAN to build capacity across a whole group, even in a pandemic. You can be sure Carolyn Robinson and her colleagues will be calling on other stations and their owners to follow suit. And Robinson’s hope is that at Nexstar, solutions journalism is here to stay. “Of course, from our point of view, we want to see those stations continue with that philosophy and approach past this year and this project and into next year — and hopefully past the pandemic as well.”

For now, the Nexstar stations are cranking out stories for rounds two and three of the pandemic project. “I’m already hearing pitches from them saying, ‘Hey, we’re almost done with our first story,’” says Hinkle. “‘Can we start working on a second one for a couple of weeks down the road?’”

“I’m hopeful as we continue to produce more pieces, the execution part of it will be a little easier for us,” says WAVY’s Mayfield. “But the training was really, really valuable. Once this project is over, we can use solutions journalism as an investigative tool to tell other stories, and maybe those stories will be more beneficial to our communities than just the problems-driven stories. There’s a time and place for both.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Recommended Reads for Journalism Professionals

How to cover Election Day and beyond

Elections in a democracy are just as much about convincing the loser that he or she actually lost—and that the process was free, fair, and secure enough that the loser can accept the result as legitimate.

Prism, a news site led by women of color, centers the voices of marginalized people in its reporting

“If you’re going to shift narratives in this country, you need people to actually read what you’re doing.”

NBCLX Goes Bold For Next-Gen Audiences

LX made its debut on its own site and on social channels with wide-ranging story experiments in story length, style and aesthetics. NBCU’s investment in the project deepened soon thereafter. And you can read our report from this summer on LX’s linear news programs here.

Using the ‘Netflix experience’ to deliver local investigations

Some people flock to streaming platforms for juicy dramas. Others queue up quirky comedies. But there’s also an audience willing to binge-watch local journalism. Just ask NBC Bay Area.

Last week, the NBC-owned station dropped its second season of Derailed, an in-depth digital series investigating problems at BART, the Bay Area’s beleaguered public transit system. The whole project lives on NBCBayArea.com, YouTube, and Apple TV, ready to stream in six digestible episodes ranging from about 4 to 15 minutes long.

“We call it giving viewers the Netflix experience,” says news director Stephanie Adrouny. “People are used to being able to see something when they want to see it. They don’t want to be teased. They want to know that ‘I can go see it right now, when I want to, for as many chapters as I want to see.’”

That strategy has had clear success for the streaming giants, but it was a bit of gamble for an investigative news team — even one that prides itself on using digital platforms to reach a market known for low TV viewership.

“While we drop a lot of digital-original content, we’d never done a big series like this on digital-first,” says Adrouny. “Typically, we’d put it on TV, and it goes from there. But we wanted to get away from that. If you’re a BART rider, we thought, ‘Hey, maybe you’ll watch Chapter One on your way to work and Chapter Two on your way home.’”

For Derailed, Bigad Shaban and his team investigated BART’s safety data, policing practices, and financial situation. (NBC Bay Area)

To date, about 350,000 people have streamed the first season of Derailed on its various platforms, and many of them have engaged with the project on social media. Senior investigative reporter Bigad Shaban says viewers have written in with their own BART stories, sent in videos they’ve captured while commuting, and even offered news tips for further reporting.

“I’ve never received more feedback on anything I’ve worked on,” says Shaban. “There’s this sort of farce that people don’t want investigative journalism — that they want it fast-paced, everything quick and fluffy. And I don’t buy that. I just think the way people are consuming it is different, and that’s something to be aware of and adapt to.”

“You may not have people who are willing to sit down at a regularly scheduled newscast,” he says. “So it’s our responsibility and — if we want to survive — our necessity, our mandate, to give it to them in a different way.”

Pick a digital-first project to seek new audiences

In picking Derailed’s platforms, Adrouny partnered with Sara Bueno, NBC Bay Area’s head of digital. Adrouny says they decided to go for a streaming series over a traditional TV project in an effort to connect with more viewers.

“It’s about reaching more audiences or new audiences who maybe don’t watch television or at least don’t watch appointment television,” she says. “We wanted to offer a project that was meaningful and that people could watch on their own time at their own pace.”

Bueno says the format made sense as the Bay Area is “a lead market in terms of cord-cutting.”

“Think about how people consume content,” she says. “A lot of it is mobile. It’s on a tiny screen. Maybe it’s an iPad. It could even be YouTube on a big screen in the house. We know they’re going to other devices and platforms, so this is the market to do this kind of experimentation.”

Right now, NBC Bay Area monetizes Derailed with the typical array of digital ad inventory, but the digital focus doesn’t rule out a TV version. Season One was repackaged as an hour-long special for broadcast after the streaming series went live. (The station may do the same for Season Two, though there are no firm plans yet.)

Stephanie Adrouny and Sara Bueno (NBC Bay Area)

Find freedom for storytelling in an innovative format

In a digital series, Adrouny says the news team was free to experiment in ways that added context and nuance to the reporting.

“We broke that fourth wall,” she says. “Bigad will stop an interview and go, ‘Wait a minute, let me explain what he’s talking about.’ Being open and transparent about the reporting process — we got a lot of good feedback about that.”

It also allowed for fuller exchanges between Shaban and his interviewees.

“I think showing the question is often so powerful, and it can really change the context of the answer,” he says. “The limitations [of a standard newscast] often prevent you from having that back-and-forth, but I feel like any great debate is founded on that back-and-forth. It almost seems counterintuitive [if] you’re not utilizing the conversation.”


Watch the introduction to Derailed Season Two. (NBC Bay Area)

Choose a subject that’s relevant in its own right — and connects to other community issues

Before the coronavirus pandemic, Shaban says you’d have been hard-pressed to find someone in the Bay Area who didn’t commute on BART: “It’s something that people rely on and are sort of forced to rely on. It’s one of those things that even if it’s not working or they don’t like it or they don’t feel safe, people are still using it.”

That meant the topic was ripe for investigation. And after the virus hit — and was followed by a national reckoning on race — the news team discovered even more to explore. As a result, Season Two digs into the transit system’s safety data, policing practices, and financial situation.

“What’s interesting about BART is it’s this microcosm of what is happening in our communities — locally and across the nation,” says Shaban. “It’s police reform. It’s racial equity. It’s COVID-19. It became this really interesting backdrop to tell all these really important stories.”

With the series digital up and running, Bueno says the newsroom is well-prepared for continuing BART coverage.

“With Derailed, calling it a ‘season’ was great,” she says. “As the story goes through updates and changes, we can deliver a new season or a bonus chapter. The idea is that the story is fluid.”

Tap other digital assets to promote an online series

The innovation didn’t stop when the investigation went live. Adrouny says the team also experimented with promotion.

“We didn’t promote it in advance,” she says. “When it was there and available, that’s when we told people about it, and we got good feedback: ‘Thanks for not making me wait till next week or Sunday night or whatever.’ We learned that format worked.”

To spread the word, Adrouny called on digital correspondent Abbey Fernandez, whose social media skills we profiled last year.

“She did a piece on her ‘Synced In’ show on Instagram and ‘Hey Abbey’ on YouTube. She did a behind-the-scenes [on the investigation]: ‘How did you find out this? Why did you go in that direction?’ It was about bringing all of our digital projects together,” says Adrouny. “Abbey speaks to a whole different audience than maybe Bigad does. So we wanted her to get the message out, too.”

With Derailed Season Two now wrapped, NBC Bay Area is looking ahead to another batch of digital-first investigations. “I probably can’t say too much, but Stephanie and I are working on multiple projects,” says Bueno. “All in this sort of vein — several chapters, series format.”

“We want people to see the journalism,” says Adrouny. “In the end, that’s it. Because we care about doing good work and reporting on our community. So take a chance. We did, and we feel like it worked.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox




Breaking the mold on the late news

“Yes. Isn’t that incredible?” Esteban Creste, VP and news director at Univision’s New York station WXTV, is taking a well-earned victory lap. The station’s late news, Solo a las Once (Only at Eleven), won the July sweep in Adults 18-49 and came in second in Adults 25-54 — that’s against all New York stations, regardless of language. “It’s not only that we’re number one,” Creste says, “it’s number one during these times that people are desperate for information.”

“Solo a las Once” Anchor Yisel Tejeda

Almost a year ago exactly, Creste and his team made a big bet — one that’s now paying off. As we reported last September, they decided to revamp their late news completely, throwing out the rule book in favor of a bold new format. Armed with Magid research that said viewers wanted in-depth coverage of critical issues in their community, Creste jettisoned the usual mix of short packages and voice-overs to focus on two or three major topics and newsmaker interviews every night. “There were big issues out there that people really care about and that affect their lives. We needed to go in-depth into that, and that is not just a matter of doing a 90-second package or a 30-second VO,” Creste says. Now, the individual reports get whatever time they need to tell the story. The current record is eight minutes. “I always have the theme: Don’t do long stories, do extensive stories.”

“On regular days, other newscasts might lead with a fire,” Creste says. “We might lead with what we decide is important for our viewers. I don’t want to sound arrogant, but it’s based on research. We know what they care about.” Creste calls standard breaking news fare “hit and run,” and he’s not afraid to ignore routine stories or push them far down into the program, often as voice-overs. ”I don’t care that I might not be first reporting on a hit and run,” he says, “but I do want to be first to do an in-depth analysis of race relations.”

Screenshot from a late-news report on “Racism: An Enduring Evil”

When I caught up with Creste recently, he walked me through the previous night’s lineup: two long stories on the debate over reopening schools amidst the pandemic right off the top. The newscast was covering the school issue and its ripple effects every night. “This decision has huge ramifications for every single home,” Creste says. “And it’s not just the education of the kids. It’s the economic impact at home, it’s the health of the grandparents, it’s sending the kids to school not knowing if they’re going to get sick or not.”

Solo a las Once is “solo” in more ways than one. Yisel Tejeda is the sole anchor. Ironically, she lost her male co-anchor to budget cuts before the format change, but in the new incarnation, it turns out to be a virtue. “It was, in a way, the perfect format to dig deep into those issues,” Creste says.

Anchor Yisel Tejeda of “Solo a las Once”

There’s still a meteorologist on the broadcast — we haven’t left Planet Earth entirely — but Creste dropped the sports segment when the pandemic hit and doesn’t plan to bring it back. There is occasional news coverage of cultural events, but no celebrity or pop culture stories: “We let the network take care of that,” Creste says. “But in the newscast, we’re going to give them the real stuff.” (The station’s 6 p.m. newscast has stuck with a more traditional approach.)

As you can imagine, there were skeptics in the newsroom. “At first, there were some members of the team who weren’t too sure that this was going to work,” Creste says. “[I had to] show them the light, convince them that this was the way to go. For them, it was hard all of a sudden not to cover the hit and run. Old habits are hard to change. You’ve got to talk to a lot of people. Let them know exactly what you’re doing. Be open, be transparent. Answer questions, allow them to ask you questions and answer as much as possible.”

Today, the newsroom staff has come around to the new format, Creste says — big time. “Now, this thing is flawless — a well-oiled machine. They love it. They really love it, and they come up with ideas all the time.” Creste also gives a shout-out to his General Manager Roberto Yañez and Univision corporate executives Chris Peña and Diane Kniowski for their support. (WARNING: Do not try this at home unless your bosses back you up.)

Esteban Creste unmasked

The health and economic crisis of COVID-19 and the movement for racial justice have inspired many local stations to double down on service journalism, but Univision and Telemundo are building on a long tradition of deep connections between the Spanish-language news organizations and the Hispanic audience. We’ve reported on Telemundo’s coronavirus-related projects, and our story last year on Creste’s station discovering the power of WhatsApp for its consumer segment 41 A Tú Lado (On Your Side) remains one of our most popular to this day.

To keep that connection strong, Creste urges his team to stay in touch with the community — a habit he worries some journalists have lost. Before the pandemic made it hard, he urged his reporters to spend part of their weekend in the often struggling areas they cover, and he would regularly do the same. “Walk the ground. [Explore] the neighborhood, observe people: what they eat, what they listen to. Talk to people — you know, what reporters used to do.”

The lesson sounds pretty simple. Do the work to find out what your viewers really need from you. But that’s not the only thing Creste has learned from his successful innovation. “The biggest lesson is that we sometimes underestimate the intelligence of our viewers or their interest. It’s okay to try something new. We broke the mould, and we see that people wanted this. They wanted more in-depth. ‘Tell me more, give me the whole idea, the whole picture.’”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox




Would you rather do well — or do good?

What’s your definition of success?

When I first met Mike Oliveira, news director of Cox station WSOC-TV in Charlotte, North Carolina, and his head of specials, Kim Holt, last October, they had a simple answer to that question: “Return to dominance at 5 p.m.” It was the beginning of a journey that would take them far from that original goal — and bring them success close to home.

WSOC and half a dozen other stations were at the Walter Cronkite School of Journalism, embarking on an intensive transformation program called Table Stakes — part of the Knight Foundation-backed local TV news innovation project that also supports the Cronkite News Lab. Table Stakes coaches help each station identify a specific “performance challenge” and then employ a rigorous methodology to drive relentlessly toward that goal over the next 10 months.

“Winning at 5” is a goal any news director can understand, but Oliveira and Holt’s coach, Joanne Heyman, pushed them to rethink their challenge. “They came in with a kind of legacy mentality of what it means to succeed,” Heyman says. “And I said to them, ‘If Nielsen weren’t a factor, if all these other ways that your industry measures success weren’t a factor, what would success look like?’”

“We were missing the whole point,” Oliveira says now. “We were trying to win the 5 by kind of just hit and run: let’s target, let’s hit them and let’s go. And what we were encouraged and inspired to do was evolve our mission to something that is meaningful to the community. And the people will not just be hit-and-run consumers, but we can create new loyalists. And that’s just a better way to build an audience.”


Mike Oliveira, Kim Holt, and Joanne Heyman

The news executives didn’t have to look far for a path forward. The station was already 18 months into a project called Priced Out of Charlotte, a series of prime-time specials and reports on the region’s affordable housing shortage created at the urging of new (as of December 2017) general manager Cedric Thomas. “It was kind of a wake-up call for some of us who had been there 23 years,” says station veteran Holt. “And we felt like, ‘Oh, we’re doing such great work in the community.’ But Cedric’s challenge was, ‘How can you do better? How can you do bigger? How can you go deeper?’”

Cut to last fall: Joanne Heyman’s advice was uncannily similar: “If you go narrow and if you go deep, you’re going to be able to succeed at multiple levels.” So instead of “Win at 5,” Oliveira and Holt came up with a new Table Stakes challenge:

We will be leaders in Charlotte’s effort to tackle the affordable housing crisis,
educating and empowering our audience so everyone has a safe place to live.

That may not sound terribly compelling at first — “Affordable housing doesn’t instantly jump off the page as the most exciting TV story,” admits Oliveira — but “affordable housing is something where we can really make a difference,” says Holt. “And so the goal became, ‘How do we do that?’”


1300 people line up in Charlotte for a chance to get into new affordable housing (WSOC)

With the Table Stakes framework providing support, structure and focus, WSOC doubled down on Priced Out of Charlotte and super-served its community on a critical issue. In addition to extensive TV coverage, the team created an online resource guide for the 22 counties the station serves — and then translated it into Spanish for good measure.

Could other stations do the same with the issues that matter in their markets? In my conversation with Oliveira and Holt, five key themes emerged.

● Choose a multifaceted topic.

Build your reporting around the multiple ways a social issue touches people’s lives. “I think [the affordable housing crisis] gives us an endless cycle of ways to connect with the community, to tell stories, to hold government leaders accountable,” says Holt. In addition to producing specials, Holt and Oliveira encouraged beat and bureau reporters to focus on housing as part of their daily coverage. “There were just news stories that were organically popping up in the day-to-day news cycle,” says Holt. “It just all seemed to come together very naturally.”

● Enlist and inspire the whole station.

In addition to getting the entire newsroom behind the project, be sure to involve creative services and even the sales team. “It just became woven into everything we do,” Oliveira says. “The difference between this and traditional sweeps work is people feel very personal and passionate about this,” says Holt, “so they appreciate the opportunity to come out of the mix to work on it. Everybody got involved: all managers, all reporters, all producers.”

● Team up with partner who are making a difference.

“The goal is for us to lead and to take a stand,” says Oliveira. “Not just report, but help.” To that end, WSOC is working directly with nonprofit organizations, especially local ones. “Nothing against the big charities,” he says, “but someone who’s on the ground helping.” “They give us great stories, and we give them awareness,” says Holt, “and we actually did a fundraising effort for them as well.”

● Focus on what’s important — not what isn’t.

“You have to be willing to let some things go that don’t matter,” says Oliveira. This may be the hardest lesson — and arguably the most crucial. “Very often the low-hanging fruit is stuff that’s not high impact, high value,” he says. “And when you start putting this [in-depth] content in there, it squeezes out stuff that maybe didn’t need to be there in the first place. And it allows you to really connect with the viewer in a way that’s not just a car accident or a fire or anything like that. We don’t want to miss big breaking news, [but] I’m not going to chase every little thing, either.”

● Adapt to the needs of a changing audience.

The kind of transformation that WSOC has undergone requires not just a supportive GM like Cedric Thomas at the top, but the patience to reshape the newsroom culture around a new set of priorities. “TV really needs to be that in-depth place to get people to come and stay,” Oliveira says. “And so we couldn’t just do 20-second readers or VOs anymore. Especially as we get into the millennial being in the demo, people want to know what’s going on in their community. It’s not going after the equivalent of clickbait for TV. It’s a long play, to get people to see us in a different light, and hopefully, when they come to TV, they feel like we’re going to be thoughtful and a good choice for them.”


WATCH WSOC’s Jason Stoogenke help a North Charlotte man avoid eviction

Table Stakes coach Heyman believes other stations should pay attention.“If they don’t start to see around corners and to operate differently, they’re going to get left behind,” she warns. “They’re going to get left behind by the viewers.”

WSOC views its in-depth, community-focused strategy as a critical differentiator that’s not just good for the audience but good for the business. “Now they’ve got something extraordinary, incredible in their toolkit,” says Heyman, “that they’re able to apply to different issue areas. They can provide great content for an audience, meeting them where they are, and do it in a way that is sustainable from a business perspective.”

“I think Table Stakes put a system and language around what we were doing,” says Oliveira. “It made us more effective and helped us learn how to do this type of work more efficiently so we can do it again.” And in fact, the station is using its new playbook to build out another ongoing project on mental health issues called Charlotte’s Hidden Crisis, as well as this year’s back-to-school coverage, Return to Learning.

It turns out the call letters “WSOC” stand for We Serve Our Community. Who knew? “Even though it sounds cheesy, this is true,” says Holt. “We didn’t promote that. We didn’t tell people that for many, many, many years, and it’s something we’ve just recently started reminding people: That’s what we stand for. And that’s who we are.”

And guess what: WSOC is “winning at 5.” In the latest Nielsen rating period, WSOC’s 5 p.m. newscast more than doubled its lead-in to be #1 in Adults 25-54 and #1 in households. Oliveira and Holt don’t know whether that’s a result of their “narrow but deep” strategy or just a coincidence. “We kind of got our groove back,” says Oliveira. “And so whether that was related to this directly or not, it was a happy, happy thing to have happened for us.”

Heyman is less reluctant to make the connection. “They still won in the legacy sense — at 5 p.m. But they did it by thinking about winning in a very different way.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox




Recommended Reads for Journalism Professionals

A new study shows how Trump and the RNC duped traditional media into covering mail-in voter fraud

“To the extent that the mass media model we identify here is the primary driver of information disorder, it will not be cured by more fact checking on Facebook.”

Four in five Americans concerned misinformation will influence election

As the nation prepares to go to the polls in less than a month, Americans are widely concerned that misinformation on social media will sway the 2020 election outcome.

Raising the stakes to ensure local news thrives

A new $2.23 million Knight Foundation investment will support the UNC Center for Innovation and Sustainability in Local News and Table Stakes Newsroom Initiative.

ProPublica to Launch New Regional Units in the South and Southwest; ProPublica Illinois to Expand to Midwest Regional Newsroom

ProPublica announced that it is dramatically scaling up its commitment to local investigative journalism with the launch of three regional reporting hubs.

How the ‘Gladiators’ reinvented the Cronkite newscast

As students returned to ASU’s Cronkite School of Journalism this week, I found myself reflecting on these extraordinary six months since that day when we suddenly sent our students home in early March, in response to the pandemic outbreak. Overnight they lost access to our building and broadcast facility, and its professional-grade production equipment; they also lost in-person access to both peers and instructors; and, as developing journalists, they were asked to give up in-person reporting and interviewing for health safety.

What happened next still makes me marvel. The students responded to this loss of traditional tools and access with unprecedented innovation and collaboration, and reimagined “doing the news” in a virtual environment.

Of course, local newsrooms across the country faced — and ultimately solved — this same challenge. As I’ve reflected on those early days and weeks, I recognized six keys to this successful transition and true transformation at Cronkite – lessons relevant to any journalist or newsroom leader looking to adapt and evolve in these disrupted times. As I disrupt myself, and move from ASU Cronkite to my next challenge (more on that at the end), it seems only fitting to share the lessons this ‘teacher’ is grateful to have learned from these remarkable young journalists.

1. Keep It Real: Acknowledge the Disruption

Call it “the elephant in the room” if you like. Whether it’s worries about the pandemic, the strain from a long-overdue conversation about race in America, concerns about the integrity of November’s election, or just general fears related to economic or health insecurity, there is a lot to be anxious about these days. From a leadership standpoint, the question is how to avoid having your teams be paralyzed by these fears.

“I learned that courage was not the absence of fear; but the triumph over it,” said Nelson Mandela. These are challenging times and it’s disingenuous for leaders to pretend otherwise. Confronting these fears is an essential place to begin. Several weeks after our Spring term students were forced off campus by COVID-19, I interviewed a group of them to ask about their first reactions to the news. The answers were a litany of loss and fears.

Imagine trying to “force” innovation or even enthusiasm when this is how people are feeling. Put differently, as several ASU students said to us as faculty at the time: “Read the room.”

Three students — Veronica Galvin, Tina Giuliano and Jamie Landers — who would become key leaders in the transformation to come, described well what many others were feeling.

“We had worked so hard to get to that point,” said Giuliano.

“The three of us had a group message: We can’t use the studio, we can’t use our equipment,” said Landers. “That was the hardest part to process.”

“The overall feeling was bummed out,” added Galvin.

The time spent by Cronkite faculty (and time we continue to spend even now) checking on one another was essential, making sure everyone had a chance to share how they were feeling, and what they needed. The effect was that people saw they were not alone in their stress and experiences of loss and disruption. In hindsight, the time spent acknowledging that seems to have been crucial to successfully moving on to the next stage.

2. From What Can’t Be Done, to What CAN Be Done

Anyone who’s been in a newsroom for even a short period of time has encountered that person who can tell you ALL the reasons why something cannot be done and is usually capable of finding those reasons to torpedo almost any idea. Of course we need to ‘keep it real’ about resource limitations and operational challenges; but especially in these difficult times, the only way to move forward is to shift focus from what CAN’T be done to what CAN be done.

“Two days,” answered Landers when I asked how long it took the three of them to move from loss to opportunity. “We tried to think of a way to bring back some normalcy. Lots of people were feeling defeated.”

Students and faculty from the broadcast producing and studio production teams held a brainstorm session where we listed on one side the traditional activities and show elements (anchors, sets, packages, VOs, etc) and then used my favorite brainstorming phase: “How might we…?” to generate alternatives. Suddenly, the depressing feeling of loss was replaced with a kinetic energy of innovation and excitement.

Framing the challenge through the lens of what WAS possible was transformative. In short order, everyone felt we had a ‘rough draft’ of a way to reimagine, and actually produce, a newscast despite being entirely remote.

3. Empower Small, Interdisciplinary Teams

How do you go from idea to action fast? What worked in the Cronkite newsroom was empowering a small team with diverse, complementary skills. Rather than a carefully mapped out “plan” led by “managers” (faculty), this was a nimble motivated student team we nicknamed the “gladiators” because of the courage they showed to just fight through challenges. Landers and Giuliano brought reporting and anchoring skills; Galvin brought a supersized combination of both newscast producer and technical-director skills.

“Creating broadcast stories was one thing,” added Giuliano. “It was the newscast that we really missed…. and so we talked about ‘what CAN we do?’”

Managers, take heed. What these students really appreciated most was that the faculty were willing to ‘let go’ and empower the students to give their idea a try.

“Sometimes when you send something to your boss they’re like, ‘Good job — put it on your reel,’” said Galvin. “So it was nice to be heard, during this time when you are uncertain about just about everything.”

These trailblazers embraced the challenge of recreating the Cronkite News newscast, entirely virtually. They started on a Friday. Slacking and swapping files all weekend, by Monday the trio had created an entirely virtually produced newscast mockup and sent it to the faculty for review!

4. Prototype Your Way to Perfection

No matter how small or great the journey, it always starts with a first step. So often in newsrooms, the quest for perfection stalls innovation. Our Cronkite gladiators’ process showed the power of ‘prototyping’ as the way to begin. Their successes, and their smart failures, accelerated the process of making something even better.

That ‘first draft’ was in many ways miraculous. This small team of three, in a weekend, came up with workable solutions to everything from script-sharing to prompter to recording, file-sharing and show-assembly.

The newscast also had plenty of obvious opportunities to adjust and improve. And that is the point of creating prototypes. They help you figure out the next thing to do. In just the screenshot above, the students themselves identified a “what to work on next” list that included things like improved home set lighting, developing guidelines on the framing of the shots so both anchor shots matched, cleaning up set backgrounds (like the visible reflection of the ring light), along with other issues like matching audio fidelity.

This approach draws heavily from successful start-ups that quickly build a minimum viable product (MVP) so they have something to show potential customers and users and can get feedback, which then helps them quickly make the next iteration, and so on. It’s a learn by DOING approach — rather than the ‘do by planning’ lengthy process followed by so many legacy news organizations — that enables fast learning, fast feedback and fast improvement.

5. From Prototype to Production: Make It Scale!

The advantage of small, cross-disciplinary teams is they are nimble. They have, among them, the key required skills; but are not so large that they get bogged down. But there is a downside. The workflow isn’t sustainable.

“We were up until 3 a.m. that first night swapping video files,” admitted Landers. The gladiators couldn’t do it all, day after day, all by themselves. Besides, whether it’s a ‘teaching hospital’ like Cronkite or any other newsroom, in the long run leaders want inclusive processes that enable everyone to play a part. It’s actually one of the hardest parts of an innovation process — letting go of your baby!

“We were SO attached to it,” admits Giuliano.

“We had put way too much pressure on ourselves, and we were so afraid to let go of it. It might fall apart,” added Landers.

For Galvin, the process of adding others to the project was a big ‘aha’ moment: ”I realized at the end that was a little selfish of me and I had to think of others. I personally have all the technologies, but my peer next to me might not.”

As our trio of students learned, prototypes need to be scalable to have lasting value. New voices add new perspectives and drive the next level of improvement with their fresh ideas. These three students’ role in the process evolved from the doers to the teachers; they helped create “How-to” guides for each of the key teams — from producers, to studio production, to anchors — and then helped train their colleagues to make their prototype into something the entire team could produce daily.

6. Review, Revise, Repeat!

The other benefit of widening the circle of participation is more voices, enabling teams to continually iterate on the original production techniques to keep improving content quality, production value, and workflow efficiency.

The producers and studio production teams began to hold a daily debrief where everyone involved shared workflow challenges they’d encountered, as well as ‘wins’ and workarounds anyone had figured out. For problems, the group brainstormed options for other approaches, and those were then tested the very next day.

This process became a virtuous cycle of review, revise…repeat. For any challenge encountered, the wisdom of the crowd was put to work and ideas were tested until a better approach was identified, and that then became part of the updated workflow. This of course mirrors the best practice of product cycles followed by both nimble start-ups and tech giants like Apple.

In this model, it helps to think of everything as the ‘latest draft’ rather than the finished and final product. The ‘latest draft’ approach is always open to improvement.

So, what next? The power of a successful cycle of innovation is that it creates the combination of skills, experience and confidence to apply that same approach to the next opportunity. Therefore it should be no surprise that our team of gladiators was not done.

After launching the fully-remote Cronkite News, the trio “took a couple weeks off” to recover from that huge effort, said Giuliano. “And then we were bored.”

Prompted by a suggestion from their faculty director, Christy Bricks, they decided to create a half-hour special documenting the students’ experience of the early weeks of the pandemic, calling it “The Coronavirus Chronicles.”

“It was a way for us to keep working together as a team, but to also recognize a lot of other people who were doing creative things contributing to the coverage,” said Landers.


WATCH: Cronkite News Special – Coronavirus Chronicles

The gladiators’ takeaways from the experience should inspire any newsroom leader.

“It serves to show what you CAN do outside of the newsroom,” said Galvin. “As long as you have the drive and the motivation and you care about the reporting, you can do it.”

Plus, as Giuliano notes: “It’s fun to create something, and collaborate.”

“I hope it serves as an example of our resiliency,” said Landers. “It will be something we can look back on as – we didn’t give up, and we made the most of it.”

As I end my two years as a professor of practice working with ASU Cronkite students, I am not merely confident but optimistic in the future of journalism, because of the very qualities these students have displayed: courage to overcome fears, a willingness to be accountable to solve the problems in their path, a CAN-do rather than a can’t-do approach, the imagination to create new paths, and the determination to persevere past obstacles to their mission as journalists. It’s been an honor to learn from them.

Frank Mungeam will be joining the Local Media Association in September 2020 as Chief Innovation Officer, where he will lead innovation labs focused on journalism funding and collaborative journalism.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Saving local news — one expert weighs in

If you’re reading this, chances are you love local news. And if you love local news, I strongly suggest you read a small but powerful new book that The Atlantic’s reviewer called “an ink-bound alarm bell” warning of a “slow-moving disaster” — nothing less than “the disappearance of local news.” The book is called Ghosting the News: Local Journalism and the Crisis of American Democracy, and it’s by Margaret Sullivan, the smart, tough and influential media columnist for The Washington Post.

Sullivan describes the collapse of the newspaper industry, the challenges facing digital-only news outlets struggling to survive in today’s journalism landscape, and the devastating impact on local communities and citizens. As her subtitle suggests, the stakes couldn’t be much higher. “When local news fails, the foundations of democracy weaken,” Sullivan writes. “The public, which depends on accurate, factual information in order to make good decisions, suffers.”

It’s a dark picture, with only a few rays of optimism poking through. Ironically, because local television news is so much healthier financially than its print and digital-only counterparts, broadcast journalism is barely mentioned. “I think that the really difficult issues in TV news are twofold, one of which is demographic,” Sullivan told me. “We now have a generation and a half or two generations of people who don’t have that appointment viewing habit. And so as the older viewers age out, what happens to TV news? The other issue is how good is it? Is it worth watching? Is it a part of the journalism that shores up democracy? And I think a charitable answer to that is — sometimes.”

What would it take to turn sometimes into always? Is it possible that local TV newsrooms could in fact play a key role in saving local journalism and restoring its critical place in civic life? In my conversation with Sullivan, we discussed several areas of opportunity for local TV news.

Margaret Sullivan

Enterprise reporting

Stations increasingly see investigative and enterprise reporting as a way to stand out in a sea of sameness. In Buffalo, New York, for example, where Sullivan served as executive editor of The Buffalo News for almost 13 years, she acknowledged that the local TV newsrooms have “actually upped their games in this new world.” WKBW-TV (Scripps) “has done tremendous work uncovering some of the clergy abuse in the local Catholic church.” TEGNA’s WGRZ-TV has a relationship with a local nonprofit called Investigative Post, “and their reporters turn up all kinds of stuff.”

“Investigative reporting is working at the moment in Buffalo, but it’s every bit as tenuous as the entire national media landscape,” Sullivan writes in Ghosting the News. “The present and future must be created anew, and on the run.” TV newsrooms should be part of that creative reinvention.

Beat reporting

As we reported here, Spectrum News Buffalo was the first television news organization to recruit a journalist from Report for America, the nonprofit that helps support and train young journalists in undercovered regions and on undercovered beats. Camaron Todd joined the cable-news outfit last year to cover mental health issues. “Beat reporting is really the basis of some of the best journalism that can be done,” Sullivan said. “And it’s extraordinarily time consuming and labor intensive. It’s something of a luxury for TV stations because their staffs are small. If you’ve only got a few reporters, how are you going to have people cover beats?”

One way is to re-allocate resources currently consumed by the pressure to cover routine “breaking news” — not an easy move for stations bound by traditional competitive pressures, although Spectrum’s upstart newsrooms are doing it, as are ABC’s Community Journalists. “You have to make room and you have to make time to do the things that are important. I think getting away from the sensationalistic ‘if it bleeds, it leads’ coverage is really important,” Sullivan said.

Citizen journalism

This one’s a tough challenge, but Sullivan’s book has a fascinating section on East Lansing Info, a nonprofit started by a non-journalist — an academic and author named Alice Dreger. Dreger has recruited and trained a “news brigade” of ordinary citizens and pays them (very modestly) to cover local issues and help keep public officials honest in that Michigan city. “I think a very important factor is: can you teach people how to do this work?” Sullivan said. “There’s enough of a real skill set there that most people just don’t have. You need to have some leaders who know what they’re talking about and what they’re doing. And I think if you do have that, then citizen journalism can make some sense. I’m always surprised at what people will do just for a byline.”

How about for a mention on the 11 o’clock news? I can imagine an experiment in citizen-driven newsgathering — especially for hyperlocal stories designed for digital consumption — created and executed by a station. After all, stations have long leveraged their strong audience relationships for amazing storm photos and videos. Might they convert that into a steady and even richer supply of local news content?

Collaboration

Working strategically with like-minded partners is “a no-brainer” when resources are scarce and shrinking, Sullivan said. “When people talk about doing more with less, that’s not possible. In journalism, doing more with less is a ridiculous statement,” she said. “But I think getting the resources, the people, the exposure, the talent from other news organizations that are also trying to make it is one way to approach it.”

Sullivan doesn’t expect TV newsrooms to join forces with the other stations in town: “That may be a bridge too far.” But why couldn’t a television station set itself apart from its traditional competition by placing itself squarely in the middle of a new local journalism consortium? “I think that in a reasonably successful local media ecosystem, you’re going to have nonprofit news organizations, local television, public radio, I hope newspapers that are still functioning at some level,” Sullivan said. “So much more of a cooperative system than a competitive one.”

Making Local News Essential

Sullivan, like the rest of us, has noticed that the COVID-19 pandemic, “an intensely local story,” has brought new viewers, such as young parents, to local TV news. ”If they can develop that habit through this real need right now, it might be something that would stick,” she said. “You have to keep them around. Now that you’ve got their attention, how are you going to prove your worth? This is the question we would ask ourselves and I would ask the staff when I was the editor of The Buffalo News: ‘How can we make ourselves indispensable?’ How can all these stations make themselves indispensable? They sure are when there’s a terrible snowstorm or something, but how about the rest of the time?”

Put another way, make the effort to understand what these non-traditional viewers want from the local news. “It’s like robbing a bank. That’s where the money is,” Sullivan said. “I would try to think hard about what the information needs are of these demographic groups. I would try to be listening very hard and asking questions about what would draw them in, and what would keep them. And just try to do more of that.”

Sullivan writes eloquently in Ghosting the News about the role healthy newspapers have traditionally played in our civic life: “The newspaper ties the region together, helps it makes sense of itself, fosters a sense of community, serves as a village square whose boundaries transcend Facebook’s filter bubble.”

The glory days of newspapers are never coming back, but what’s stopping a local TV newsroom from providing this kind of journalism? What might have to change to make that happen? Is there a ghost of a chance?

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Television news blasts off in search of the future

What if you let your audience members direct the newscast? Or step in as the talent?

For the much-anticipated NASA and SpaceX launch back in May, Graham Media Group’s Orlando station WKMG-TV turned its website into an interactive livestream hub, part of a dramatic technology initiative that is changing the way its stations think about video.

“I’m not a huge fan as a news director of doing things whiz-bang for the sake of whiz-bang. I think it’s got to be for the benefit of the user and for the viewer experience,” said WKMG News Director Allison McGinley.

But amid a global pandemic, McGinley felt her station had no choice but to get creative with its coverage of the historic space launch in a market where many viewers would normally watch it in person.

“We knew we had history unfolding in our backyard, — what do we do to make this special? If I want to say that there is a silver lining to COVID-19, it’s the fact that we as a television station have to innovate how we bring experiences to people, “ said McGinley. “Even NASA was saying stay home, watch it on television, watch it online. We don’t want to send our viewers to nasa.gov. We want to create an experience on ClickOrlando.com and for WKMG viewers.”

While WKMG still aired customary special event coverage on TV, app, and OTT platforms, the innovation centered around a special Return to Space page on the station’s website, ClickOrlando.com.

Just as a technical director in the control room chooses when to cut to camera two, visitors to WKMG’s ClickOrlando.com could choose their own view of the SpaceX coverage. Want to watch it from a 360-degree perspective of the beach? What about from the back of the newsroom? How about from the inside of the SpaceX cockpit next to the NASA astronauts? Viewers could choose which livestream cameras they wanted to watch and when — leading all the way up to the second try of the launch at 3:22 pm on May 30.


Watch a WKMG reporter explain how audience members can choose their view of the SpaceX launch

Visitors could experience history right from their living room by choosing from one of up to 20 views, including a 360-degree camera streaming for the launch.

WKMG first tried out this ‘Be The Director’ technology back in 2019, producing over 100 hours of livestream content for the station’s annual coverage of July 4th fireworks. By partnering with Arc Publishing, Graham found a solution to the challenge of offering multiple livestreams. This event served as a test for the Broadcast mobile app, an innovation supported by a Google News Initiative grant that allows journalists to stream high-quality live video anywhere from their phones.

Different views of 2019 Fireworks livestream featured on ClickOrlando.com

Before switching to Arc and launching the new Broadcast app, Graham had relied on Facebook Live for streaming. Now Graham stations have more control over content, digital properties and ad revenue. Since the transition to Arc’s platform in March of 2019, Graham Media Network says it has seen a 185% increase in daily users on its website.

That new technology paved the way for this year’s SpaceX coverage by WKMG. Visitors to the Return to Space page could choose from among 20 different livestreams, including feeds from a dozen reporters using their smartphones and the Broadcast app. Reporters at various locations along Space Coast would come in live on the page whenever they had something to share or someone to interview.

Jonathan Beard, the Graham Media Group Director of Digital Product Development, values working with the forward-thinking Orlando station. “Being so digitally focused, they don’t even think of it as digital,” said Beard. “They just think, how can I take my coverage to the next level?

Allison McGinley and Jonathan Beard

Just like the fireworks, a space launch is a planned event, allowing time for the station to get its people and technology in line. Still, despite the “whiz-bang” factor, McGinley felt something was missing from the launch coverage plan. “With that messaging of stay home, watch it from home, the thought process was how do we still encourage our viewers to interact? Because this is a human experience. This [SpaceX Launch] is history. This isn’t something you want to experience by yourself,” said McGinley.

So WKMG created a contest where 12 chosen space fans became “talent” in a virtual Zoom watch party for the launch.

To enter, viewers submitted a photo and synopsis on “Return to Space Virtual Launch Party Contest” page

The 12 winners joined WKMG’s own super space fans — anchor Ginger Gadsden and meteorologist Jonathan Kegges. They spent close to six hours together on three different Zoom calls: a technical dry run, the scrubbed launch day, and again on the successful take-off day.

“The Zoom participants had a fantastic time. They didn’t really want it to end. They played games, they did trivia, they shared a story with each other, ” said Allison. “We got emails from some of those folks. One I’m thinking about now said we covered things better than the Discovery Channel.”

Clip from the Zoom watch party

The rest of the WKMG audience could still join in on the action. The “Return To Space Virtual Launch Party” on Zoom was also available as one of the 20 featured views on the ClickOrlando.com site.

“The whole experience was streamed live for the rest of the audience to kind of look over the shoulder and watch this watch party in real-time. It’s kind of like what you do with a Twitch stream where you’re watching people participate in a game,” said Beard. “ So it was a bit of a window within a window within a window kind of experience. But it turned out to be fantastic.”

The SpaceX Watch Party received 50 times more views than an average broadcast livestream by the station.

“I think what everybody really needs to be thinking about is not where I am covering the story, but how does the viewer need me to cover this story?” said McGinley. “And have fun, on stuff like this. Obviously not on the harder breaking news or the deadly storms and things like that. But I mean, for goodness sakes, you got a rocket launch. Let’s have some fun.”

WKMG has begun incorporating immersive audience-driven technology routinely in its hurricane coverage, as well as in 360-degree newscasts where the audience can move virtually through the studio. “It [livestream technology] has become the transformative thing that we had hoped it would be. So it doesn’t just have to be a specific event that’s planned. They’re using these things, at a less intensive scale, but day in and day out,” said Beard.


WKMG 360 degree Newscast

McGinley says the aggressive use of immersive and interactive technology is propelling her station into the future.

“I think [the livestream technology] reinvigorated the newsroom, because they all want to find a way that they can take part in a big event in a potentially different way,” said McGinley. “I definitely have a younger group of producers and digital producers in my newsroom who are so hungry to create this hybrid world.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Your election plan is toast: Why the 2020 vote demands a different approach

What’s worse than being unprepared for The Big Story? Thinking you are prepared — and finding out you were terribly wrong.

Ben Smith recently penned a feature for the New York Times detailing the ways in which the media nationwide is unprepared for the unique challenges of November’s election. Conversations I’ve had with local TV news managers lead me to believe local TV news managers should be just as worried, but aren’t.

Maybe a quick quiz is the best way to assess your newsroom readiness. How many of these elements are staples of your well-worn ‘election playbook’?

  • Your logistics planning has started, but the key coverage push starts Oct. 1
  • Your editorial planning focuses on “key races” and “key issues”
  • Logistics — matching reporters to races, figuring out vehicles, live feeds, crew assignments — takes up much of election planning meetings
  • You are planning on and for a single “Election Night” of coverage (versus days or weeks )
  • You will have a pundit panel of political expertise to add meaning and context
  • Your “results” planning is focused on making sure your data feeds/scraping of local/state sites is working and feeds quickly to the website and on-air
  • You’re feeling confident because you have a team that’s “done this before!”

There’s every reason to believe that NONE of these historic “truths” of the playbook for local broadcast election coverage will be as relevant this year.

For example, with the pandemic-driven shift toward mail-in voting, local newsrooms can’t wait until October to begin covering “How to Vote” questions; there are urgent questions around vote-by-mail and mail delivery integrity that need reporting now.

Likewise, with the Republican and Democratic national conventions as examples, how many candidates or issue races will hold large, in-person election-night rallies or watch parties? So all those traditional conversations about logistics now morph into Zoom/streaming plans.

And, perhaps most importantly, among broadcasters who specialize in “events” and “live,” it is almost a certainty now that “Election Night” with its flashy graphics and satisfying payoff of a winner and loser…will NOT conclude on Election Night, and we could be in for Election Week or election month. How prepared is your newsroom ‘culture’ for ambiguity, uncertainty and delay? How well have you prepared your audience?

The good news is there’s no dearth of compelling storylines for local broadcasters to pursue. Missing from the traditional election playbook are a host of new, urgent challenges newsrooms must now prepare for, including:

  • Voting (in person/by mail): FAQ, registration, verification and vote-counting, and disinformation efforts to discredit the reliability of the vote
  • Mail delivery and delays, mail tracking, local impact of USPS policy changes
  • Election ‘integrity’ monitoring, and plans for Election Day mis- and disinformation efforts
  • State/County preparedness for dual-track (in person and by mail) election
  • Impact of COVID on volunteer election workers / staff shortages for counting ballots
  • Safe spacing plans / potential for long waits at in-person voting booths
  • Unequal access to in-person voting / voter ID requirements / suppression
  • Fact-checking, especially on social media, in advance and on Election Day
  • How, why and when to complete a provisional ballot
  • Preparing both news staff and audience for the possibility of Election “week”/’month’
  • Legal/constitutional experts to report on vote certification, contested vote scenarios
  • How to put “results” in context on election night when many ballots won’t yet be counted

Of course, there’s also all the logistics work of adapting to what will likely be an all-virtual approach to covering candidates, measures and party headquarters on Election Night. So how does a newsroom tackle all that? It can be helpful to break it down into things to do now, next and later.

THE NEW ELECTION PLAYBOOK

NOW: August and September

•Accountability reporting on mailed-ballot count preparedness

•Investigative reporting on local USPS mail delays

•Combatting voter suppression through FAQ: How to insure your vote counts, and is counted

•Newsroom training to detect, expose, but not amplify mis/dis-information

•Engaging with the audience to ID / answer their questions and meet their needs

Proactive role in ‘solving’ predictable problems?

In-person voting: Activate a community of volunteers to ensure adequate staffing

Mail-in ballots: Accountability reporting to ensure adequate vote-counting staff

•Identifying a different kind of expert for election-night pundit panels (constitutional law scholars, state government authority experts, misinformation/fact-checkers)

NEXT: In the month leading up to elections

•Internal “War Games”: Brainstorm potential worst case manipulations

•Newsroom prep for the Contested Election

•Preparing newsrooms & audiences for “Election Month”

•Collaboration with other state newsrooms

LATER: Election night and through November

•Monitoring election fidelity

•Sifting/Sorting: Info, Misinfo, Disinfo (Mechanism for deciding: Report or not?)

•How to contextualize Election-Night results, given the possibility that a large volume of mail-in ballots might not yet be counted? And, how to adapt the practice of “calling” results, given likely delays in counting mail-in ballots?

•Interviewing experts in Constitutional Law/State ‘process’ requirements

•How to sustain coverage, and attention, over days/weeks?

•Discuss, and have plans for, the worst worst-case scenarios (contested result; protests; police/military involvement)

RESOURCES

Fortunately, there’s help available. In response to the challenges to election integrity, a number of organizations have made it their mission to support participatory democracy. Among them, they offer case studies, online guides, and in some cases free newsroom training.

First Draft specializes in helping newsrooms identify (and not amplify) mis- and disinformation, with a suite of checklists and trainings that are available on demand, online and even tailored to your newsroom.

Election SOS helps newsrooms develop strategies to meaningfully engage with their local audience to insure relevant, impactful coverage.

Electionland works to ensure eligible voters are able to vote and be counted; Electionland helps newsrooms collaborate on issues related to voter registration, pandemic-related changes to voting, the shift to vote-by-mail, cybersecurity, voter education, misinformation, and more.

Fact-Checking is already a pillar of local journalism but will be even more crucial in the lead-up to November. Cronkite News Lab has previously profiled efforts by local broadcasters like “VERIFY” by TEGNA; nationally, Politifact by the Poynter Institute has been providing free political fact-checking, including its popular Truth-O-Meter, since 2007.

Preparing for these many scenarios might sound overwhelming. But local newsrooms should draw confidence from the remarkable adaptations they’ve made in response to the pandemic. Our commitment to inform our communities demands the same innovation and adaptation as we prepare for the November election. Perhaps, unlike the rest of 2020, Election Day will go smoothly, we’ll enjoy our newsroom pizza, and we’ll go home by midnight having reported reliable results, and aired victory and concession speeches. But if you’ve read this far, you’re not counting on that.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


True or False? VERIFY is an idea whose time has come

“Who ya gonna believe — me or your own eyes?”
—Chico Marx as ‘Chicolini’ in the Marx Brothers’ Duck Soup

Now that we’re battling two epidemics — not just COVID-19, but an “infodemic” of disinformation, misinformation, and missing information — Chicolini’s question doesn’t sound as absurd as it probably did in 1933. And certainly not as funny. Sorting out fact from falsehood or reality from rumor or substance from spin has arguably never been harder or more important — which is why TEGNA’s VERIFY franchise is having its moment. “Our audiences are consuming news and local news in a way that they never have before, where their lives literally depend on it,” says Ellen Crooke, TEGNA’s VP of News. “They are desperate to find somebody without an agenda, without spin to take some of the things that are out there and help them be smarter about what’s true and what’s not true.”

VERIFY has come a long way since a team of employees came up with the idea at a company retreat more than four years ago: a segment in which reporters would fact-check the news based on viewers’ questions. The latest expansion, which launched today, is a play for younger users: a new weekly VERIFY feature on Snapchat’s Discover page, which aggregates content from a range of publishing partners. “The Snapchat Discover platform reaches tens of millions of people a day,” says Adam Ostrow, TEGNA’s Chief Digital Officer. “So it’s a really good opportunity for us to get VERIFY in front of an audience that might not be consuming us on other platforms.”

Screenshot from VERIFY’s first Snapchat Discover story

VERIFY’s first story for Snapchat Discover includes topics like “Can you get COVID-19 from a pool?”; “Do mail-in ballots need to be sent in 14 days ahead of Election Day?”; and “Is President Trump banning TikTok?” Ostrow hopes to engage “the audience, the generation that lives online. They’re the people that are on the front lines of seeing a lot of misinformation,” he says. “So being on Snap will actually give us another valuable input into what those users are looking to have verified. So it’s both a new distribution platform for us, but also a way for us to hear from an audience we might not typically hear from on TV.”

But even on television and TEGNA’s own digital properties, VERIFY has exploded along with the coronavirus. “In the pandemic, we saw an absolute surge,” says Sarah Gahagan, who runs the “small but mighty” VERIFY team at WUSA-TV in Washington D.C. “People were just thirsting for verified information. They were thirsting to hear from the experts and the doctors and a lot of times the people who they can’t reach.”

Gahagan estimates that the number of viewer queries has increased fivefold as a result of the pandemic; she or a member of her team answers every email, and they try to feature videos of viewers sharing their questions as often as possible. “We try to tell our audience where it comes to fighting misinformation, you’re our greatest resource, because they’re the ones who can spot misinformation. We’re a team of three. They spot it and then they can help fight it by sharing the fact-checked information. So we like to shout them out.”

Ellen Crooke, Adam Ostrow, and Sarah Gahagan

TEGNA’s 49 newsrooms around the country share VERIFY stories and can draw on the national VERIFY unit based in Charlotte in addition to what they produce on their own, although there is no obligation to run anything. Producers comb social media for topics to supplement the questions viewers submit directly. “So whether it comes as a direct question from the audience or it comes from watching audience behavior, that is what guides us in choosing a VERIFY story,” says Ellen Crooke.

WUSA embraced the concept from the start, committing even before the pandemic to at least one VERIFY story every day, with two-thirds produced by Gahagan’s team at the station itself. “We try to make it very, very clean and very simple for somebody to see,” Gahagan says. “Here’s the post with a big check mark on it. It’s verified. Or here’s the post with a big red X. That’s false.”


Watch a VERIFY segment on the validity of Face Mask Exempt Cards

WUSA recently devoted an entire episode of the station’s 7 p.m. news program, which aptly happens to be called The Q & A, to some of VERIFY’s “greatest hits.” The station helped fuel the conversation with a concurrent two-hour “Ask Me Anything” session on Reddit’s coronavirus subreddit; an infectious disease expert and the national VERIFY team pitched in to answer questions live. “So that group of people [on Reddit] got introduced to the brand in a really organic way that we hoped felt very authentic to them,” Gahagan says. “Because we weren’t coming at them as shiny TV people. We came at them as, ‘Hey, this is what we do every day. And we actually welcome you into the process.’”

A scene from the WUSA VERIFY Special featuring a live Reddit “Ask Me Anything”

Crooke says VERIFY video views are up 335% in the four months since COVID-19 hit compared to the four months before. Ironically, the company was well prepared for the surge in demand because of another potential source of mis- and disinformation: the upcoming elections. Back in January, TEGNA teamed up with the experts at nonprofit First Draft News to train every journalist in the company in techniques to spot and fight misinformation. It also beefed up the Charlotte fact-checking team — just in time to respond to the pandemic and then the movement for racial justice. “We were trained as journalists to seek the truth. And now in 2020 TEGNA believes we also have an obligation to stop the spread of disinformation,” Crooke says.

To that end, Crooke has authorized a pilot project at WUSA to infuse overt transparency throughout the station’s newscasts and digital content, both under the VERIFY brand and in other cases where the simple true-or-false formula doesn’t apply. Here’s how Gahagan explains it: “What people have told us they love and want to see is, ‘Where did you get this information? Who are your sources? And tell me up front.’ Then they want to see: ‘What was your process? How did you fact check this information? How did you reach your conclusions?” And we realized that we don’t have to just do that in VERIFY.”


Watch a VERIFY segment on required COVID-19 employee testing

Over on Snapchat, where the new VERIFY segment will run at least through October, Adam Ostrow’s team will be experimenting with the format and the talent but not the core value proposition. Ostrow hopes that VERIFY can be especially relevant at a time when trust in news media is low (although higher for local TV news than for other sources). “One of the goals of continuing to build [VERIFY] and get it out there on new platforms and grow the audience is to hopefully elevate the perceived trustworthiness of all of our stations and brands.”

For Sarah Gahagan, the payoff is more immediate. “I know that there are people right now who are having a hard time getting to sleep at night. And if we’re able to fact check something or put a rumor to rest that helps them feel a little bit better about the world, then I think that’s just such a great use of our medium.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


‘The currency is an engaged viewer’

This just in: Spectrum News has launched an app to complement the local cable news networks it runs in nine states.

That headline probably won’t scare a lot of news directors. But maybe it should.

Station apps that allow you to take local news wherever you go are nothing new, of course. Aunt Sue at her condo in Florida can easily keep tabs on what’s happening back in Chicago. But Spectrum News, which is owned by Charter Communications, is trying to re-invent local journalism not just by creating a product for cord-cutters, but by flouting conventional formulas. That means a service that’s sharply differentiated from local TV news — one that tries to build loyalty rather than ratings in order to become essential to its customers.

“We always knew that we had a different model because we’re more of a subscription model than we are an advertising sales model,” says Mike Bair, EVP of Spectrum Networks. “[Local stations] have a very low threshold for what breaking news is and chasing crime because they’re worried about last night’s ratings and about generating ad sales. And in this time of a secular decline in ad sales, there’s an even stronger desire to create and steal share from anyone by creating more sensationalism around the telecasts. What we care about is engagement over time. We want the habitual viewer to tune in, day in and day out, so that at the end of the month, when they’re subscribing to Spectrum, they know that we’ve added value because we’re part of their life every single day.”

The Spectrum News App is designed as a “value add” that enhances the value of the company’s broadband service: it’s the first content product to be created for all 28 million Spectrum residential customers, whether they subscribe to its video offerings or not. “We think that news will be an important distinguishing part of what makes being a Spectrum customer different from someone else,” says Bair. “So, in the end, the currency is an engaged viewer.”

 

The new app builds on the innovations Spectrum has introduced at its local TV news channels around the country, whose linear feeds are available to more than 10 million subscribers. In previous reports, we’ve told you how the Southern California operation ignores car chases in favor of hyper-local expertise and community-based journalists; how Spectrum networks in Ohio and Wisconsin are creating a new model for regional coverage based on specialized beat reporters scattered through the states; and how Spectrum News Buffalo became the first TV news operation to hire a journalist from Report for America, the nonprofit organization that trains and subsidizes young reporters in so-called “news deserts.” (Spectrum has since added four more RFA journalists in Southern California, Columbus OH, Milwaukee WI, and Orlando FL.)

But beyond the ability to stream any of these local networks, the app offers a trove of new reporting. The company says the goal is for 50% of the content to be original rather than re-purposed from the TV news side. Sam Singal, a 20-year-plus veteran of NBC News, joined the company in February to oversee the digital expansion. “Managing directors” work alongside news directors in Spectrum newsrooms, overseeing dozens of newly hired digital journalists — many of them subject-area specialists — while also curating stories from the TV operation, from the company’s Washington bureau, and from a central news hub in Florida. More podcasts are on the way too. “For the last three years, we’ve been trying to build these nimble multi-platform newsrooms,” says Bair. “You could call them ‘content engines.’”

Mike Bair

Perhaps most relevant for local TV competitors, the “content engines” now include contributions from nearly three dozen news partners, ranging from major newspapers to hyperlocal digital outfits to nonprofit news organizations. In my home base of New York, the Spectrum News App features reporting from nonprofits like Chalkbeat (specializing in education) and The City (local investigations and enterprise stories), along with the Queens Daily Eagle (a hyperlocal newspaper covering — you guessed it!). Other examples from around the country: dot.LA (the L.A. tech community); Soapbox Cincinnati (innovation and economic development)); WisPolitics.com (just what it sounds like); and WMFE-FM, the NPR flagship in Orlando.

Instead of Nielsen ratings, Spectrum’s local newsrooms get weekly and monthly reports on whether content is resonating, collected by a New York-based “data and insights” unit, which will now add app data to information culled from set-top boxes. “One of the beauties of these apps is it really allows you to see what people are consuming and how much time they’re spending on it,” says Bair. “And we can just ratchet up and down. I don’t want to call it a factory, but in effect, we’re creating so much content on all sides, we can easily ladder up one or the other.”

Bair says Spectrum’s two most important verticals are weather (no surprise) and politics (maybe a surprise): the new app features a dedicated section for local and state political coverage. After that, it’s up to the executives around the country and even the journalists themselves to decide which subjects are most important to their customers, with the emphasis on expertise and ongoing stories that create lasting value. “The big difference for us in attracting journalists now is instead of being told what story you’re going to cover, we’re saying you get to own your own beat. You get to own your own neighborhood, and you get to control your own story,” Bair says.

So is a deep-pocketed broadband provider using news as a “value add” a competitive threat to local stations? And if so, how might stations respond? Spectrum News wants to create a “one-stop shop” for news consumers featuring lots of weather, in-depth local and state politics, continuing coverage of civic issues, specialized beats, text-based original reporting, empowered “boots on the ground” journalists embedded in their communities, and an eclectic mix of local partner content. We’ve reported on station groups experimenting with some or all of these features, but in the meantime: there’s an app for that.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


How can you get younger viewers to watch a linear news program?

The conventional school of thought teaches that the best way to engage younger viewers is to produce short, snappy, “snackable” content, but the people at LX News must have skipped class that day.

The ongoing experiment in programming for millennials and Gen Z from the NBCUniversal Owned Stations took a big leap forward last month with the launch of its first live news programs. We didn’t just say, ‘Hey, let’s create something that’s different for younger audiences’ and do it,” says Matt Goldberg, Vice President of Content Strategy for the LX TV and streaming network, “We really spent a lot of time looking at what makes a different kind of product and what was working.”

That evolution began almost three years ago, and after incubating LX-style storytelling, mostly on YouTube, last year (as we reported here), Goldberg and his team went live on June 1 with two-hour morning and evening news programs, both called LX News. “That was our marching order: how do we create content that appeals to a younger audience? What we found in that process and that journey is that it’s really about depth and context,” Goldberg says.

Delivering on that promise is the job of four hard-working hosts, all new to LX this year: Jobeth Devera and Tabitha Lipkin in the morning, Ashley Holt and Nic Zecevic (“Nic Z” on the show) in the evening. No surprise: they are all young, engaging, and comfortable with the camera. “We wanted people who wanted to do things differently and wanted to be really natural,” says Goldberg.

Ashley Holt, Nic Zecevic (Nik Z), Tabitha Lipkin, Clark Fouraker, and Jobeth Devera

The programs originate at NBC-owned KXAS in Dallas from a new studio that suggests a combination of a startup’s open-plan office and a living room (although with a really nice TV set). “The whole concept was, let’s bring people into our workspace,” Goldberg says. “Let’s take away the formality of the show.”

There are about a dozen recurring franchises with irreverent names like “One Less Than Ten” (a gentle jab at top-10 lists), “News You Meme to Know,” and “Binge This.” There’s even a recurring segment by contributor Fernando Hurtado that’s delivered in a whisper. (I’m not kidding.)

But informality aside, much of the content on LX News is serious bordering on earnest, focusing on politics, the environment, technology, social issues, and of course the pandemic and the movement for racial justice. “I don’t think anyone could have predicted we’d be launching in this environment — probably two of the greatest stories of a generation,” Goldberg says.

The hosts dive into detailed explainers, sometimes aided by a touch-screen, and lengthy interviews with experts, officials, celebrities, and ordinary people caught up in the news. There are sound bites from newsmakers, some drawn from other NBC networks, that tend to run longer than on a conventional news program, but far fewer tape reports. The LX “storytellers” whom we told you about late last year contribute in-depth pieces, and Dallas-based Clark Fouraker often drops in to interact with the hosts in person. NBC’s owned stations send in stories that fit the LX News sensibility (and also air re-cut LX News stories on their own local newscasts).There are also long-form videos from “our friends at The New York Times,” a prominent content partner.

Nic Z and the Bluescape touch screen

From the beginning, NBC executives have said that LX is for consumers who aren’t watching conventional TV news. Goldberg describes the target viewers as “completely dissatisfied with all those other options. And I think all those other options are very similar.” But while it’s important for LX News to be different from “all those other options,” Goldberg believes viewers will still find value in a linear news experience. “They don’t want us to think for them. But I think what they want is this type of content — in this case, this type of news content. And ‘I appreciate that you’re putting all of that together for me and not having to curate it myself.’”

Still, LX News is designed for the digital consumer in multiple ways. The content is not time-sensitive — in fact, both two-hour news programs run three times a day. LX News appears over the air on multicast channels in more than 40 markets and on a growing number of cable systems, but cord-cutters and mobile users can stream the live feed or find clips on LX.com; on the NBC owned-station apps and websites; and on a number of over-the-top streaming platforms. Perhaps most important, while LX News is ad-supported, the commercial breaks are noticeably shorter than on conventional TV — so much so that the hosts have commented that it’s hard to switch locations in the studio that fast!

Matt Goldberg

“One of the core missions for us, in addition to finding that young audience, was also to experiment so that all of our TV stations could evolve,” Goldberg says. And LX News itself is evolving before our eyes — another way in which it’s more like a startup than a traditional news program. “You know, we do a lot of experimentation, and I’ll admit there are times when we do things and say, ‘Yeah, let’s not do that again,’” says Goldberg. “But we also do a lot of things that really feel right. We’re going to continue to do things differently, break the rules and really see what works.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


BLACK OWNED — The story behind a new community connection

Goodbye, Aunt Jemima. Hello, Michele Foods.

Just as the image of Aunt Jemima started disappearing from supermarket shelves, a viewer email about a real-life Black female syrup entrepreneur caught the eye of a Chicago news director — and helped inspire an innovative new series.

“It was kind of like, who needs Aunt Jemima?” said Jennifer Graves of WLS-TV. “We’ve got a local syrup maker.” The businesswoman’s name is Michele Hoskins, her brand is Michele Foods, and she is the only Black woman selling syrups in the country. The timing to tell the story of her syrup empire based just outside Chicago was perfect.

The ABC-owned station was looking for a way to report on the impact of both the pandemic and the movement for racial justice on local businesses.”I was thinking about how to do that story,” Graves said. “I just came up with the idea: why don’t we pick a week and focus on one Black-owned business a day?”

Graves challenged her 11 a.m. team to find a diverse group of locally-based, self-made Black business owners to feature on the show. The result: the station’s newest initiative, BLACK OWNED, a timely series featuring live discussions between Black entrepreneurs across Chicago and anchor Terrell Brown. Michele Foods was one of the five businesses highlighted during the July 13-17 series.

“[Michele Hoskins] said that one of her struggles in the very beginning was just trying to learn the manufacturing world,” Brown said. “There weren’t many people there that looked like her and were endeavoring to do what she was trying to do.” Over 35 years later, Michele Foods syrups are now in more than 8,000 stores around the country — and Aunt Jemima’s “retirement” has helped boost sales.


Watch Terrell Brown’s interview with Michele Hoskins from Michele Foods

Despite a wide cross-section of other business owners spotlighted for the series — a theater owner, a dentist, a custom clothing designer, and a winemaker — each entrepreneur’s story echoes Hoskins’s. “Through the course of the week, it’s been so enlightening to hear from these Black business owners who have this incredible drive and passion, and each of them has their own stories of persistence and struggle,” Brown said.


Watch the interview with Jackie Taylor, founder of The Black Ensemble Theater

Brown received widespread support for the series on social media, over the phone, and via email. Not just from the business owners, he said, but from community members who called to say, “Thank you for sharing our stories.” Given the positive anecdotal response, WLS is already looking into another BLACK OWNED week in August, and possibly a recurring series.

For Graves, it’s not about the ratings.“I don’t think I’d look at whether or not a minute by minute tells us that it’s popular,” Graves said, “I think it’s the right thing to do, especially with the stories being as inspirational as they’ve been.”

Jennifer Graves and Terrell Brown

Graves believes the inspiration adds value for viewers and her newsroom alike. Between the devastating economic impact of COVID-19 on small businesses and communities of color and the fight for racial equity, 2020 has heightened the importance of diverse community voices in newscasts. For Graves, the five business owners featured in BLACK OWNED provided a welcome alternative to the usual parade of “experts” on TV.

“Let’s look to have a group of experts that are more diverse and represent the entire community,” said Graves, “and I think this just feeds off of that and shows people that there are winemakers and dentists and theater operators and owners of color out there who are role models for communities.”

Terrell Brown said that a series like BLACK OWNED enhances coverage of the sensitive topic of race by filling out the broad brushstrokes of hard news. “We’re asking questions now that we weren’t asking before in our coverage, and I’m really happy about this, especially here [at WLS]. We’ve become more nuanced in the storytelling, we’re becoming more specific. And we have to become more specific in order to tell the narrative correctly.”

For Jennifer Graves, BLACK OWNED proved to be a simple yet effective form of community outreach: amplifying local voices. “If these business owners are able to say, ‘These are the struggles that I went through,’ we can help try to try to advance the narrative that might have some impact for the future,” said Graves. “So that’s the best of what we do. And we can play a small part in that. That’s what’s exciting about it.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Beyond ‘like-bait’

The two headlines of 2020, a worldwide pandemic and a nationwide conversation about racial equality, both underline the critical importance of including the voice of the audience in our journalism. Whether it’s identifying and answering the questions folks have right now about the coronavirus, or ensuring that the full range of diverse voices in our community are represented and heard, authentic listening and meaningful audience engagement have never been more critical to the mission of journalism.

Sadly, however, “Audience Engagement” in many newsrooms has devolved into so-called “like-bait”: posting on social with the short-sighted goal of enticing likes and shares. In this approach, winning on social is reduced to a number like ‘share of voice,’ with the metric treated as more important than what it purports to measure. The challenge for newsrooms is to evolve beyond likes and shares, to achieve meaningful audience engagement.

“Focus on the needs of the audience, not your own.” That is the essence of a meaningful approach to engagement, says Jennifer Brandel, longtime CEO and now board chair of Hearken, a platform that helps news organizations create and manage audience engagement. She spoke recently to the local TV stations participating in the Knight-ASU Table Stakes program for news transformation about how to design more impactful audience strategies.

Before assuming your team is crushing it, take Brandel’s quick self-assessment (be honest, you’d only be cheating yourself) on the current state of audience engagement in your newsroom. Give yourself one point for each strong “YES”:

I won’t ask your score, but I will share that in my work with local TV newsrooms this informal quiz generates a lot of scores of 2 or 3. So let’s just say that most newsrooms will have an “opportunity” for more meaningful engagement with their audiences.

Why do so many newsrooms fall short in this area? Brandel notes that traditional news organizations were built in the era of broadcast on a model she notes was “closer to a parent-child relationship,” where news stations focused on “telling the audience the news,” not listening.

Brandel illustrates this well via what she calls the “engagement ring.” Does your newsroom complete the loop with the audience, or do you tend to stop once you get what you want from the audience? I particularly appreciate the term “askhole” to describe newsrooms that ASK, and then don’t respond!

The “Engagement Ring”

For Brandel, the key is to move the newsroom from an “extractive” or merely “transactional” approach to one that’s truly relational. Extractive approaches are about getting what the newsroom wants from the audience. Transactional approaches are somewhat better, in that there is at least an exchange of value between the news organization and the audience. But the key to building loyalty is a relational approach to engagement.

A worthwhile newsroom exercise is to gather a group to examine your current practices against these three categories of engagement, honestly identify where the approach is primarily extractive or transactional and look for ways to ‘move to the right’ in terms of engagement that has mutual value and builds long-term trust and loyalty.

Hearken has been adopted by many local newsrooms, especially in publishing, as a way of building direct audience relationships (not mediated by Facebook.)

 

Of special relevance to broadcasters is a recent case study from a Danish broadcaster. TV 2/Funen chose to go ‘all-in” on intensive audience engagement to guide its COVID-19 coverage. The results documented in this case study were impressive:

  • More than 150 original, user-generated news angles to investigate
  • More than 20 articles showcasing audience submissions
  • 5 articles in the top-50 of most-read articles on the website
  • Jump in direct relationships with audience
  • Increased traffic via Google searches (one article drew 65% of sessions through Google searches and generated 4x more views than average)

By three weeks into its efforts, the station had received 400+ original user-generated news angles to explore, authored more than 50 original articles powered by that input, and impressively, saw a +32% increase in average reading time on audience-initiated articles compared to the overall average in the same period.

Deeper audience strategies are essential to coverage of both the pandemic and issues of racial justice; but Brandel notes 2020’s other critical test of journalists also looms: covering the 2020 election. Hearken has joined with other engagement groups to offer Election SOS, free targeted training for journalists covering U.S. elections, with specific strategies for engagement, trust, and election protection. The non-partisan initiative offers best practices, resources and support around election coverage and the unique threats of 2020 elections.

The benefits to newsrooms of fostering this deeper kind of community connection include:

  • More and better story ideas; which result in…
  • Stories that are more relevant to the audience, which lead to…
  • Deeper engagement with content (measured by articles read, depth of read, session time), leading ultimately to…
  • Long-term growth in trust in and loyalty to the news brand

The core difference, of course, between this approach and the “like/share this” is loyalty. A like-bait strategy has to be repeated over and over to keep propping up the clicks. Brandel says this deeper approach grows long-term loyalty, turning samplers into loyalists, and loyalists into evangelists for your news brand.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Could your newsroom use another 4,500 journalists?

When Nazy Javid, news director at KAEF-TV in Eureka CA, wants to take her 6 p.m. anchor and her 6 p.m. producer out to lunch, she only needs a table for one. Herself. In market #197 and with a total newsroom staff of only seven people, everyone has to do more than one job. “My GM likes to call us ‘The Little Engine That Could,’ because somehow we make magic happen every day,” Javid says.

But clever multi-tasking is not enough. “We’re just not equipped by any metric to be able to produce the capacity, the level of news that we do with the staffing that we have,” Javid says, And when Sinclair bought the station just over three years ago, Javid had her Eureka moment: She discovered Sinclair’s sophisticated system for sharing stories among its stations.

Nazy Javid

Every station group shares content in some fashion, but Sinclair has made it a priority and built an elaborate system to get the job done. “Over the years, as Sinclair expanded, we saw an even greater opportunity to make sure that whether it’s a great piece of content from Portland, Maine or Portland, Oregon, a viewer in San Antonio or Austin may also be interested in it,” says Jeff Parsons, Sinclair’s West Coast Group News Director and Director of Special Projects — one of the architects of the sharing system and the collaborative culture on which it depends.

Sinclair’s high-functioning content engine has nothing to do with the company’s controversial history of “must-run” commentaries. The idea is to give newsrooms more distinctive stories while freeing up local resources for local reporting — all strictly at the station’s option. “This doesn’t negate the extreme importance of local content. This is considered a supplement to that,” says Parsons. “There’s great content being generated by 4,500-plus journalists around the country, and we want to make sure that every station in our group has access to that.”

Every morning, about 2,700 of those 4,500-plus Sinclair journalists — news managers, assignment editors, producers, anyone with an editorial role — get an email with dozens of stories available to them that day. Topping the list: original stories from the Washington bureau, which has four full-time reporters who are encouraged to explore unique angles that don’t just replicate what CNN Newsource or the network affiliate news services offer.

KAEF-TV in Eureka draws on DC-based reporters like Scott Thuman for national stories

But DC-based Executive Producer of National Content Eric Zager also sorts through as many as 200 stories a day to create an all-you-can-eat smorgasbord of stories for stations eager to beef up their newscasts. His daily note offers brief story summaries and slugs; information on projected feed times for packages and teases; links to scripts; and sometimes even suggestions on how to integrate a package into a station’s coverage, such as topping it with news service content or buttoning with a local sidebar or an anchor-driven explainer built on graphics sent from the Washington hub.

So for the latest findings about Covid-19, for example, producers all over the country can draw on medical reporting from Liz Bonis, Health Anchor and Medical Reporter at Cincinnati’s WKRC-TV, rather than using precious local resources to duplicate her efforts. “I want to get those local stations as much of a bank of content that they can choose from [as possible],” says Parsons, “to make the best content they can locally.”

When big stories break, Sinclair newsrooms can count on coverage from their own sister stations — and even have the option to sign up for live shots from the scene. “Let’s say there’s a breaking story in Austin, Texas, and it’s a huge story,” says Parsons. “We will crank out what we call a grid and offer it up to all of our stations to have a custom live site from that breaking news location.”

Of course all this sharing puts a burden on each station to contribute content as well as consume it. “So we have a little bit of a push and pull system,” says Parsons. “Part of the responsibility of the local station is to be on the lookout for your fellow sister stations, because your sister stations are getting asked to be on the lookout for you.”


Watch a KOMO package on the CHOP protest as seen on KBOI/Boise

KOMO-TV in Seattle has done a lot more pushing than pulling lately, as an epicenter of both the Covid-19 pandemic and anti-racism protests following the killing of George Floyd. News director Bill Dallman is an evangelist for Sinclair’s sharing culture, or as he describes it, “a champion of contributing to the group, because it’s for the greater good. What I try to do as a leader is turn it on its head: ‘This isn’t more work for us. This is more visibility for us.’”

When protesters took over Seattle’s “Capitol Hill Occupied Protest” (CHOP) zone a month ago, Dallman’s reporters began contributing two “look-lives” every day for different dayparts and time zones. “In maybe six or 12 months, another market will have a huge story and Bill will get that reward back,” says Parsons. “I think it begins with leadership. It really does start with people who see the opportunity, embrace it and help their staff understand that opportunity.”

Jeff Parsons and Bill Dallman

Parsons estimates that Sinclair’s journalists have access to about 70% of the group’s overall output now, and the team is tweaking the technology to approach 100%, including graphics packages and explainers. “My goal would be to make every single bit of content available,” he says. “Right now, we do share a lot of package content. But there’s a lot of other content in that newscast that might be relevant. If a producer in Cedar Rapids does a breakout on Covid that a producer in Las Vegas would also be interested in, why should they both have to write it? They can tweak it, they can change it, they can make it their own, but why rewrite something if it’s the same breakout?”

That kind of sharing may sound like a step towards the homogenization that critics of consolidated station ownership warn about, but the Sinclair system actually illustrates the benefits of scale and collaboration when newsrooms are struggling to produce hours of newscasts with limited resources and to stand out from their competitors. “We have a choice whether or not we want to use it,” Nazy Javid says, “and I lean on the side of using it a lot, just because we have such a small staff that I really like to put our energy with the one reporter that we have in the field into producing good local, impactful accountability journalism.”

Parsons says research shows that viewers are tired of repetition and redundancy and eager for more news about their region and the country as a whole. “We really encourage [our newsrooms] to realize that the viewers are exhausted by the sea of sameness in this industry,” he says. “What we’re doing is providing them with as much content as we can. And if they don’t choose to embrace that system, they’re going to repeat the cat stuck in the tree 12 more times.”

News directors Bill Dallman and Nazy Javid both say that sharing stories and systematic collaboration have given their stations a competitive edge. “When Sinclair took over, it actually turned out to be an incredible resource for us,” Javid says. “It’s not necessarily about efficiency,” says Dallman. ”It’s about more content, more ideas, more ways that your products stand out. No one’s telling us, ‘You must run these things’. We’re running them because they’re better. I marvel every day at some of the stuff that other newsrooms are doing in our group.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


5 of our most-read stories on local newsroom innovation in 2020

As you head into the holiday weekend, we thought you might enjoy catching up on some of the most popular stories that we’ve published so far in 2020 — and that you may have missed the first time around.

We continue to report on the many ripple effects of the Covid-19 pandemic and the significant work station groups are doing in response: here’s a project we think will have lasting impact.

Will The Rebound Change TV News Even After COVID-19 Is Gone?

Frank Mungeam’s story on five “culture-killing” phrases to avoid has great advice for any newsroom leader who wants to promote innovation: it’s not too late to stop saying these things!

5 Culture-Killing Phrases Smart Newsrooms Will Stop Saying in 2020

Frank also reported on meteorologists’ intensifying focus on climate change, a different global crisis that the pandemic has put in the shade: here’s his “forecast” for weather reporting.

Forecasting the Future of Weather Reporting

We told you how Portland’s KGW is re-inventing the 6 p.m. newscast with a solo anchor, fewer stories, more audience involvement, and greater transparency: check out the story behind The Story.

“The Biggest Risk of All” — Transforming a Legacy Newscast

And finally, against the backdrop of nationwide protests against racial injustice, seven thoughtful news leaders weighed in on evolving interpretations of journalistic “authenticity” and objectivity.

Can a Reporter be ‘Authentic’ and Objective at the Same Time?

Have a great Independence Day weekend — we’ll see you next week at the Lab!

Andrew Heyward

The Good, the Bad, and the Ugly: Key Trends from the Reuters Digital News Report

It’s a conundrum for news leaders: Finding time to keep up with the critical industry trends, while juggling the always-on demands of covering the news of the day. That was true even before 2020 brought us a global pandemic and a long overdue reckoning on race. But there really are a few reports each year that, to paraphrase from Wayne Gretzky, point to ‘where the news industry is going, not where it’s been.’ The annual Reuters Digital News Report, which surveyed 80,000 news consumers globally across 40 countries, is one. So, in case you are a member of the TL:DR (Too Long, Didn’t Read) club, here are my top takeaways from the just-released study. Some of the news is good, some bad, and some ugly.

1. Audiences Surge, Especially on TV

TV news viewing has been the biggest beneficiary of the surge in information-seeking, along with a comparable rise in use of social media. The Reuters findings align with research we previously reported on by SmithGeiger, showing that local TV news saw the largest gains in audience in response to the pandemic. Online news traffic is up but by less; and print has declined even further. “More people [during the pandemic] identified TV as their primary source of news,” the report found, concluding that the effects of the pandemic will likely be to “speed up, not slow down, the shift to digital.”

2. New Business Models are Lagging

Broadcasters saw during the second quarter of 2020 how much the TV business remains dependent on advertiser revenue, as the pandemic ravaged ad budgets. The Reuters report found the same effects for digital news, where new online revenue sources aren’t keeping up with advertising losses. TV and online audiences may be up during the pandemic, but ad revenue is down. Whether it’s closures for some local newspapers or hiring freezes, furloughs or layoffs at local broadcasters, the legacy ad-based business model for news remains the urgent problem to be solved.

Newspapers have been leading the charge to transform toward a digital/subscriber model. The 2020 Reuters report shows modest global growth (20% of U.S. respondents said they paid for at least one news subscription, 50% higher than the global trend) but nowhere near the scale needed to create more stable funding for news.

When non-subscribers were asked which features would entice them, a few opportunities emerged: Truly distinctive, “premium” content; and ad-free experiences along with ‘tiers’ of access. Each of these areas is ripe for experimentation. However, the most common response — 50% – said “nothing” would get them to pay for news, underscoring the pervasive consumer expectation that news should be ‘free.’

3. Decline in Trust in News is an Existential Threat

Basic credibility now appears to be an existential threat to journalists, perhaps second only to the industry’s revenue model challenges. Journalists accept at face value that credibility is their core currency, their essential value proposition. Yet for a commingling of reasons, the norm now is distrust in media.

The Reuters report found that, In the United States, the hyper-partisan political climate has accelerated a division in trust based on party affiliation.

Journalists who assume everyone shares the view that news should be impartial — fair and accurate — may be both surprised and concerned to learn that fully 30% of Americans report preferring a news source that “shares their point of view,” rather than a news organization that “at least tries to be neutral.”

The Reuters report shows how the rise of misinformation has compounded this crisis of trust. By a large majority, respondents considered their own country’s politicians as the greatest source of misinformation (40%), well ahead of friends, media, foreign actors and leaders of other countries.

These global trends had a notable exception: In the U.S., Democrats saw politicians as the largest source of misinformation, but by a large margin Republicans in the U.S. identified journalists as the primary source of misinformation.

There’s also a growing recognition among news consumers of the role that platform and social media companies play in amplifying misinformation. Among platforms, Facebook is seen as the biggest channel for misinformation globally, at 29%; Facebook fares even worse among U.S. news consumers, with 35% rating it as the most concerning platform for misinformation.

The Cronkite News Lab previously reported findings by SmithGeiger that, in relative terms, Local TV News earned highest marks for trust. Nevertheless, these global trends around decline in trust represent a serious threat to journalism.

4. News is distributed more than ever

The final key takeaway from the Reuters report is about how consumers find news. Arguably the top headline of this year’s Reuters Digital News Report is that the ‘pathways’ to news are now fully distributed. Direct visits to news sites are virtually equal to news discovery via social and news discovery via search. These shifts have happened incrementally over time but, taken in aggregate, represent a transformational ‘new normal’ where a news organization must be distributed in its content discovery strategy if it hopes to be “seen” by the audience.

Noteworthy niche gateways include: Mobile alerts, newsletters, and podcasts.

And news leaders looking to be like Gretzky and ‘skate to where the puck is going’ should memorize the “Gateways to News” data for Gen-Z audiences, where fewer than one in six primarily go directly to a news brand.

These findings also point to the areas of opportunity: Email newsletters, podcasts, and alerting via mobile/text are methods of cultivating deeper and direct audience relationships, and offer new opportunities for monetization as well.

Among social networks, Facebook remains first as a source for news, but it has declined since its peak in 2016-2017, due in part to algorithm changes re-prioritizing ‘family and friends’ content. Perceptions of misinformation on the platform may also account for the drop.

Since 2014, YouTube has consistently grown as a source for news and remains number two globally. While Twitter has remained steady as a platform for news in the U.S., WhatsApp has overtaken it globally, and Instagram continues to rise as well.

The Path Forward

Each of the key takeaways from the Reuters 2020 report offers the opportunity to have strategic conversations in the newsroom to chart a sustainable path forward:

  • Audiences have turned increasingly to trusted brands when information matters, especially TV news. That’s good news. How can your newsroom convert those extra visitors to loyalists?
  • The weakness of the advertising-based business model has been further exposed by the economic impacts of the pandemic, and new approaches like subscriptions and tiered services, while growing, aren’t enough. The strategic challenge is to develop experiences and products audiences value enough to be self-sustaining, and to continue to diversify revenue sources.
  • Trust in media is a serious threat, and newsrooms must double down on best practices regarding transparency, authenticity and fact-checking to maintain credibility upon which our profession depends.

Paths to news are now fully distributed, with direct visits simply one part of an “information ecosystem.” News outlets must be able to meet their audiences when and where consumers choose, and have monetization strategies tailored to match the method of distribution. Audio briefings, mobile alerts and email newsletters are promising examples of new ways to connect with news consumers.

Want to read more? Here’s the full 112-page 2020 Reuters Digital News Report.


Watch a recap video of the Digital News Report 2020

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Can a reporter be ‘authentic’ and objective at the same time?

Listen to something a young woman in San Francisco said after the first weekend of protests following the killing of George Floyd.

“I personally have not been able to process everything that has gone on and is continuing to go on. But I will say as someone that is a young black person in their 20’s and has not witnessed the civil rights movement and all these other things that you read about in the history books, it is mind blowing to see all of what we see here but also recognizing now I’ve been compartmentalizing things for years…and it is deeply painful when you continue to tell stories about people who look like you and your family.”

That’s Jobina Fortson, a reporter for ABC station KGO, and she made those comments on the air. The powerful and candid reflections might seem unusual to long-time TV news viewers accustomed to “objective” reporters and anchors who rarely display emotion or never get personal. But the protests against police brutality and racism have touched off a conversation in newsrooms across America about the real meaning of “authenticity” and the evolving role of journalists in the digital age.

I spoke with Fortson’s general manager and six other thoughtful local station leaders about the sometimes tricky balancing act between traditional journalistic standards and credibility on the one hand and the natural instinct of up-and-coming journalists — often encouraged by their bosses — to express deeply held moral convictions, reflect their own life experiences, and connect with their viewers and followers in ways that are — well, human.

Tom Cibrowski, President and General Manager, KGO-TV

For Tom Cibrowski, “it really is about the evolution of both our audience and our employees. We can’t ignore generational change. And while our journalistic standards are sound, and we’re all trained to go after the story and the who, what, why, where, we have to understand that generations shift, audiences shift and our workforce shifts.”

The ability of journalists to engage directly with the public on social media has “changed the entire game,” Cibrowski says, and he wants KGO to meet the expectations of a new kind of viewer. “If you have people coming to you for the first time because there’s now a pandemic, or there are massive protests over George Floyd’s killing, you have to be ready, and your folks need to be comfortable with being a little more authentic. And the audience is now more inclined to be looking for who you are and what you stand for.”

We reported recently on a KGO town hall about links between the coronavirus epidemic and racism against Asian Americans, produced at the urging of two of the station’s Asian American anchors. (Similar programs focusing on the pandemic’s impact on Black and Latino communities followed.) This month, at the end of a televised and live-streamed roundtable discussion called “From Anger to Action,” the station encouraged anchors Eric Thomas and Kumasi Aaron, along with Jobina Fortson, to offer candid closing comments. And all three appear in a strong new station promo that might startle the old guard with its forthrightness.


Watch a KGO promo responding to the Floyd protests

“While Walter Cronkite represented the best journalistic values in the 1970s, we can still represent those journalistic values,” says Cibrowski, “but with people of new generations and different backgrounds, who can inform us and educate us even more.”

Renee Washington, VP of News, KNBC-TV

“It’s absolutely an issue in our newscasts,” says Renee Washington, who’s been news director at the NBC-owned LA station for just over a year. “Among our African American producers, among our Black reporters and anchors, and even for me, as a news leader, you want to make sure that you’re not letting your emotions…cloud your judgment when you’re reporting, and that you are reporting the facts, that you are getting both sides of the story, and that in some ways you are remaining neutral. Let’s draw the line at opinions.”

In today’s charged times, KNBC’s editorial meetings have become an important outlet for her staff. “Our editorial conversations tend to be where we allow people to express themselves more freely and at those times share their own experiences, and in some cases, share their opinions. But in the final product, we’ve got to remain neutral.”

Washington grants her people more leeway on social media and on a podcast called Shaky Town, although opinions about policy decisions are not welcome there either. But she acknowledges the challenge some of her colleagues experience covering this story. Washington remembers working in New York during the horrific Sandy Hook school massacre and seeing anchors and reporters break down occasionally on the air. “The same feeling of emotions and sadness and grief and despair is what Black people are feeling now,” she says. “So there probably will be moments where you have a reporter on the air who says, ‘You know what, as a Black person in this country, this one really touches home.’ And I think in order for viewers to be able to relate to you, at some point you do have to show a version of yourself that is authentic, and shows that you have empathy, and that this is something that you understand.”

Patrick Paolini, SVP and General Manager, WTTG-TV

A brash, opinionated GM who even has his own podcast (we reported on “The Paolini Perspective” here), Patrick Paolini of Fox’s Washington D.C. station espouses traditional news values while encouraging his reporters and anchors to reflect their unique perspectives. “Journalistic integrity remains paramount. Fact-based journalism is absolutely critical at times like this, especially when the crisis is unfolding,” he says. “That doesn’t mean reporters and anchors aren’t going to bring their own sensibilities, their own experiences to those stories. And I think that’s okay.”

There has always been a window of acceptable subjectivity for television news reporters — topics about which there is widespread consensus in society. Expressing sadness or outrage about crimes against children has always been okay. Arguably, same-sex marriage (support) and climate change (concern) have moved into this category. Perhaps that window has widened to include racial injustice. “Systemic racism is wrong, period, end of story,” says Paolini. “So I think it’s okay that our talent communicates that to the viewer. Now when you start getting into policy…that’s where I think you have to get up to that line but not cross it.”

Paolini worries that social media has muddied an important distinction between fact and opinion. “I don’t think the standards should change, if they have, on local broadcast television, and I’m very serious about that. I think we do need to get back to the so-called ‘Walter Cronkite’ standards. And that doesn’t mean the delivery of that isn’t more authentic or conversational, but I think the standards have been blurred, and that’s a shame.”

No one has asked Paolini for permission to join a protest on his or her own time, but he says he wouldn’t rule it out, although he’d expect the reporter to disclose that “and then get back to fact-based journalism.”

Byron Harmon, VP of News, WNYW-TV

None of Byron Harmon’s journalists has asked to join a march either, although like his colleague Patrick Paolini, he’s open to it. “I’m a Black man. I’ve had experiences and interactions with police officers that have not been great. So I have a different perspective on interacting with the police as opposed to someone who didn’t. And I can understand the feeling and this desire to go and be a part of something.”

Harmon, who’s proud of shaking up the culture at the Fox New York flagship, strongly encourages his people to bring their own perspective to the job. “I don’t have a problem with a reporter or staffer expressing a personal experience,” he says. “That’s what I do also. It would be on a case by case basis.”

Nevertheless, he acknowledges that the current wave of protests can be challenging for journalists and their bosses.”These are extraordinary times, so there’s a bit of gray area to work in with regards to maybe expanding traditional journalistic norms,” he says.

Harmon worries that social media may not be nuanced enough for the depth he wants his journalists to provide. “Social media doesn’t afford you the bandwidth to put things into context because it’s so immediate, it’s super diced up into small bits. And people are attracted to the heat of whatever it is you’re posting. I prefer to tackle a lot of these stories within our newscast in a way where we have enough time to put them into context. And if you want to add your own perspective into it, it’s a part of a much larger-focus narrative, as opposed to how you’re feeling in the moment.”

Jayne Ruben, News Director, KSLA-TV

“This is something that I would say I struggled with a bit at the beginning, because our mission is to be objective, we’re giving people information, and people can make up their own minds on how they feel and what the story means to them,” says Jayne Ruben, Gray’s news director in Shreveport LA. “However, when I watched that video for the first time, [my reaction] was ‘This can’t be real.’ It was disbelief that this was happening in front of millions of people’s eyes. And then you can’t help feeling sorrow, disbelief, anger. You’re in 2020. Why are we still dealing with this?”

Ruben’s team made national news recently by revealing disturbing new details about the death of Tommie Dale McGlothen, another Black man who died in police custody. “I think most people feel that this time there’s a difference in how people are reacting and how people are standing up for social injustice, standing up against systemic racism.”

“We strive to be factual and to share facts,” Ruben says — no partisanship allowed. But like other news leaders, Ruben encourages her reporters and anchors to share their “authentic selves” and engage directly with their community. “What is your passion? What are the things that you do in this community? You have to be a part of the community to know what those issues are that the audience wants to know about, that people here care about.”

Like Byron Harmon, Ruben addresses potential conflicts on a “case by case” basis, mostly in discussions with her colleagues. “The younger journalists need more guidelines and need stricter ‘This is what you can do, and this is what you can’t do,’ instead of anything’s fair game,” Ruben says, “because they’re just learning their way, and they’re just figuring it out.”

Greg Retsinas, News Director, KGW-TV

Greg Retsinas, news director at TEGNA’s Portland, Oregon station, wants his journalists to use their own experiences to enrich “the conversation” around today’s complex issues. “We’re not newsreaders here. We are journalists trying to help convey and improve communication and community in this society,” he says. “The reporters…need to feel empowered and emboldened and supported to be themselves and bring their own personal perspective to that conversation.”

Retsinas and his team are trying to re-invent the 6 p.m. news with The Story With Dan Haggerty, a newscast built around just a few in-depth reports and the highly personal take of its solo anchor. (We’ve reported on The Story and one of its inspirations, KUSA Denver’s Next With Kyle Clark.) Retsinas’s goal in all the station’s coverage is to balance journalistic ethics with personal perspectives. “We understand the value of bringing editorial independence and integrity to that process and not losing sight of that. It’s still being human about our own experiences.”

Like other leaders with whom we spoke, Retsinas sees the limits as well as the potential of social media. He encourages his colleagues to emphasize the quality of the conversation over more conventional metrics. “I tell our team, if you’re going to post something on social media, aim for quality that has context: less frequency, less quantity, less engagement-focused, more about quality, context, and aim for having a deeper conversation with fewer people. If you’re going to engage on social media, do that.”

Cheryl Fair, President and General Manager, KABC-TV

Twenty-six years ago almost to the day — on June 17, 1994 — Cheryl Fair walked into the newsroom at KABC for the first time: she had just been appointed news director of the ABC-owned Los Angeles station, and this was supposed to be a quick visit to meet the team. But that afternoon, O.J. Simpson popped up in the now infamous white Bronco. “So that was my introduction to the question of race and social equity and justice in Los Angeles,” Fair says.

Fair never made it back home to Philadelphia, and she’s been at KABC ever since, except now she runs the place. She says a lot has changed in how the station covers news. When the protests touched off by George Floyd’s killing began, the newsroom got caught up in the fast-moving events, but “we all realized that night that we were going down the wrong path,” says Fair. “And we made a very quick pivot, because we realized that we were not providing the full story. And we made a concerted effort as a news department to go after the ‘why.’”

Going after the ‘why’ means going after context: longer interviews in newscasts, a wide-ranging array of experts and voices, and historical perspective from veteran anchors like Marc Brown, who was at the station covering O.J. and the L.A. riots two years before that. Fair’s community journalists, who are embedded in various neighborhoods rather than the newsroom, offer a range of perspectives from the streets where they live.

“As important as it is how our reporters feel personally — and it is important — and their voices are being heard, certainly internally,” says Fair, “I think the voices that we have decided are important to elevate here are the voices of the community in a meaningful and very obvious way. I think that part of what’s happening is [that] now we’re allowing people to tell their truth. And as long as our facts are correct, they can tell their truth.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Recommended Reads for Journalism Professionals

  • Recommended Reads — Oct. 15, 2020: What if reporters had access to the best technology? And, in preparing for election night, some U.S. TV news execs see a cautionary tale.

7 Takeaways From a Candid Conversation About Protest Coverage

Editor’s note: This story, which we published late last week, remains top of mind, so we’re giving it a bit more “air time.” It’s about the myriad issues news executives are confronting on the street and in the newsroom as protests and demands for lasting change persist around the nation.

Next week, we will report on a related challenge: balancing “authenticity” and “transparency” with traditional journalistic notions of “objectivity.” How much should a reporter’s life experience or deeply held moral convictions be shared on social media — and even allowed to influence coverage?

That’s coming next Thursday. In the meantime, we’ve assembled some thoughtful takes on this issue in our Recommended Reads.

The COVID-19 pandemic is a story unlike any that America’s local TV newsrooms have had to tackle. And just as they were rising successfully to its multiple and unforeseen challenges, along came another cataclysmic event — this one sadly familiar.

But the fact that we’ve been here (way too many times) before doesn’t make covering the killing of George Floyd and the subsequent protests any less complex or daunting.

The Carole Kneeland Project for Responsible Journalism, a nonprofit organization that provides continuing education for TV and digital news managers, has been organizing weekly pandemic-focused Zoom calls among news executives who’ve been through the program as well as other guests. (I reported on an early gathering here.) This week, the conversation pivoted to the current events and the larger issues of social justice that they raise, and I asked for permission to listen in.

“Now is the time where our journalism can make the biggest difference and create a better community that we can serve.” Those inspiring words came from Kevin Benz, a local TV and digital news veteran on the Kneeland faculty. “We have to get it right because we are the eyes and ears of people on this — people who are not in the streets, people who are watching us,” said Christina Taylor, another faculty member who’s an expert on diversity, cultural biases and the use of language in newscasts.

All in all, there were about 30 people in the conversation, all of whom agreed to be quoted. Here are my seven top takeaways.

1. Watch your language.

Words always count, but perhaps never more than in highly charged stories like this one.

“We really are trying to be deliberate in how we’re looking at looters, how we’re looking at protesters, the words we’re using for protesters versus demonstrators versus marchers,” said Michelle Germano, news director at ABC-owned WTVD in Raleigh-Durham NC, who has assigned an executive producer to run point on language. “Those are all different words that have different connotations. And so we’re having that ongoing dialogue in every editorial meeting.”

“Make sure we’re describing people according to what they’re doing. Looting, arson, vandalism, these are criminal acts. And these are criminals that are doing them,” said Kevin Benz. “We should be describing them as criminals, not protesters. To describe them as protesters is to perpetuate a negative stereotype that when black people take to the streets, they burn their [own neighborhoods] down. And that’s just not true.”

“Have an honest talk with your anchors and your reporters about the language they use while they’re on the air,” Christina Taylor advised. “Tell them they can describe what we’re seeing and don’t characterize. And certainly do not criticize it. Avoid inflammatory words.”

2. Reflect the reality, not just the extremes.

Don’t let the most dramatic incidents overwhelm accuracy and perspective. “If the protest is mainly peaceful, that’s what we want to make sure our words say,” said Germano. “A couple of people might not [determine] the tenor of what the whole march is about. It could just be a couple of bad eggs. And so we don’t want that to overshadow [the reporting] if the true messaging is peace.”

Moreover, stick with what you can see and what your reporting reveals — and avoid the temptation to embellish.

“Instead of saying ‘The protest has turned violent,’ unless you know that it was a peaceful protest [and] you were there and then it became violent, use a different word or use a different phrase,” Taylor said. “If you’re seeing people looting, don’t say ‘Protesters turned to looting.’ Say ‘People are looting.”

3. Dig deeper.

With the pressure of deadlines, not to mention the ongoing restrictions related to COVID-19, it’s sometimes hard for reporters to get below the surface. But viewers are counting on us to do it.

“Don’t just listen to the voice of the governmental officials or the police officials,” Christina Taylor said. “We tend to kind of go where the officials are, because that’s the easy thing. If you want to add context, go find the right voices.”

Melissa Luck, news director at Morgan Murphy Media’s KXLY in Spokane, had a good example. She and her colleagues noticed a charismatic young woman — someone they didn’t know — who took on a powerful leadership role in the protests. Luck’s team spent three hours the next day tracking her down to tell her story, which became the most widely read piece on their website this week. “This is a regular person in our community who has some sort of force that made people want to listen to her,” Luck said. “So it was a pain to find her, but I think it was worth it.”

Screenshot of news report by KXLY, Photo by Katie Hartwig

4. Protect your people.

Most of the protests have been peaceful, but every news executive worries about keeping crews safe. One station is sending them out in unmarked cars and using cell phones instead of news cameras; another is considering not sending teams out after dark; yet another hired “military-grade” security guards.

Allison Duff, assistant news director at TEGNA’s WBIR in Knoxville TN, tried a different approach. “We did have a couple of incidents Saturday and Sunday night where things got destructive, and we had some arrests, but it’s kind of been our policy to not get into the crowd and to find rooftop vantage points where you can still get the pictures and the shot without being in a position where we feel like we would need armed guards.”

“We’ve made the choice to not physically go to certain areas [and to] rely on social media, rely on other forms of access to video for events we couldn’t attend, simply because for staffing reasons, I had to keep people in pairs,” said Raquel Amparo, news director at Univision’s Dallas-Fort Worth station. “I don’t care if we missed that shot, if it means that I can keep two of you together, so there’s some sort of a buddy system.”

Several participants on the call mentioned the “understanding gap” between staff members on the street and producers and executives who might be stuck at home or in the newsroom. Mario Orellana, assistant news director at Graham Media Group’s KSAT in San Antonio, said that “last night was the first night we had one of our EP’s actually go out with the crew to experience what’s going on.” He also coordinated interviews and served as a “third set of eyes.”

Christina Taylor reminded the participants that crews and reporters want to cover the news and are reluctant to step back, so “it’s up to you to just push them and make sure they understand that your expectation is that they come home safe — not that they get the story no matter what.”

A quick sidebar: There have been more than 200 documented attacks on journalists by law enforcement officers since the protests began. (See reports from The New York Times, The Wall Street Journal, NiemanLab and bellingcat.com.) Here’s just one example involving a local TV news crew. James Dobson, a photographer at Gray’s WAVE in Louisville KY, taped an officer firing pepper balls at him and reporter Kristin Rust during live coverage of last Friday night’s protests; both were hit and slightly hurt but kept reporting. The station’s GM and Gray’s co-CEO filed a strong public protest condemning the police action and demanding an investigation. A department spokesman later called Rust to apologize, and the officer has been “re-assigned” pending an inquiry. While this didn’t come up in the Kneeland call, it’s another example of how management can step up to support the people in the field — and a reminder of how important it is for journalists to be properly credentialed and identifiable to police, although of course that wouldn’t prevent a deliberate assault.

A Louisville KY police officer shoots pepper balls directly at a WAVE crew (screenshot from the station’s live coverage, which you can see here)

Okay, end of sidebar — back to the Kneeland call takeaways.

5. Build diversity into your newsroom culture.

When stories about race relations bubble up or boil over, it’s natural for news executives to seek out their colleagues of color for advice and insight. Christina Taylor offered two important caveats.

First, be mindful of the impact the story is having on your minority staff. “Journalists of color in your newsroom right now are tired, they’re anxious, they’re emotional. They’re trying to process what’s happening with their own experiences with police and with racism in their lives. So make sure they’re okay, and then use your judgment and decide, is this the right time to ask for some guidance?” (See “Dear newsroom managers, journalists of color can’t do all of the work” from Poynter.)

But perhaps even more important is to include your minority colleagues regularly and meaningfully in editorial decision-making year-round, not just when “relevant” stories break. “It’s unfair to ignore them at other times, but go to them when things are urgent,” Taylor said.

6. Practice thoughtful engagement with viewers.

“Conversation” and “transparency” are all the fashion, but participants on the call had mixed feelings about how to engage with viewers in the midst of this highly charged story.

“We don’t want to engage anybody in an argument one way or the other,” said Ed Reams, news director at Quincy’s WKOW in Madison WI. “But we’ve got to find a way to help move the conversation forward smartly and intelligently. We’re doing our best.”

Christina Taylor’s advice is curt and simple: “Just stay away from the individual comments and move things forward by your coverage and by following through.”

Ryan Robertson, newly minted news director at TEGNA’s WOI in Des Moines IA, has been sharing his newsroom’s editorial approach as a differentiator, “telling the audience, ‘We are not choosing to send our reporters into the fray. We are choosing to stand back. We are choosing to observe and not be part of the instigation.’” He says it’s working. “We’ve had protesters actually name us on air and [on Twitter and] Facebook. They appreciate how we are covering things, and they’re giving us interviews while snubbing the competition right now. And the viewers are responding as well.”

But KXLY’s Melissa Luck has debated whether to share newsroom decisions around verbiage, for example — perhaps on the website or in an editorial. “I’m curious if other people have made it public to their audience, to say this is why we’re covering things this way. This is what we will and will not do. This is who we are.” So far, Luck is letting the station’s work speak for itself.

7. Now comes the hard part.

Unlike the pandemic, this is a highly visual story, fraught with drama and conflict. That’s a strength of TV news — but also a weakness.

“We do really well doing play by play on big breaking news things,” said Kevin Benz. “It’s harder for us to dive in, go deep and immerse ourselves in it. And in fact, as these protests begin to lighten up, begin to die down, this is when our journalism should be doubling down. Because this is the time that we can bring context and we can bring understanding to a community that has been watching us cover this as breaking news, as a breaking news event.”

“The real journalism is going to begin once the protests start winding down,” agreed Ed Reams.

“You know, is this really a turning point? We’re looking at it as though it is. And so what can we do to document it properly [and] make sure all the voices are heard, including ones in our own newsrooms that may be able to help our community as a whole?”

NOTE: My thanks to Kneeland Project executive director Stacy Baum for including me in this conversation.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Recommended Reads for Journalism Professionals

Journalist Studio premieres with two new tools for reporters

What would it look like if we put the best of Google’s search, AI and machine learning technology into the hands of reporters?

U.S. TV news networks aim for credibility, not speed, on election night

In preparing for election night, some top U.S. television news executives see a cautionary tale in a notorious November evening two decades ago.

UM School of Journalism and New Media professors publish research about newsrooms and technology innovation

“Little research has examined how local TV newsrooms determine the type and scope of technological innovation they will embrace. Given the importance of local TV news in keeping the public informed, it is critical to understand this process that could help sustain the industry into the future.”

Check out a complete and detailed list of the 2020 national Edward R. Murrow Award winners

Award recipients demonstrate the spirit of excellence that Murrow set as a standard for the profession of electronic journalism.

Fox TV Stations Create a “Pop-Up News Channel” to Cover the Pandemic

Every weekday morning at 6 a.m., Mike Pache reports for work at Fox 10 Phoenix (KSAZ), where he has just one hour to prepare for five hours of live anchoring…and producing….and directing…and switching…and creating graphics…and editing clips for YouTube along the way. Pache is one of three newscasters responsible for 14 hours a day — 7 a.m. to 9 p.m. Pacific Time — of live coverage (as well as programming a taped overnight playlist) on a streaming channel called Fox News Now (not to be confused with the Fox News cable channel).

Fox calls the three anchors “DJ’s,” short for digital journalists, but in a way they are deejays too: no scripts, no teleprompter, no program grid — they just wing it on the fly.

“You do it so much, you sometimes fail to realize that you just put on a show all by yourself,” says Pache. “I don’t think I could sit up there and do it,” says Pache’s boss, KSAZ news director Doug Bannard, who oversees the News Now project. “Rubbing my head and patting my tummy is enough.”

DJ Mike Pache at the controls (Fox photo)

The News Now streaming channel has been available for the past 5 ½ years on YouTube, where it just passed the 1M sub mark, and on Fox owned-station websites, hopscotching among live events such as news conferences and car chases around the country. But now, like so many news sources, it has found a new purpose: covering COVID-19 as part of an ambitious group-wide initiative by the Fox stations called CoronavirusNow.

The CoronavirusNow website went live on March 10 — props to the marketing and legal teams, by the way, for securing that URL. It was a quick launch triggered by a brainstorming session among senior Fox Stations executives late in February. “In the early days, there was a lot of fragmented reporting and information and news coverage,” says Fox TV Stations digital chief Steve Chung. “And it was very difficult to kind of pull it all together.” “Clearly there was a need for information,” says Bannard. “We wanted to have a one-stop shopping destination for people to find it.”

CoronavirusNow is Fox’s answer: an online aggregation site that combines content from 18 owned stations and other company assets (such as Fox Business). But unusually, there are also multiple links to stories from other sources — not just agencies like the AP or Reuters but organizations like NPR and the BBC. “It was really about how we get the best information to the users in the best way possible, and bring the best of what we have and be humble about the stories that we may not have but the users will find valuable,” says Chung. “It’s not our M.O. in normal times, but in special situations like this, when life is at risk and public safety is of foremost importance, we thought this is the right thing to do. And we did it.”

Steve Chung and Doug Bannard (Photos courtesy of Fox)

But what about video? These are television stations, after all. About a week in, the Bay Area’s KTVU began producing a two-hour morning block for the new service, but Fox soon realized that a simpler solution was hiding in plain sight — the up-and-running News Now channel out of Phoenix. So Fox Stations COO Sharri Berg called Doug Bannard and told him what he’d won: a key role in what she called a “pop-up news channel.”

So now, when Mike Pache and his colleagues Pilar Arias and Kristi Larson sit at their Tricasters in the KSAZ newsroom all day and into the evening, they’re churning out a mix of pandemic-related briefings and a steady supply of tape segments from the Fox stations, many produced specifically for the new channel. “It’s been an embarrassment of riches when it comes to content,” says Bannard — not just an abundance of live events, but long-form interviews from anchors stuck at home with time on their hands and a new national platform for their work. “I feel like it makes everything just open up as far as transparency,” says Pache. “We’re not just showing you just one soundbite or two soundbites. I feel like the viewers are seeing the whole story right in front of them.”


Watch a segment on CoronovirusNow.com from Fox’s Detroit station WJBK

The DJ’s post shorter clips from the day’s coverage on YouTube to generate some additional revenue, but Steve Chung says CoronavirusNow was created as a public service, not a commercial opportunity — “I know that may sound [like a] cliché to the casual observer, but that’s fact.” That said, I pressed him for some lessons that may serve the Fox stations well down the road. Here are three that struck me:

●Fast innovation

Like a lot of station executives nowadays, Chung was amazed at how quickly disparate but determined teams can build something new. “This one was supercharged, from content to technology to legal to marketing. It was magical to see this orchestra come to life in a matter of days.”

●Improvisation and adaptability

The venture kept evolving even after launch — the pivot in video partners is just one example — and Chung has no intention to stop adapting as circumstances change. “You can see the evolution: we didn’t sit there with a McKinsey consulting deck and say this is the master plan of what the CoronavirusNow effort is going to look like. Because the world was very uncertain, and it’s still uncertain what the future may hold.”

●Local/national collaboration

CoronavirusNow, like other station group initiatives pegged to the pandemic that we’ve written about from Gray, Hearst, Scripps, ABC and Telemundo, illustrates the “unique power of a local station group being local, but having a national asset base,” says Chung. “We’ve learned [that] when our local station group converges to put a national product together, the content is extremely compelling.”


Watch a clip uploaded to CoronavirusNow.com from Fox’s Bay Area station KTVU

CoronavirusNow is also available on the Fox Now network app as well as Samsung TV Plus, a streaming service bundled with the company’s smart sets. Coincidentally, Chung and his fellow executives were already discussing how to take the Phoenix-based live stream and turn it into “a more full-fledged OTT experience” when the pandemic struck. “All of these lessons are going to feed into our broader OTT strategy,” Chung says. “And we’ve learned a ton from this experience, so the book is still being written as we speak.”

But meanwhile, back in the KSAZ newsroom, “this is a time of remarkable public service,” says Doug Bannard, “and whatever we can do to reach people on any platform we should do: it’s a win. I think we would all agree that if you want to be relevant, now’s the time to be relevant.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


How do you say “Supporting our community” — en español?

On Your Side.

It’s a common enough marketing slogan for local TV news operations, and at its best, it reflects a commitment to holding authorities accountable and perhaps an aggressive consumer unit. At its worst, it’s just a tagline. But now the pandemic is deepening the connection between newsrooms and their audiences in new ways — new, that is, unless you happen to do the news in Spanish.

For America’s Spanish-language local news operations at Telemundo and Univision stations, “on your side” has always been an essential element in their relationship with viewers — a commitment that COVID-19 has only strengthened, especially given the pandemic’s disproportionate impact on minority communities.

“We have been doing that type of journalism for a long time,” says Telemundo Station Group SVP Osvaldo “Ozzie” Martinez. “Spanish language [newsrooms] really picked up on issues that the community had. I think on the English station side, we sometimes focus more on government accountability: ‘Why doesn’t the website work, Governor?’ We definitely do that too, but we want to make sure we’re actually touching Maria and Jose, who couldn’t go to the website because of X reason. So we’re trying to focus more on the people and providing them with resources.”

That means teaming up with community groups to organize food drives and virtual food banks, or arranging to provide unemployment claim forms for people who don’t have internet access, or explaining what to do if you can’t make your mortgage payment — and using digital platforms to provide a constantly updated set of resources, such as lists of companies that are hiring. It all comes under a group-wide effort across all 30 Telemundo-owned stations called Apoyando A Nuestra Comunidad — Supporting Our Community.

“We are not advocates; we are an ally, a guide,” says Helga Silva, news director at Telemundo 51 in Miami, whose regional economy based on tourism and service workers is especially hard hit. ‘We push for [our viewers] to know where to get help. Telemundo Responde, which is our brand which means ‘respond,’ is super active.”


Watch a “Telemundo Responde” segment with the Small Business Association

Silva has formed a seven-person “Economic and COVID Task Force” to report on the crisis every day, trying to stay ahead of fast-moving developments. One of her morning anchors, Harold Santana, has temporarily morphed into the medical and healthcare reporter. She calls the task force a “scooping tool” that digs out resources and the stories of the people who need them. “Finding the sources is one of the most important elements of what makes us successful,” Silva says. “We are community based, and this is a great scoop operation: find, sift, get the nuggets. and put them out there.”

As attention shifts to economic recovery, Silva has re-focused a weekly franchise on local entrepreneurs — Emprendedores — “specifically to show the community how businesses are reinventing themselves, how businesses are surviving, how businesses are reshaping the new world.”


Watch an “Emprendedores”segment

Telemundo Miami also produces a weekly digital live-stream right after the midday news broadcast, featuring experts who answer viewers’ questions, “so that people feel that they are not talking in vain, that nobody hears them,” Silva says.” We want to make sure that they understand that we hear and that we respond — that they’re not anonymous voices to us. They’re real people with real concerns that concern us.”

Osvaldo “Ozzie” Martinez, Helga Silva, and Damaris Bonilla

“It’s been a challenge because it’s a big commitment from us,” says Damaris Bonilla, news director at Telemundo Nueva Inglaterra, the company’s New England station. “We have to make sure that [viewers] get the information they need in their language.” That means posting instructional videos on checking your credit rating or alerting viewers to potential IRS fees tied to relief funds. It also means translating governors’ messages on Facebook Live. And it’s governors — plural — because Bonilla covers Connecticut, Rhode Island, and New Hampshire in addition to Massachusetts with her 20-person team just outside Boston. (Both Bonilla and Silva are quick to credit close collaboration with their sister NBC newsrooms — an integral part of owner NBCUniversal’s station strategy.)


Explainer video on receiving free credit report

Almost everyone in Bonilla’s newsroom is covering the pandemic just now, with one reporter a day assigned specifically to the Supporting Our Community project. One example: stories about how small businesses in Bonilla’s large coverage zone are surviving — such as a restaurateur in Worcester MA who is struggling to stay open even though he has two sons at home stricken with COVID-19. Again, the idea is to offer not just news and information, but actual help. “Sometimes small businesses are so small, they cannot promote themselves,” Bonilla says. “They don’t have the budget. So we want to help them with that. And it’s a benefit for the community to know what they have available.”


Watch the story of a restaurant owner struggling to save his business

All three Telemundo executives talk about the special relationships their anchors and reporters have developed with viewers over the years — relationships built on trust and direct involvement with community concerns. “It’s been the magic, and our success is because of that,” Bonilla says, “because our people, our talent, they are more than anchors: they are real people and they are sharing that with the community, and they are participating.” “We look for the intimacy and the connection,” is how Miami’s Helga Silva puts it.

The Spanish-language newsrooms built their businesses by directly serving people who “don’t have anywhere else to turn to — they just don’t know where to go,” says Ozzie Martinez. ”And on the general market [English-language] side, we’ve lost that sort of closeness that we had to talent and to a news station because there are so many options. On our side. there aren’t a lot of options, unfortunately. And there’s a huge need. There’s a huge need.”

As we see it, the COVID-19 pandemic has made all American viewers more like those Spanish-speaking audiences who turn to local TV as a unique resource to meet pressing needs. That explains the surge in local news ratings and the impressive growth throughout the industry in community-focused projects like the ones we’ve described here. And it raises the potential to deepen local journalists’ connections to their communities, even post-pandemic.

For Ozzie Martinez, who has worked on both sides of the language line, the lesson is simple: “We need to make sure that we’re doing more of those types of stories that really are solving issues for real people — that are actually making an impact on people’s lives.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Post-pandemic news: 7 lessons we can’t afford to forget

We’re capable of so much more than we thought. It’s the undeniable headline of the response by local broadcast newsrooms to the coronavirus pandemic. What’s not so clear: Will we learn — and retain — its lessons?

The range of disruptions to newsrooms is now well known. From workplace safety and access, to creating home studios and working remotely, to solving the technical challenges of video sharing and broadcasting, the pandemic has impacted almost every aspect of reporting.

Remarkably, workarounds have been developed for just about every one of these challenges. Whatever the “new normal” eventually turns out to be, we can already say with confidence: We won’t simply return to the old ‘business as usual.’

Savvy news leaders are already taking inventory and asking: What crisis-forced innovations should stick, long after the worst of the pandemic is over? Which of the myriad workarounds should become the new, standard workflow?

Two big themes have already emerged: Many of the things we considered to be ‘rules’…weren’t; and, we’re capable of far more transformation — faster — than we thought.

Which of these forced adaptations should be preserved and incorporated in whatever becomes our ‘new normal’? Based on conversations with local news leaders and also those who track and measure news audiences, here are seven I believe must survive.

1. Question the “Rules” of News

“That’s not how we do things here” is a way of thinking that’s been exposed as a false crutch, and for that we should all be thankful. The pandemic has revealed the truth that many of our beliefs about “how news must be done” — from sets to story selection and ‘professional presentation’ — were in fact assumptions made by newsrooms, imposed on the audience. Newsrooms are now replacing some long-held assumptions with new knowledge based on audience data. The challenging of assumptions is a crucial habit to keep alive in our newsrooms. The must-do’s, in many cases, aren’t.

2. Authenticity and Transparency Count

“We spend thousands on sets, making everything perfect. It turns out the audience loves seeing (anchors) be natural,” noted Sally Ramirez, News Director at KHOU in Houston (profiled here by Cronkite News Lab.) We were discussing the future of local news in a post-pandemic world for a virtual panel for NAB2020. “In TV news we have amazing technology. Yet the simplicity is what the audience is responding to.”

Authenticity and transparency are the signature features of the platform experiences found on YouTube, Instagram Stories and now TikTok, where younger audiences spend most of their time. Across the country, news directors have noticed the positive in the imperfect – the cats, dogs and kids interrupting remote-work news and weather reporters, and the audience response.

“I can’t remember when I’ve gotten such nice viewer feedback,” said Ramirez. “[The audience] feels a connection to us right now.” Deprived of our ‘bells and whistles’, we are more relatable – part of our community we cover, not detached from it. Authenticity and transparency build trust, which is the essential currency of journalism. Relatable is good, and we should fight the temptation to return to blind allegiance to “production values” above all else.

3. It Does NOT Need to Bleed, to Lead

This just in: If we focus on covering the stories and concerns that matter most to our communities, there’s no need to sensationalize. During the pandemic, local broadcasters have doubled down on the real information needs of community: from holding local officials accountable to FAQs, explainers and fact-checks; news-you-can-use like what’s open and closed; humanizing the local impacts and the local heroes; and connecting communities in need to solve local problems.

The results are stunning. Research by SmithGeiger shows media consumption is up widely during the pandemic but that local TV news is up the most. It’s both the first choice, and the most trusted choice. “Local TV news has become the most important source of information that’s personally relevant to you,” Seth Geiger told Cronkite News Lab, “and communicating that there are decisions you can make that make you and your community safer.”

Audiences have responded to stories that matter to the local community, delivered with meaning and context. Who knew? Let’s hope our editorial meetings never revert to a rote review of the day file, scanners, and “what’s trending.”

4. Rethink Our Definition of “Local News”

“That’s not ‘news’” is another previously unquestioned assumption baked into many newsroom editorial meetings. But think of the range of stories we’ve chosen to include in our newscasts during the pandemic: Creating an ergonomic home office; tips for teaching your kids from home; ways to stay fit and active in isolation; quick and easy recipe ideas. Heck, KHOU’s Ramirez reports that the daily “birthday announcements” – one of those ‘old ideas’ – have surged in renewed popularity.

What do all of these have in common? They are not what we as journalists would traditionally define as “news”; but all of these topics are part of the wider set of community needs for information and connection. When newspapers reigned supreme, they commonly included content that reflected these broader needs of their communities, from comics and crosswords for entertainment; to recipes, book and movie reviews; and births, deaths and marriages for community connection.

My colleague Andrew Heyward recently profiled Scripps’ group-wide effort called “The Rebound” as another great example of serving the real needs of communities.

If our mission is, indeed, to serve the needs of our community, we’d be wise to remember and apply this lesson post-pandemic and widen our definition of what’s “newsworthy.”

5. News is Better as a Conversation With the Audience

How do you truly serve the right-now, constantly evolving information needs of your community? By listening.

Everybody talks about “audience engagement” but let’s just admit that, too often, that’s a throwaway term for pushing story links on social, or posting provocative questions or polls to elicit participation. During this pandemic, many local newsrooms have uncovered the hidden news value of authentically engaging with and listening to their community.

“With this emergency in slow motion, information demands are going to continue to outstrip supply for a long time to come,” says Jennifer Brandel, founder and CEO of Hearken, an audience listening and engagement tool used by many local media outlets. “We’ve found that newsrooms who have already built engagement muscles are receiving specific, actionable insight around what the public’s information needs are.”

Data-driven listening has also surged in relevance. Cronkite News Lab recently featured a range of tools like Google Trends that can replace legacy guessing about “what’s everyone talking about today?” with data-informed answers.

Local newsrooms have leveraged a range of listening strategies — from creating community Facebook groups to hashtag-driven submissions and text-messaging options. The method matters less than the message, and we’re hearing that loud and clear: Our audience will guide us to the information it most needs from us, if we will only listen.

6. Collaboration Can Beat Competition at Serving Communities

From Austin to Atlanta to Denver, from the chill of Minnesota to the heat of Arizona, local broadcasters have teamed up with other broadcasters and local news outlets for unprecedented collaborations, from joint Town Hall meetings with their governor, to coordinated fundraising for COVID-19 aid. These collaboration efforts have earned an outpouring of support (and contributions) from those communities; and give local media a stronger position from which to hold local leaders accountable, through coordinated coverage. Local broadcasters don’t need to abandon their competitive spirit in order to apply the learning that strategic collaboration can be a better way to serve their community.

7. We Are More Agile Than We Thought

“Every day is a ‘design-do’ day” in this pandemic, to quote Tim Griggs, who leads the Knight/ASU Table Stakes change management program for local TV news. The phrase comes from start-up culture, and describes a willingness to “learn as you go” and to always be iterating. The corollary: Don’t let the learnings from this crisis go to waste.

There’s been much hand wringing about the future of legacy news organizations. Perhaps the most serious question of all has been whether such large organizations can keep up with the speed of digital change around them. As I previously put it: Can broadcast newsrooms be less like lumbering cruise ships and more like nimble zodiacs?

Good news! Our newsrooms and broadcast companies have proved to be capable of far more adaptation and innovation than perhaps we ourselves thought.

The pandemic gave newsrooms no choice but to pivot. Now, before we lose these pandemic lessons, is the time to inventory our learnings: Identify the workarounds that have turned out to be improvements to our legacy workflows. Fight the inertia that could pull us “back to normal,” emboldened by the knowledge that much of our old normal was merely habitual, not impactful. And empower every person in the newsroom to call “BS” when we settle for “that’s just the way things are done.”

Let’s make every day a ‘design-do’ day.

WATCH: “Envisioning the New Normal: Predictions and Prescriptions for the Post-Pandemic Newsrooms,” free on demand from NABExpress. Panelists: Sally Ramirez, News Director, KHOU; Nate Johnson, Director of Weather Operations, NBC owned & operated stations; Frank Mungeam, Professor of Practice, ASU Cronkite School; moderated by Andrew Heyward, Knight-Cronkite Sr. Researcher.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Will The Rebound change TV news even after COVID-19 is gone?

No amount of planning could prepare local newsrooms for the myriad challenges of covering the coronavirus pandemic. Stations all over America have ramped up their reporting and their community service. But an ambitious project across the 60 Scripps stations in 42 markets is part of something bigger: it’s the latest and biggest incarnation of a conscious strategy designed to chart a new trajectory for local television news — a strategy that’s been nearly three years in the making.

The new project is called The Rebound. The goal is to help communities recover from the devastating impact of COVID-19 with a combination of enterprise reporting, links to vital resources, and inspiration — “stories and information that help our audiences cope and contend with the economic challenges caused by the coronavirus pandemic,” says Marc Sternfield, news director at Salt Lake City’s KSTU. “We want to be the source in as many ways as we can for people to learn about each other’s issues, learn about the challenges that our communities are facing collectively, and hopefully provide help and guidance for folks who are looking for it.”


Watch a Rebound report from KSTU

Scripps supplies its stations with brand identity, content, best practices and resources (such as a common graphics package), and each newsroom then adapts the project to meet unique local needs. “Each individual market has its own story with regards to coronavirus response and recovery,” says Salt Lake City’s Sternfield. “It’s important for us to make sure that we’re customizing this and making it as relevant to Utahans who are impacted as possible.”

The Rebound focuses on four main themes: Getting Back to Work; Making Ends Meet; Managing the Pressure; and Doing What’s Right (holding institutions accountable). Scripps asks every newsroom to dedicate unique resources to the project and to have a Rebound story in some form in every newscast, but it’s up to each station how to accomplish that. The stations are free — but not obliged — to use stories from the company’s national operations. “There have been no dictates from [Scripps] corporate in terms of specific stories that they want us to run,” says Sternfield.

The stations also trade stories and ideas amongst themselves. Rhonda LaVelle, news director at WXYZ in Detroit, an ABC affiliate, is collaborating with sister station and Fox affiliate WXMI in Grand Rapids, exchanging reports about state-wide Michigan issues on multiple newscasts every Tuesday. “It’s here’s the brand, here’s some guidance, and then giving all the news directors at all the stations the freedom to run with it and come up with their own identity,” LaVelle says.


Watch a Rebound report from WXYZ

Both WXYZ and KSTU have started Rebound Facebook pages that as of this writing have each grown to more than 700 members, who are now sharing their own experiences and ideas. “People know, when they send us an email, when they go on our Facebook page asking a question, that we’re listening to them,” says LaVelle. “And it’s really becoming a true community group that doesn’t need as much guidance or oversight from the people in the station,” says Sternfield, who is also producing Friday night specials called The Rebound Living Room Concert Series.

KSTU’s Marc Sternfield and WXYZ’s Rhonda LaVelle

While the scope of this project is larger than anyone could have foreseen, the Scripps stations have been formally focused on intensive coverage of so-called “signature issues” for more than two years. It’s a strategy that grew out of in-depth interviews in viewers’ homes starting in 2016, some conducted personally by Scripps News VP Sean McLaughlin. “I would ask these viewers myself, ‘How is the reality of the world you live in compared to the way you see it on local news?’ And every single time, they would say, ‘My community’s not nearly as bad as they show it on the local news.’ And this would include people in some of the worst neighborhoods in some of these towns we were in.”

The research helped trigger a soul-searching conversation among McLaughlin and his colleagues the following year — a conversation about whether local TV news is still “essential” to the communities it’s supposed to serve. “We came to the conclusion that in a situation like a hurricane or a major local story, we’re probably pretty relevant on those days. But how about a random Tuesday at six o’clock?”

Sean McLaughlin, Scripps VP of News

So beginning in early 2018, every Scripps station had to choose a signature issue — in WXYZ’s case, it was transportation, for example — with the goal of doing original journalism on one subject over at least a year that would have lasting impact on the community. Most have now shifted their focus to the pandemic or folded their original theme into The Rebound, and the COVID-19 crisis has become the company’s national signature issue as well. “All the things we’re talking about are manifesting themselves in the story of a generation,” McLaughlin says. “We knew we had to change, and [the pandemic] put gas on the fire. This gave us a really good opportunity to take what we’re doing and really amplify it.”

McLaughlin hopes that projects like The Rebound represent a sorely needed change for local TV news. “When I was the news director, it was pace and urgency. ‘How many stories did you have in your A-block? How many live shots did you have?’ Those are not the questions I ask any more. That approach worked great 15 years ago. In 2020, it’s not what people want. It’s worn out its welcome.”

“That doesn’t mean ignoring the news of the day, it doesn’t mean painting artificial pictures of reality,” McLaughlin says. “But it does mean taking that extra time and effort to find these stories. And listen — it’s not easy to do.” He says one of the biggest challenges is convincing news directors that it’s okay to stop doing some of what they did before. “We’ve had to talk to our news directors about how doing one thing that’s new means you’re going to have to do something else less,” McLaughlin says. “For us, it’s meant pivoting away from some of the gratuitous breaking news and crime stories that really at the end of the day don’t mean a lot and don’t have any impact. You know, the old scare tactics of pulling people into newscasts. We know that doesn’t work anymore.”


Watch a Rebound report from KSTU

Marc Sternfield sees a new road ahead as well. “I think when you have opportunities like this to change the trajectory of what’s been typical news coverage, it can have a lasting impact for young producers, who for a very long time have just kind of been following templates that have been set for them by previous producers or new managers,” he says. “Now they’re thinking about what’s the next layer of information we can provide people with, and how do I do that on TV? And how do I think about all the different platforms?”

McLaughlin says the Scripps content strategy and projects like The Rebound are not a ratings gimmick or a “flavor of the month,” but he and his colleagues are betting that they help differentiate the stations after the pandemic subsides. Maybe it’s not just victims of the COVID-19 economic crisis who can look forward to a rebound. Rhonda LaVelle of WXYZ puts it like this: “I would like to see people, as we’re getting through this, as we’re rebounding, remember that we helped, were there from the ground up to help get them through the crisis and then to help the community rebuild — the station that was there and will continue to be there and be part of the community.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


How to find COVID-19 stories ‘hiding in plain sight’

Like a lot of good enterprise stories, this one started with a hunch — but it finished with a bang, thanks to a promising innovation by the ABC Owned TV Stations that is changing the way they report on the coronavirus pandemic and has valuable lessons for every newsroom.

Kim Dillon and her colleagues at WABC-TV in New York noticed that as COVID-19 deaths started to rise rapidly through the city, a large percentage of the victims had something in common. “You suddenly began to realize that this was a series of black and brown faces,” says Dillon, the senior executive producer who oversees the station’s investigative team. “And it occurred to us early on: ‘What’s going on here?’”

An emergency room source confirmed that the pandemic was having a disproportionately deadly impact on poor and minority communities, but to nail down the story, Dillon’s team turned to a new colleague, John Kelly, who joined the station group in November in the newly created job of director of Data Journalism. Kelly, who previously worked with the Gannett newspapers and its TV stations (before they were spun off to form TEGNA), is directing an ambitious new initiative across the ABC Owned TV Stations to enhance coverage and community service with data journalism.

John Kelly was able to confirm the racial and economic differences in the impact of the pandemic and even created a zip-code-level interactive map that correlated COVID-related deaths with poverty levels. “I can honestly say that we were ahead of the story that broke about the racial disparity that is going on with the pandemic,” says Dillon.


Watch Dan Krauth’s WABC report on COVID-19’s impact on different neighborhoods

At WABC, Kelly and his small team have helped investigative reporters Danielle Leigh and Dan Krauth develop multiple pandemic-related stories, including an analysis of calls to New York City’s 3-1-1 complaint line; a spike in gun sales in the region; the impact on children who depend on the school lunch program; and an international flight tracker that helps show how COVID-19 got to this country. “The data keeps us ahead of the game,” says WABC news director Chad Matthews. “Not once have I seen us following anyone’s footsteps. The investment in data has paid off.”

That investment was driven by ABC Owned TV Stations president Wendy McMahon. She describes the goal as “hyperlocal content at scale,” a provocative oxymoron. “Our cities are becoming smarter and smarter with all of this incredible data,” says group VP Anna Robertson, “but nobody is really taking a holistic and systematic approach to mining that data. We believe that by bringing this kind of capability into the heart of our newsrooms, we could find stories hiding in plain sight.”

And the goal is not just better journalism. “We know the future is going to be more personalized and more hyperlocal,” says Robertson. “We felt like there could be a new business approach or new business model by really covering community news at scale through data.”

John Kelly/Anna Robertson/Kim Dillon/Chad Matthews

ABC’s plan was to embed so-called “data journalism fellows” in most if not all of its stations to work closely with news teams, but only two fellows were in place when the pandemic started to hit hard, and “we turned our attention to covering COVID all the time,” says Kelly. Now there are four fellows — in Los Angeles, San Francisco, Chicago and Philadelphia — with another set to start in New York this month. The idea, in Kelly’s words, is to “come into these newsrooms and provide them with the power to add a layer of precision that lets them do more great investigations and great stories that stand apart from what’s on the competition.”

Dan Krauth visualizes data that shows graffiti complaints down by 62 per cent

A key component of the project is that Kelly’s team works across the whole station group: it helped create multiple versions of the flight tracker for different stations and collaborated with ABC News on a network report. “We gather the data, we analyze the data, and we put it in the hands of the local stations to go do a uniquely local story,” Kelly says.

Another example: for an analysis of the quality of care in nursing homes, Kelly’s team built an online tool that allows users to check any facility for themselves. “Any viewer in any one of our markets could look up the record of the nursing home where their loved one stayed. And see, has that nursing home had any issues? And are they resolved?” Kelly says. “You empowered every viewer in that market with a tool that took something that’s almost impenetrable on the federal government’s website and made it extremely simple and transparent.”


Watch Danielle Leigh’s WABC report on nursing home ratings

As of April 24, ABC says the data team has contributed to more than 200 pandemic-related stories for newscasts and digital platforms on ABC’s eight stations, as well as other assets that include a stimulus calculator; a county-by-county analysis of social distancing (see Raleigh’s version here); and a study of statewide disparities in testing. In addition to interactive visualizations, the data team built online COVID-19 resource centers, customized for each station’s website.


Watch KGO San Francisco’s version of the testing backlog data analysis

“The lesson for the pandemic is that people are hungry hungry hungry for more,” says WABC’s Kim Dillon. “So we can direct them to our platforms where they can take that deeper dive into the data,” And the hope is that the soon-to-arrive New York journalism fellow will start infusing data into day-of-air stories as well, as his colleague Grace Manthey is already doing at KABC in Los Angeles.”Once he starts we’re going to keep him very busy,” says Dillon. “This should not be totally an investigative or consumer resource. It should be a resource throughout the newsroom.”

ABC’s internal name for the data initiative is “Project 1590,” for the 1590 communities its eight stations serve. When local news icon Al Primo, whom we wrote about here, brought the Eyewitness News format to New York 50 years ago, one of his goals was to capture the diverse and quirky character of the city’s many neighborhoods. Spurred by the urgency of the COVID-19 crisis, ABC is using data journalism to reinforce that tradition and fulfill each station’s potential to be uniquely relevant and uniquely local.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


A weatherman’s COVID-19 brainstorm

It was another day in quarantine, and 5-year-old Sawyer was bored. He wasn’t going to school, he couldn’t hang out with his friends, so he and his dad pulled out a book of 50 science experiments made for kids that Sawyer had received as a gift — and began trying them out. The first project was a wind vane. And that’s when his dad got an idea.

Sawyer’s dad happens to be Mark Holley, chief meteorologist for Gray Television’s WSAW, in Wausau, Wisconsin. His dad’s idea: a new twice-weekly series on Facebook Live called “Mark’s Weather Classroom.” But it’s not really about the weather: instead, the meteorologist turns mad scientist to teach a variety of low-budget experiments to all the kids in his community who wish to watch.

“I try to pick experiments that most people would have in their home,” Holley said. “[It’s] just something to do in this day and age where, you know, close quarters, close walls, parents are looking for something fun to do. Maybe this gives them a five, ten-minute break to try something with their kids.”

Many of the experiments are weather-related, like making clouds appear in jars. But others include blasting off balloon rockets or creating silver eggs.

Holley, who has Sawyer and also an almost 2-year-old named Reid, is no stranger to showing off science to kids. He used to travel around local schools — usually using Sawyer’s book to guide him — to inspire children to get involved with science.

Mark Holley’s sons Reid, 2, and Sawyer, 5

But now that these lessons are taped — no repeats allowed! Holley comes up with a new DIY experiment every Monday and Friday.

One hitch: many of Holley’s viewers are under 13 years old — the minimum age for a Facebook account. So he also uploads his videos to the WSAW website. Holley also posts the necessary supplies for the experiment, usually the night before, so families can watch in real time, already prepared. And perhaps most important: Holley makes sure to test the project with Sawyer first.

“I always pre-test the day before with my 5-year-old to see if he can do it…If he can do it, I can do it,” Holley said. Then, “I usually borrow any reporter who is around [to tape the segment],” Holley said, ticking off the names of the co-workers who help.

Not all the experiments are from Sawyer’s book, either because they’re too hard or they take longer than the 5-10 minutes Holley wants to stick to. He hopes that in the future, his viewers will send in their own ideas for experiments. Holley says he will continue with the “classroom” into the foreseeable future.

“I hope to go as long as I can, and hopefully the kids learn something new,” Holley said. “And if I pique a kid’s interest into science, then it’s a job well done. If we don’t…we have another [experiment] coming later in the week.”

Do you know an anchor, reporter or meteorologist who is creatively using social media and deserves to be featured in our next Social Media Spotlight? If so, email us at cronkitenewslab@asu.edu and we’ll check out the story.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


A Positive Side Effect of COVID-19: Experiments in Storytelling

Bulletin from Captain Obvious: COVID-19 has triggered an explosion of innovation among local station groups. It’s most apparent in the ingenious technical solutions that allow reporters, anchors and producers to do their jobs from home. But stations are also experimenting with content and creating new programs that could point the way to a more flexible and less formulaic approach to storytelling down the road, even when the worst of the crisis has passed.

Scene from Field Notes

One impressive example: Field Notes, a new magazine show on Facebook Watch and other digital platforms produced by Hearst Television and based on the virus-related reporting of its local stations in all 26 of its markets. “I think our stations are producing such incredibly high-quality stories, and they do an excellent job of making sure that those stories find an audience in their markets,” says Andrew Fitzgerald, Hearst Television’s Chief Digital Content Officer. “The idea with Field Notes was…how to refashion that for this new giant story that’s affecting every single one of our markets in the same ways, but also unique ways in each market, and try to pull the threads of all those unique local stories together to tell the larger national story of what’s happening.”

Andrew Fitzgerald (courtesy Hearst)

The producers make liberal use of audio and video from the original coverage, but this is not a cut-and-paste job. The name Field Notes is apt, because each segment is built around what’s in effect the local reporter’s notebook: the journalist who covered the story has a chance to share details that would never crack the rule-bound haiku of a 1:30 news piece. Every good journalist knows far more than she or he gets to report on the air, and this format allows for color and context that normally never goes further than the “dish” in the newsroom.

A small team based in New York — the same group that re-purposes local Hearst content for digital platforms — collects several COVID-related stories each week from different stations and crafts them into a coherent whole around a theme. The 10-to-15-minute episodes to date have names like “Life Disrupted” (our daily world transformed); “Destination Denied” (travel woes); “Staying Connected” (with loved ones); “Good Deeds, Selfless Acts” (everyday heroes); and “Helping the Most Vulnerable” (the homeless and indigent).

Here’s how Fitzgerald explains the process: “The news gathering, the production, the reporting, all of that happens for TV. And then whoever reported out the story works with a producer on our central digital content team, who interviews them to talk through the story. We record that interview, we take their package and any other material they have access to, and we piece together a national-facing version of the story.” This has the virtue of putting few additional demands on hard-pressed local stations beyond the reporter’s on-camera “de-briefing.”


Watch an episode of Field Notes

Field Notes spun out of a show called Dispatches from the Middle that Hearst has been producing for Facebook Watch since late 2018. Dispatches focuses on one story per week, and Fitzgerald’s team was already working on a pilot for a multi-topic magazine called The Vibe. As COVID-19 started to spread, managing editor Emily Phillips suggested devoting one episode of the pilot to the pandemic. “And about two weeks later,” says Fitzgerald, “we realized we should only do episodes about this coronavirus story, because it’s not going away.”


Watch an episode of Field Notes

Facebook, which provided seed funding for the first set of Dispatches episodes a year and a half ago (along with shows from the ABC Owned Stations and TEGNA, as we reported at the time), stepped up again for Field Notes. “We were trying to figure out from a resourcing perspective how we could get into production as quickly as possible,” Fitzgerald says. “And it was around that time that we heard from Facebook about their interest in underwriting a show.”

The ABC Owned Stations have also spun out a COVID-19 series, called Check In, from their own Facebook Watch show, More in Common — part of the Localish brand. The focus is on individuals going out of their way to help their communities during the pandemic. Facebook is sponsoring the first 16 episodes on Facebook Watch. The Hearst and ABC shows also appear on YouTube and the stations’ own websites.

Local TV newsrooms are playing a critical role in covering COVID-19 and finding new ways to experiment at the same time. These programs illustrate the value of strong original stories that transcend the strictures of format and even geography. “Through the process of Dispatches, through the process of Field Notes, we’ve been able to learn a lot about workflows that allow us to make stories portable outside of markets,” Hearst’s Andrew Fitzgerald says. “We believe very strongly in the power of the storytelling that we’re doing at the local level. With both of these shows, we’re able to find new pathways to bring great stories to wider audiences.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


COVID-19 triggers a candid conversation about race

The COVID-19 pandemic has brought out the best in many people — and the worst in a few. It has also given local TV newsrooms the opportunity to connect with their communities in innovative ways and to re-think the roles of their most prominent personalities.

For the past year or so, KGO-TV weekend anchor Dion Lim has been reporting regularly on hate crimes against Asian-Americans in the Bay Area. When the coronavirus — dubbed the ‘Chinese virus’ by some, including President Trump — invaded the United States, she saw ugly stories of bigotry and harassment start to spike on social media. “When coronavirus hit, it brought in the xenophobia factor. And it really reached this fever pitch,” Lim says. “And that’s when I said something has got to be done.”

Lim went to her boss, Tom Cibrowski, GM of the ABC-owned station, and asked permission to write an op-ed about the issue for The San Francisco Chronicle. “And he said, ‘Absolutely. This is an important issue that needs to be highlighted. Send it to me when you’re done.’”

KGO’s Dion Lim on the job

Lim’s powerful essay, entitled How the Coronavirus Gave Me Purpose, is a passionate departure from the reserved tone typical of TV anchors. “With each story I reported,” she wrote, “the fire burning in my gut to do more grew stronger. When the coronavirus outbreak began, the flames exploded into anger.” Lim wrote that her voice was one of many from the Asian-American community finally speaking up about hate crimes and bigotry.

It didn’t stop there. After the essay came out on March 20, Lim and her colleague, weekday anchor Kristen Sze, helped convince Cibrowski to try something new. “They have voices in the newsroom, and they’re not afraid to use them,” Cibrowski said of the two journalists. “They’re very much in touch with their own communities. But they’re also in touch with the rest of the Bay Area. They both said ‘Let’s do a town hall. We said, ‘Absolutely.’”

A scene from KGO’s town hall on race and the coronavirus

It was an ambitious undertaking, especially given the challenges of just covering the COVID-19 story day to day. But on April 2, KGO turned its Thursday 4 p.m. newscast into an hour-long live special, Race and Coronavirus: A Bay Area Conversation. The producers created clear and useful explainer videos to set up a candid discussion about racism and the coronavirus with thirteen experts, all of them appearing via Zoom: an ethnic smorgasbord of academics, medical professionals, civil rights leaders, social media influencers, the district attorney of Santa Clara County, and artists including the prolific actor Tzi Ma, who’s in the new live-action version of Mulan — synergy, thy name is Disney!

KGO anchors Dan Ashley and Kristen Sze handled the questioning, while Lim reported from the newsroom on real-time audience interactions via social media. “We were really worried about the technology, but honestly, it all played out very well,” Cibrowski says.

KGO anchors Dan Ashley, Kristen Sze, and Dion Lim

Cibrowski says the pandemic has pushed stations to innovate, dropping the everyday business-as-usual “playbook” when confronted with a new set of challenges and responsibilities. “In three weeks time, we were forced by a terrible, terrible crisis to throw out that playbook in almost every newsroom,” he says. “Conversations around race may not be what every newsroom wants to do. But the way local television and local news is developing throughout this crisis, it’s become a community gathering place. There’s obviously all the breaking news, but we have to reach beyond the breaking news to try to plant our flag on helping the community, helping the conversation.” (In the days following our interview, “conversations around race” exploded nationally amidst alarming statistics about COVID-19’s alarmingly disproportionate impact on black and Hispanic communities.)

Dion Lim’s emerging role in the Bay Area conversation as an advocate for her own community on social media and on television is new territory for most anchors. Lim says she was trained to strive for “gravitas” by “being the most badass reporter and anchor who could do everything under the sun, knew my stuff left and right, backwards and forwards.” Now, on top of that worthy aspiration, “I’ve discovered in my own way that if people can share and realize that I’m just like them, and I have the same concerns and the same empathy that they do, I think it makes you better at your job.”

Tom Cibrowki agrees. “We want to see and hear [our journalists’] feelings at times. In a modern world of multiple platforms, authenticity is what matters most,” he says. But Lim heard from another Asian-American anchor in a top-five market — a woman she’d never talked to before — who wondered why she couldn’t have the kind of freedom that Lim was given to write her op-ed or participate in the town meeting.

“I’ve had to defend it to friends and to other journalists as well. But nowadays, if you want to be a talking head, yeah, that’s fine,” Lim says. “But if people can have that sense of connection, I think that’s the gravitas.”

I suspect an evolving definition of the role of anchors and reporters is just one of the many issues broadcast journalists and newsroom leaders will be dealing with as a “new normal” begins to take shape in the wake of COVID-19. “I don’t think anybody thinks we’re ever going to go back to the status quo,” says Cibrowski. “God forbid an earthquake hits: the damage happens, and there’s rebuilding, and at some point you get back to normal. You just do. This is not that case. It’s something much bigger. And I think everybody in the news business knows that.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Local TV News Surges as Trusted Source During Coronavirus

A friend in need is a friend indeed, as the saying goes. It’s hard to think of a time when local audiences have been more ‘in need’ of information to keep safe than during this global coronavirus pandemic. New research by SmithGeiger finds that local audiences in this time of need are turning first to two sources: Local TV news and Facebook.

“Many outlets are up,” noted Seth Geiger, President of SmithGeiger, which conducted the research. “But local TV news is at the top of the list” in the online survey of 1305 adults ages 18-64 nationwide conducted by SmithGeiger on March 18 and 19.

The engagement with local TV news was multi-platform. Majorities reported watching local TV news on-air (82%), visiting a local station website (69%) and using a local station’s news app (57%).

Respondents also gave local TV news top marks for performance in serving the audience, with 75% saying local TV news coverage “met or exceeded” their expectations. That topped TV networks and even the CDC as a source. The White House, Federal Government and Congress received the lowest marks.

On matters of trust, SmithGeiger found a newsworthy divide: “The more you watch local TV news the more you trust it; the more you use Facebook, the less you trust it,” said Seth Geiger. The heaviest users of Facebook trusted it less as a source than casual users, according to the survey.
What are local TV news stations doing that audiences value most? Geiger said the keys include: delivering highly relevant information including guidelines on avoiding infection, clarity on recommendations from local and state government recommendations, and current information about local cases of infection.

The results are consistent with and complemented by a report published on April 7 by the New York Times titled “The Virus Changed the Way We Internet”. The Times did not report on local TV audiences, but found that for newspapers, online traffic to trusted local news sites like the Seattle Times and Boston Globe had grown the most, up by 100-150% between January and March; traffic to established national online news sources like the New York Times and Washington Post had grown by more than 50%; whereas traffic to national “partisan” sites was generally flat or up only slightly. The report doesn’t editorialize on those results, but the numbers suggest that when information is critical, consumers choose more reliable sources.

Geiger offered this way to frame the ways local audiences use different sources. “Google is utility: Tell me what I need to know. Facebook is connectivity: Who can I share this with? Local TV news is relevance: What do I need to know?”

“Local TV news has become the most important source of information that’s personally relevant to you,” said Geiger, “and communicating that there are decisions you can make that make you and your community safer.”

Research Findings:

SmithGeiger, March 18-19, 2020

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Hey COVID-19 — Meet Harvey ‘17!

KHOU photo

It happened in the summer of 2017, but KHOU news director Sally Ramirez remembers as though it were yesterday. And when you hear the story, you understand why — and why Ramirez has a unique perspective on coping with the challenges of COVID-19.

KHOU photo

Hurricane Harvey was bearing down on Houston. Ramirez had only been on the job for a year and half, but she and her team had a sophisticated hurricane plan, handed down from news director to news director — standard practice along the Gulf Coast. And when chief meteorologist David Paul warned Ramirez that “there’s a potential we could get 50 inches of rain,” she asked station owner TEGNA to send in extra crews ahead of the storm. “Honestly, I was thinking what am I going to do with all these people when they get here and there’s nothing to cover?” Ramirez recalls. “Because what are the chances we’re really going to get 50 inches of rain, right? However, we had to prepare for it.”

KHOU photo

Sure enough, by Saturday night August 26, Harvey’s relentlessly rising waters were at the station’s doorstep — and didn’t stop there. “The water started coming into the studio. It was coming from the ground and also from the ceilings,” Ramirez says. “The next morning — we hadn’t slept all night — we realized we needed to evacuate, because we would become an island very quickly.” The building at 1945 Allen Parkway had been home to KHOU for 60 years. As the flood waters inside inexorably kept rising — eventually to five feet — the last news people left the station. They would never set foot there again.

KHOU photo

Thus began an 18-month odyssey that’s a testament to team effort, technical ingenuity, and the kind of fierce dedication by local TV journalists that we’re seeing today in every newsroom in the face of the COVID-19 pandemic. Except for an 8-hour interruption when the storm knocked KHOU off the air, the team kept broadcasting, even without a TV station. TEGNA engineers cobbled together a control room at Dallas sister station WFAA, and KHOU in effect became a permanent remote. “For 18 months we were essentially one giant live shot,” explains Ramirez. “We were printing out photos of our staff so that [the people in Dallas] would know who they’d be talking to. Back here in Houston, we couldn’t see anything. We were flying blind.”

KHOU photo

Over the ensuing months the team without a home had to cover not just the aftermath of Harvey, but the deaths of Barbara and then George Bush; the high school shooting in Santa Fe, Texas; and the Astros’ World Series win.

Ramirez gives credit to the “hundreds of people” who came in to help from around the company — “It was all hands on deck to help Houston, help KHOU, and allow us to serve our community” — not to mention her local competitors. “Every news director called me and said, ‘How can we help you? What do you need from us?’”

That ecumenical spirit is back. As in many other cities, Houston’s local news leaders have banded together to pool coverage of the COVID-19 pandemic. “Listen, we all know this isn’t about being competitive right now,” Ramirez says. “It’s about the health and well-being of our employees, keeping our staff safe while still serving our community.”

KHOU news director Sally Ramirez (KHOU photo)

Not even Hurricane Harvey could prepare anyone for the unprecedented challenges of covering COVID-19. But Sally Ramirez sees the parallels — and remembers the lessons.

“Don’t underestimate anything: be prepared for the worst case scenario,” she says. “Do not be afraid to ask for help. And ask early.” Ramirez says KHOU’s staff started taking precautions before they were mandated. “We know our role and what we would be needed to do. So stay safe. Practice good hygiene, Sleep well. Take care of yourself.”

Perhaps most important, Ramirez stresses the need for physical and emotional resiliency over the long haul. “So we also learned to pace ourselves. I think that’s an important [lesson from] Harvey. It was really, really hard. And it’s because we’d never experienced anything like that. But this is going to be a long time too. So we need to pace ourselves.”

Most of KHOU’s team is working remotely — again — but this time, so is pretty much every other TV news operation. “Working remotely is something that we’ve experienced. We’ve been there,” Ramirez says. “It’s a little bit harder — the isolation part of this — right now. But we know that we’ve been separated before, and we will come back together.”


Watch KHOU’s own story of survival — one year after Hurricane Harvey.

I caught up with Ramirez (via Zoom) in her nearly empty newsroom; the station moved into spanking new quarters in February of last year. Meteorologist David Paul was at work too — teaching “Weather School” to kids stuck at home. The day we talked, TEGNA announced temporary pay cuts for top station brass and staggered one-week unpaid furloughs for staff.

But perhaps paradoxically, Hurricane Harvey’s legacy for this station and this news director in a time of pandemic is a feeling of hope. “We know that together we can get through anything,” says Ramirez. “It’s the belief that we have in each other: we know we’ve been through really difficult circumstances before.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Three Ways to Use Data to Drive Better COVID-19 Coverage

What does your local audience need to know about COVID-19, and when does it need to know it? Questions of editorial priority are always important. Right now, lives likely depend on making those decisions well. Editorial judgment is crucial. But we should also use data: data on what people search; what people click; and, what people say they want.

Here are three powerful tools to help make data-driven decisions about how to allocate finite newsroom reporting resources to be sure you’re providing the information your community needs most.

1. Google Trends: What We Ask Google

What are the questions people in your community are asking right now that you could answer? There’s no need to guess. Google Trends tracks what people are ‘asking Google,’ and the data is “ultra granular and ultra local,” notes Simon Rogers, Data Editor for Google News Lab. Rogers sees Google Trends as a tool to complement news judgment, enabling editors to combine “the local knowledge you’re going to have with the Trends data, to see how your area is similar, and different from others.”

Google Trends can be used to explore down to the metro area (which matches TV DMA’s) to answer questions like: Are searches for the new coronavirus going up, down or steady? What are the topics people are searching for most? What are the newest trending searches? For example, over the weekend, searches spiked for people looking for how to make a cotton facemask.

Trends can also help news managers anticipate the needs of their audience. Rogers notes that the searches that were trending three weeks ago in Italy became trending searches recently for New York. Other cities with a lag in cases could look to New York for similar insight into what their local audiences will soon want to know.

Some news outlets have already used this data to find and tell locally relevant stories. Rogers cited the Seattle Times using Trends for a story on mortgage demand; KHOU-TV for a story on the rise in searches for how to cut your own hair; and Cleveland.com for a report on the increased interest in stockpiling.

Newsrooms can use the “Explore” feature of Google Trends to find localized insights. In addition, Google has now launched a dedicated Coronavirus Trends page which gives a high-level view of trending topics globally, and any newsroom can also sign up to receive a new, daily COVID-19 Trends Report email for automated insights.

2. Chartbeat: What We Click

Another way to align news coverage with audience demand is to analyze what people click, and share. Last week, Chartbeat released a comprehensive report compiling COVID-19 coverage insights from its 700+ news partners world-wide. A few takeaways stand out.

First, local audiences remain hungry for news about the new coronavirus. Tools like Chartbeat can help newsrooms assess “topic fatigue” and so far, the data shows continued strong demand for this reporting. In particular, newsrooms are seeing traffic spikes any time their local or state government announces new orders or restrictions.

The second big insight from Chartbeat data is about how audiences are finding content and using platforms. Direct traffic to news websites remains strong, but the biggest growth has been in traffic driven by searches on Google, which has doubled referrals from Facebook. Also, interestingly, engaged time resulting from a Google referral is 33% higher than from a Facebook referral.

In terms of top performing content, live blogs and daily updates were the number one performing content type across Chartbeat’s news partners.

Jill Nichsolson at Chartbeat said their data reinforces the importance of using each platform for what it does best: News websites for the right-now and need-to-know information; optimizing for search the fact-based stories answering common questions; and Facebook for sharing human interest stories and connection.

More: Full thread of Chartbeat findings

3. Research: What We Say We Want

There’s what we search for, and what we click on; and what we say we want. Researchers at the Center for Media Engagement at the University of Texas at Austin conducted a survey of 999 people between March 23-24 to answer that question.

The topics people surveyed said were most important for local news to cover were “local health updates and information about local entities that provide critical services, such as hospitals, grocery stores, and local government.”

Researchers asked respondents to rate a wide range of coverage topics from “not very important” (0) to “very important” (3). The top ten make for a revealing list that any news manager could use to help inform coverage.

Source: UT Austin. View full survey results.

This survey data affirms insights shared with me by local TV stations participating in our Table Stakes news innovation program. Live streams of (often daily) state and local government briefings are drawing large local audiences, eager for the latest information about their communities.

Interestingly, there’s another observation supported by both Google Trends and Chartbeat data, and reports from stations I work with: Our audiences also want a ‘side dish’ of escapism to offset the serious news about the coronavirus. Whether it’s recipe-sharing, help with home schooling, recommendations on books to read or shows to watch, or just funny videos of pets interrupting Zoom meetings, the data shows audiences also need some levity during these difficult times.

News leaders have spent careers developing the ‘nose for news’ that’s helping guide daily decisions on their COVID-19 coverage. But limited resources and stressful remote-work conditions call for working smart, not just working hard. Supplementing news judgment with news data is a great way to validate our best instincts and identify potential gaps in local coverage.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


A new way to track coronavirus

Lee Zurik

It’s an idea that hits close to home, so perhaps it’s fitting that it actually started at home.

Lee Zurik and seven colleagues from Gray Television’s national InvestigateTV unit and its New Orleans station WVUE put themselves into self-quarantine on March 10. That’s the day they found out that a delegate at an Investigative Reporters and Editors (IRE) conference that they all attended in their home city had tested positive for COVID-19.

13-year-old Ellie Zurik “mans” a second camera as her dad Lee does an interview from home. (courtesy Lee Zurik)

Zurik, who also anchors the 5, 9 and 10 p.m. newscasts on WVUE, started doing reporting and TV hits from home, but he and the enterprise team also started brainstorming. “We were all in self-isolation, and we were just talking about what we can bring to our viewers that they can’t get elsewhere,” Zurik says. “The biggest issue is going to be where the [new] cases are popping up. We felt that that was going to be the real telltale sign.”

So the team got to work and built an impressive tool — an interactive COVID-19 Tracker that collects positive test results in every single county in the United States, updates the data every day, and makes the information easily accessible. Just mouse over or search the map, find your county, and you can see how many cases per capita have cropped up there.

Check out InvestigateTV’s county-by-county per capita coronavirus tracker here.

It’s one of the only county-level tracking tools around — and the only one I know of built by a local station group. (The New York Times recently announced its own county-by-county data project, calling it a “round-the-clock effort” and saying “with no detailed government database on where the thousands of coronavirus cases have been reported, a team of New York Times journalists is attempting to track every case.”)

InvestigateTV has been doing that since March 16. Cody Lillich, Jamie Grey and Jill Riepenhoff built the first prototype, enlisting Indiana University students from the Arnolt Center for Investigative Journalism to help in the painstaking task of gathering the data, in some cases only available from the counties themselves.

For the first week, the map had to be populated manually. “It was a bear,” says Zurik. But then the team had the bright idea of asking (and paying) IRE to write a program that would automate the process, so now the tracker scrapes county data from Johns Hopkins University for fresh numbers. “It was like the bear had been lifted off our shoulders,” Zurik says.

The interactive map is available to all 93 Gray stations, as are the team’s other tools and nightly TV reports. Zurik says the data helped him flag New Orleans as a rising hot spot well before the city drew national attention. He has sent emails to news directors, including colleagues in Albany GA and Shreveport LA, flagging spikes in the per-capita case rate in their counties. “It’s not just the now, but it’s also tracking it over time,” Zurik says, “so we can say, ‘Look, this area has risen 100% in a day or two, and we need to pay attention to that area right now.’”

InvestigateTV also has tools to track multiple other indicators, such as unemployment claims, state-by-state restrictions, and even pharmacy stocks of Hydroxychloroquine. Zurik says data on death rates and state-by-state testing is on the way.

The county-by-county coronavirus tracker is obviously a great example of an ownership group creating a compelling innovation at the national level for the benefit of all its stations, but I also give Zurik and his team props for reaching out to IRE to help improve and scale the new product. It’s collaboration not just across but beyond the station group: that’s an idea worth tracking in your company too.

Zurik is back at the station and back to full-time anchoring while leading the national investigative unit. Most of his team is still working from home, but everyone is fine. “I think stations across the country are doing incredible work,” Zurik says. “I hope we are contributing to that.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


*Weather* or Not There’s School, Hayley LaPoint Will Teach Meteorology to Kids

Every weekend, meteorologist Hayley LaPoint reports to work at Hearst’s WMUR in Manchester New Hampshire to do the weather. But during the week, LaPoint, who is stuck at home like a lot of her viewers, has taken on a second job: virtual weather woman to K-12 students who can’t go to school. Coronavirus took teachers by surprise, she told us, “and they’re just scrambling and looking for content.”

She began less than a month ago with recorded videos posted on the WMUR website, but now she has transitioned to Facebook Live. The kids can find her Monday through Wednesday at 10 a.m. Those videos are attracting as many as 12,000 views.

And the response has been strong. In the beginning, LaPoint offered her email address in order for parents and teachers to get the links to her supporting materials, and “I have had an extremely hard time keeping up with the emails. There’s literally been at least a thousand people that have reached out to me, and it’s people from all over the country too.”

She shares her screen so people can see the presentation along with her. She labels most of her lessons according to what she deems the appropriate grade level. For example, a video that explains what a meteorologist is and what the different weather terms are, such as thunder or lightning, is aimed at students in the first through third grades.

She said that a lot of her 20 to 30-minute presentations have to do with New Hampshire’s weather, so she was pleasantly surprised to see parents and teachers from as far away as Alaska show interest.

Teaching children about the weather isn’t new for LaPoint. Before the pandemic, she used to visit schools and give similar presentations. “I think last school year I did over a hundred of them across the state of New Hampshire,” LaPoint said.

Even though teaching school children was always considered part of LaPoint’s duties, “I’m putting a lot more time into my job right now just because of the demand. And I also feel a little bit of a personal responsibility to get it moving quickly.”

And LaPoint is by no means the only TV meteorologist taking on extra teaching duties. She sees Facebook groups of colleagues around the country who are working from home and told us that “a lot of other people are doing these types of outreach too,”

Lucy Bergemann, a meteorologist from Gray’s Colorado Springs KKTV, whom the Knight-Cronkite News Lab wrote about here, has started teaching weather to Colorado students and anyone else who wishes to tune in on her Facebook page.

LaPoint plans to continue her Facebook Lives “indefinitely.”

“There’s been a huge need for online content for children,” LaPoint said. “And that’s where everybody is right now because we’re all stuck in our houses.”

Do you know an anchor, reporter or meteorologist who is creatively using social media and deserves to be featured in our next Social Media Spotlight? If so, email us at cronkitenewslab@asu.edu and we’ll check out the story.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


The 3 best things local newsrooms are doing to serve their communities

Covering coronavirus is a nearly overwhelming challenge for newsrooms: too much news to cover; so many operational logistics to overcome due to social distancing; so many ways in which we are not just reporting on the story but also personally impacted by it, like juggling home-schooling of our kids while working from home, dealing with the challenges of isolation, or caring for (or just worrying about) older loved ones.

In times of crisis, keeping focus is key. A powerful tool for creating that focus is framing coverage through the lens of “Jobs to Be Done.” Clayton Christensen, the Harvard Business School professor best known for his landmark book The Innovators Dilemma, also wrote extensively about serving customers better by identifying the key Jobs to Be Done: People don’t simply buy products or services, they ‘hire’ them to make progress in specific circumstances… Understanding the “job” for which customers hire a product or service helps innovators more accurately develop products that align with what customers are already trying to accomplish.

The best Coronavirus coverage by local TV newsrooms right now fits this framework. Three essential “jobs” stand out:
Inform.
Connect.
Empower.

Here are examples of how local newsrooms are focusing their efforts and community impact to deliver on these three “jobs to be done.”

  1. Inform

Informing our audience is both obvious and fundamental. But information overload is real. Using data and social listening can help newsrooms insure they are focused on providing the information most critical to their audiences. Google Trends is a powerful tool newsrooms can use to see exactly what information people in their community are searching for. Examples of the most commonly-sought coronavirus information include:

Data on local case count, updated daily, like this visualization from Cronkite News:
Arizona daily Coronavirus case count.

Google Trends makes it easy to identify the most common questions. Many stations have created stories and Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) lists to make it easy for viewers to find those answers.
FOX31 Denver: List – What’s Open and Closed in Denver
WIVB Buffalo: How to disinfect your mobile phone
KVOA Tucson: Where you can get tested for COVID

It’s one thing to report the news. It’s another to help viewers understand what it means. Explainers help viewers put the news in context, like this example from KENS in San Antonio showing What the Federal Stimulus means to you; or this story by Cronkite News on How and Why Viruses ‘Go Viral.

Fact-Checking is another foundation of informational coverage, like this story by
KCRG in Cedar Rapids on Evaluating social media tips on Coronavirus. An important caveat. The challenge with fact-checking is to debunk without amplifying. In the words of Claire Wardle of First Draft, to avoid giving oxygen to rumors, as outlined in our previous Cronkite News Lab article on misinformation reporting.

2. Connect

Physical distance has become the new reality for many of us. Social isolation is the unfortunate side-effect. Bringing the community together, even if virtually, is something local broadcasters are especially well positioned to do. Local newsrooms have found creative ways to connect with their communities, and to connect residents with one another.

One simple “connection” message is showing we’re all in this together, and encouraging healthy choices.

Reporters at KGW in Portland (disclaimer: Proud alum) and at many other stations have documented how they are ‘walking the talk’ by also adopting social distancing.

Connection includes giving the community a voice. Stations are finding imaginative ways to foster that virtual connection. KOMO in Seattle streamed a live Mental Health live chat Q & A.

WDIV in Detroit is using the audience engagement platform Hearken to solicit questions from its audience, and then answering through a trusted local expert in a series called Ask Dr. George.

AT WCNC in Charlotte and elsewhere, TEGNA stations are using text messaging to invite and answer audience questions in real time.

Here at Cronkite News, out of a preponderance of safety, our ASU student journalists aren’t allowed to go into the field to report. So they’ve been using Tagboard to curate the social conversations happening among audiences here in Phoenix.

Local news stations are even finding ways to safely support our emotional need to connect. KTRK in Houston has been offering “virtual hugs” and shoutouts to viewers, with hundreds of viewers responding and great audience feedback.

Perhaps the most impressive connection has been where local news stations in a market have banded together, prioritizing collaboration over competition, to serve and connect their community.

Illinois TV and radio stations united in a statewide fundraising drive to combat hunger, food bank shortages amid the COVID-19 pandemic. In Atlanta, stations came together for a joint Governor’s Town Hall broadcast across the market. TV stations in Austin, Texas are among the latest to announce a collaboration.

3. Empower

The World Health Organization has declared Coronavirus a pandemic. As of March 26, the U.S. became the global epicenter, with more cases than any other country. These are facts that could scare a reasonable person; and, the global scale of this crisis can easily be overwhelming, leaving individuals feeling powerless. Local newsrooms have been going beyond “just the facts” to play a role in empowering their communities by also reporting on acts of kindness, and on what residents CAN do during the crisis.

WABC in hard-hit New York is helping residents replace fear with news they can use, and act on, including: how to make homemade face masks to fulfill shortages during COVID-19 pandemic; how to file for unemployment insurance amid the COVID-19 pandemic; and, the right way to deep-clean your home to stay safe from coronavirus.

Another way local news stations are making a difference is by telling the stories of neighbors helping neighbors.

WGBH Boston has prepared a detailed list of Do’s and Don’ts on how you can help your neighbors. And KTRK in Houston is keeping a running update on Who’s hiring in Houston to empower those who’ve lost jobs to find replacement income.

Wisely, local news stations have gone beyond just the hard-news aspects of empowerment to also address lifestyle needs. WPVI Philadelphia put together a roundup of Philly area fitness studios offering online workouts that can be streamed at home. Recipe-sharing abounds. Cronkite News reporter Madison LaBerge created this thread of apps for comfort, learning and entertainment during quarantine.

With residents in so many communities across the U.S. restricted, there is a long list of things we can’t do. These reports by local news outlets on what residents can do are truly empowering. Though not traditionally a part of journalism, empowerment is a crucial ‘job to be done’ right now.

For busy and near-overwhelmed newsrooms, there’s an important corollary: If it doesn’t serve one of these jobs, it can wait. Saying NO to some things is essential during this crisis, in order to have the capacity to say YES to the most important things. I’ve written previously for Cronkite News Lab about the importance of creating (and updating as needed) a STOP-doing list, to offset and create capacity for the truly essential work.

Audiences are hungry for information on coronavirus, as the spikes in online news traffic and TV news viewership prove. In many ways, as my colleague Andrew Heyward has noted, the coverage response has been one of finest hours for local news. As journalists and leaders, we recognize our communities need us now. We have the audience reach, the audience’s trust, and their attention. As the examples above illustrate, we can best achieve our mission to serve by focusing on the three core ‘jobs to be done’: Inform. Connect. Empower.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


A group of news leaders finds common ground in confronting the Coronavirus Challenge

“We are a reliable, trusted source of information in the scariest time that most of our communities will ever see.” That’s Lyn Plantinga, VP and GM of Scripps’s WTVF in Nashville. Plantinga was one of more than 40 news leaders who took part in an unusual Zoom meeting this week organized by The Carole Kneeland Project for Responsible Journalism, a nonprofit organization that provides continuing education for TV and digital news managers. Amidst the extraordinary pressures on their newsrooms, the executives took an hour to compare problems, share solutions, and find solidarity in a common cause: serving their communities in a pandemic.

Nashville GM Lyn Plantinga Zooms in from her kitchen. Note the wipes and cleaning supplies on the counter and against the wall in the background.

As a Kneeland guest faculty member in the so-called “spring” session earlier this month — it feels like a year ago — I was invited to listen in and got permission to report on the conversation. I want to share some highlights that reflect what’s happening at stations all over America as they adapt with creativity and courage to unprecedented challenges in what is arguably local television news’s finest hour.

Tech Improv

“Necessity is the mother of invention,” said Matt Kummer, news director at Gray’s WBAY in Green Bay, and there were lots of examples. Plantinga is using a Mac in the control room as a sub-switcher for Facebook Live, Skype and other live streams to simplify matters for the director.

Even something as straightforward as maintaining proper separation in the field can be a challenge. “We’re just trying to keep that kind of social distance, partly for the actual safety for our crews, but also so we don’t give the wrong impression to people that we’re telling all of them to keep social distance and yet we walk right up to people and do interviews, “ said Bob Goldberger, assistant news director at NBC Bay Area (KNTV).

Newsrooms are improvising long microphone booms, in some cases duct-taping mics to light stands or whatever they can find. “I’ve got folks going to the hardware store looking for dowel rods that we could get some zip ties and put a mic on, because we can’t find boom sticks available,” said Ryan Robertson, news director at KGWN in Cheyenne WY. “We got some old mic stands from way back when that we converted into boom sticks. But those can get heavy for some of these folks.” (A recent ASU Cronkite grad solved this problem using a hockey stick.)

Going Remote

Unlike some of his bigger-market colleagues, Ryan Robertson doesn’t have enough laptops to keep everyone working remotely. Instead, “I’m trying to stack schedules as much as I can: have folks write the scripts at home, come in, edit the video and then go back and post all their stuff from home as much as we can.”

“We’ve got a little bit more technology than Ryan was mentioning, but not quite enough,” said Melissa Luck, news director at Morgan Murphy Media’s KXLY in Spokane WA. Luck’s digital team and multimedia journalists [MMJs] are able to edit from laptops, but she’s still figuring out how to keep the show producers out of the building too.

It turns out having your head in the cloud can pay off for stations big and small. Stacey Nogy, news director at TEGNA’s KARE in Minneapolis, “went out a couple weeks before this all went crazy and bought like 25 of the most basic laptops that would support ENPS, and we’re doing screen mirroring, and we have been producing most of the shows from home in order to get the newsroom under about 10 people per shift.” “All of our photographers have laptops, all of our editors have laptops, our MMJs, weather, sports,“ said assistant news director Veronika Placencia of Scripps station KERO in Bakersfield CA, market # 125. “Everybody’s doing everything remotely.”

Anchors Away

Even the anchors are starting to work from home — a sure cure for the occasional outbreak of ‘PrimaDonnaVirus.’ “We’re pretty close in Baltimore to being fully out of the building,” said Placencia’s Scripps colleague Jeff Herman, managing editor at WMAR. “We’re still working on anchors, green screens and computer technology or camera technology at their homes.”

Lyn Plantinga decided to use large monitors — “55-inch super cheap Roku TV’s that are $250” — in anchors’ homes after aggressively testing green screens and deciding they pose unnecessary complications on remotes. “It just looks more authentic,” agreed Chip Mahaney, a Scripps (and Kneeland) veteran who now recruits and develops early-career talent for the company. “I mean, who really has a green screen in their living room or in their basement?”

Actually, Mahaney does. He fashioned a home-made green screen with fabric he found in his basement, left over from his son’s YouTube channel, to enhance his Zoom meetings.

Chip Mahaney and his home-made green screen.

Anchors who aren’t working remotely are adapting to new realities. “We’ve gone to solo anchors on one station, we’re distancing on the other station,” said Kevin Jacobsen, news director at Quincy Media’s KBJR/KDLH duopoly in Duluth MN. Kelly Frank, director of content at TEGNA’s WTSP in Tampa, has house-bound anchors taking multi-hour shifts on social media when they’re not on TV. “We’re scheduling them to engage with the community, not only on our main page but on their pages as well,” she said. “It’s really gotten our forward-facing people out there in the social space in a way that they just haven’t been — and when people really need a connection.”

Frank’s cross-Tampa rival Sarah Moore of Scripps station WFTS has anchors researching explainers in response to viewer questions — how to file for unemployment benefits, say — and making their own iMovies from home. “The anchors are learning some things about editing that they maybe had gotten out of in the past,” she said, “and then they’re submitting these short little clips for us to add to our newscasts and for us to air digitally as well.”

Cross-town collaboration

The crisis is creating new opportunities for collaboration, even among direct competitors. KARE and the other Minneapolis stations jump on an 8:45 a.m. conference call every morning to divvy up the “commodity” stories and share the coverage, said Stacey Nogy. “We did it without any legal agreements. You know, we’re just, we’re just holding each other up right now.”

That frees up resources for non-commodity stories — and everyone agreed there’s no shortage of those. “We’ve added an hour and a half of news throughout the day. And we still have too many stories to fit into shows, said NBC’s Bob Goldberger. “If we could double our reporter crews, then we would have a story for every one of them.” “We’ve had real good success with trying to focus on how business owners, particularly small businesses, are trying to adapt and protect their livelihood,” said Green Bay’s Matt Kummer. “People are really interested to see that this affects so many lives and livelihoods.”

Crowd-sourced coverage

Several news directors are enlisting viewers to contribute story ideas and crucial information. Ed Reams, news director at Quincy Media’s WKOW in Madison WI, finds good stories on neighborhood social apps like NextDoor. His station also established a Facebook group where local businesses can post information, and it “exploded” (in the good sense). “Sometimes people just want to know, is this place open? Or can I go to this grocery store? Sometimes we don’t even have to put the answer out there. We just post the question and the community response. You don’t have to do a lot of the heavy lifting. The community can help you by answering what they know, to the community as a whole.”

A screenshot from KXLY’s home page and news director Melissa Luck on Zoom.

Spokane’s KXLY put out a call for stories of people helping one another, “and we are flooded,” said Melissa Luck. “We’re not going out to all of them. We’re doing a ton of them via Skype and with pictures, because when people do good, they take video and pictures of it themselves and send it in.”

Words of Advice and Inspiration

Kneeland faculty member Michael Fabac, head of news at the News-Press & Gazette Company, reminded executives to start filing public information requests to help hold public officials accountable for their handling of the crisis, especially in its early stages. “I think that’s the investigative opportunity,” he said. “To find out what problems were there and what sort of communication was there between the public officials at the onset of everything, as they were trying to work through things just like we all were at our stations as well.”

Several of the news leaders said that paying close attention to staff members, especially the less experienced ones, is critical. “Every once in a while you have to talk them off the ledge,” said Bakersfield’s Veronika Placencia. “We’re trying to be a family remotely.” Melissa Luck sends an individual text message to every reporter and photographer every night.

Faculty member Kevin Benz, a local TV and digital news veteran who now runs his own newsroom coaching company, reminded the news leaders to take time to take care of themselves too, not just for their own sake but for the whole staff. “Right now they’re just living, eating and breathing the work, which is an absolute recipe for burnout,” Benz said. “We have to try to help our folks have some semblance of a life, as we talk about our needing to have a life too. We need to model that.” Madison’s Ed Reams agreed: “I think as we try to inspire our staff, we have to also take care of each one of us. You know, we have to practice what we preach.”
(Check out the RTDNA’s useful Newsroom Mental Health Resource Guide for help.)

“I just think it’s important right now for us to remind our teams how much people are depending on us,” said Lyn Plantinga at the end of the hour. “We’ve talked a lot in our organization about this concept of courage, that we have to have courage, and I think it’s an FDR definition of courage, which is courage is not the lack of fear. It’s making a decision that something is more important than your fear. And I think it’s really important for all of us as leaders to talk about our mission right now. When we think about being burned out, that’s what turns on my extra jet fuel. I’m reminded that this is what I got in this business for, and this is my calling. And that people need us right now.”

And then, everyone went back to work.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


‘Pulling Back the Curtain’ on Coronavirus Coverage…and More

Like every other newsroom, WRAL-TV is grappling with the unique challenges of covering the coronavirus. But the Capitol Broadcasting station in Raleigh is also exploring those challenges publicly in the latest episode of a new podcast called How to Commit Journalism. The project is an exercise in what my colleague Frank Mungeam calls “showing your work” — and a calculated bid to reinforce WRAL’s historically strong brand at a time when journalism is under suspicion.

In the new coronavirus episode, the station’s assistant news director and its head of digital content explain the careful decision-making that informs their coverage day to day. “We had this idea of really pulling back the curtain in this age of mistrust around the media and how the media is being attacked on all sides,” says Shelly Leslie, Capitol’s GM of audience development, a 32-year station veteran who oversees the 23 podcasts in the company’s network. “We really wanted to be transparent and say, ‘Look, how do we cover the news? What kind of questions do we ask?’ What is the integrity of our newsrooms?’

Shelly Leslie and Ashley Talley

All six episodes published since How to Commit Journalism debuted on January 31 “pull back the curtain” by interviewing the station’s journalists about how they do what they do — and the occasional dilemmas they face while doing it. The host is Ashley Talley, who created a true-crime podcast in her previous job as news director at WMBF in Myrtle Beach, SC. Talley arrived at WRAL in September in the newly-created and creatively-named position of Enterprise Executive Producer. “[I manage] things you’re not going to see on other stations,” she explains. In her podcast, she wants to show that “We aren’t just making up things and slapping them on [TV]. We’re being thoughtful, we’re being deliberate about our coverage choices. And most people don’t get that view of news.”

Screenshot from coverage of body-cam footage of controversial DWI pat-down

In the strong opening episode, Talley interviews veteran crime reporter Amanda Lamb about a controversial DWI stop that resulted in a complaint of improper touching against the officer who conducted the pat-down. Lamb explains why she convinced her bosses to hold the story for a day, despite having dramatic body-cam video of the incident. “The pressure to deliver the story that you’re working on is there in every newsroom in America,” Leslie says. “But [this episode is about] having the courage to stop and say, when necessary, ‘Look, wait, wait, wait. We shouldn’t put this video on the air just because we have it. We should stop and think about the ramifications and whose lives are going to be touched. What are the unintended consequences of doing that?”

Crime Reporter Amanda Lamb and Capitol Bureau Chief Laura Leslie

The other episodes to date also explore the story behind the story, mixing background detail on news events with revelations about the process of bringing them to air. The podcast digs into an investigative piece on facial-recognition software used by the Raleigh Police Department; the emotionally charged lawsuits around taking down Confederate monuments; the work that goes into the station’s long-form documentaries; and the difficulties of political reporting in our partisan and polarized media environment, smartly laid out by state-house bureau chief Laura (no relation to Shelly) Leslie. “Letting Laura really enunciate her feelings, personally and professionally, about what it’s like to cover politics is exactly what we’re going for,” says Talley.

Reporter Sarah Krueger covers the Confederate monument controversy

The executives say they hope to build loyalty among existing WRAL viewers and perhaps attract new ones who are more interested in podcasts than newscasts. “If it’s got the WRAL brand on it. we want people to inherently know and trust the kind of thoughtful journalism that’s gone into what they’re looking at, or listening to,” says Shelly Leslie.

The podcast does make a compelling case for the hard-working and experienced journalists at WRAL. That said, no one really expects the die-hard #fakenews crowd to listen to How to Commit Journalism and change its views of “mainstream media.” But Shelly Leslie also wants to differentiate local news and straightforward journalism from opinionated prime-time cable news fare. “I think local journalists are getting lumped in with cable news. And I think it’s a crime, what’s happening to the news and local news in particular, to get lumped in that way. And I think [the podcast is] a stake in the ground to say, ‘No, that’s not what is happening at WRAL-TV.’”

As for the latest installment: “The Challenges of Covering the Coronavirus” is the fastest-growing episode ever in Capitol’s entire podcast network.

Listen to an episode of How to Commit Journalism:

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Latest Coronavirus Resources for Newsrooms

Coronavirus is a fast-moving and challenging story for every newsroom. The Knight-Cronkite News Lab has curated some of the most useful resources we’ve found across the web. We hope these will help you serve and inform your communities while keeping your teams safe and supported as well.

NAB’s Coronavirus Response Toolkit

Coronavirus Resource Toolkit from National Association of Broadcasters


5 Tips for Covering Coronavirus from a Harvard Epidemiology Professor

Lab test kit for the new coronavirus that causes COVID-19. (U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention)


Our ASU Cronkite School colleague Fernanda Santos’ “Tips for Compelling Remote Interviews”

Fernanda's tweet


Coverage tips from WaPo’s health and science editor @LauraHelmuth.


Newsroom Guidance from First Draft to combat Coronavirus misinformation and report responsibly.


Mental Health Resources for Newsrooms from RTDNA:


Best coronavirus coverage resources, aggregated by Lenfest Institute.


ASU’s Dan Gillmor on why the challenge of covering Coronavirus means now is the time for collaboration, not duplication, among newsrooms:


Creative ways to visualize and explain complex issues, without leaving the newsroom, via this case study of how Professor of Practice in TV News Innovation Frank Mungeam is using Videoscribe with student journalists at Cronkite News.

Help us crowdsource who’s doing it well. Tag us @cronkitenewslab on Twitter with your best #coronaviruscoverage.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Want to reach new viewers? Why not try — television?

Localish has gone nationalish. The digital brand, introduced about 18 months ago by the ABC-owned stations, has a great new platform: broadcast television!

Okay, I’m being a bit of a wise guy. Localish’s feel-good and lifestyle stories, while designed for digital platforms, have always appeared on station newscasts as well. But on February 17, a new linear Localish channel made its debut in all eight ABC markets, available to an estimated 14 million viewers on the stations’ over-the-air subchannels. Localish replaces the Live Well network, which wasn’t living so well on content that hadn’t been refreshed in five years.

By contrast, the new Localish channel is an impressive example of intensive company-wide collaboration; the enduring power of linear TV; and how innovation at the fringes can help transform a core business. “It’s taking what we started as digital and moving it into the linear space, which as you know, is very rare: it’s usually moving linear to digital and repurposing what you see on TV onto digital platforms,” says Jennifer Mitchell, SVP for Content Development at the ABC Owned Television Stations. “So we’re really excited about and very proud of the fact that we’ve been able to stand up this very successful digital brand, and we are now able to expand to the linear space.”


Trailer for Localish

Localish is built around uplifting stories — the kind people are always telling you they want to see more of on television. ABC is betting that they mean it. “The data was showing us consistently across the board that people were really craving more positive storytelling in and around their communities,” says Mitchell. “We want to amplify the voices of the locals: their personalities are at the forefront of the stories that we tell,” says Localish executive producer Michael Koenigs. “We want to make people feel proud of the places they live and search for a better solution to a problem, rather than wallowing in despair about the state of the world.”

We’ve been writing about Localish since its early days, when its show More in Common, hosted by Koenigs, first began streaming on Facebook Watch. The show is now one of 10 programs anchoring the new channel — shows with you-can-probably-guess-the-premise names like Secretly Awesome, My Go-To, Bite Size, Pumped, Worth the Wait, Glam Lab, Stroke of Genius, All Good, and Out of Office. The common themes: local gems, local do-gooders, local trends worth knowing about.


An episode of Secretly Awesone

“The goal was to take short form content and make it compelling to an audience that’s sitting down and wanting more of a narrative,” Koenigs says. That meant converting a wealth of short-form content, most of it generated by the local stations themselves, into a slate of linear programs. “We could basically take the thousand plus videos that we created in year one and find hosts and narrative threads to make them compelling half hour shows,” Koenigs says.

When Localish started, stations were “asked” to provide at least one story a week that would resonate beyond the market: “locally sourced, nationally relevant” is how ABC puts it. We told you about KFSN-TV Fresno’s explosive (the word “viral” is a no-no these days) success with a story about a California farmer who makes luffa sponges — still the second-most-popular Localish story ever, with 23 million views on Facebook alone.

The stations are still the bedrock on which the venture sits — arguably more than ever. Koenigs estimates that 120 people throughout the company spend at least part of their time producing Localish stories. The eight stations are now each generating at least half a dozen Localish stories a week for small teams in New York and Chicago to shape into programs. “The stations are all contributors, they’re all creators as part of the brand,” says Jennifer Mitchell. “We invent and incubate pilots and show formats, and then once we feel like we have them in a good place, we roll those concepts out to the stations. The stations begin doing their work: they research, they book, they go out, they shoot, they edit, they then funnel all that content back to the core team. And then we take that content and produce the long-form shows out of it.”


An episode of Worth the Wait

“The other really exciting part of our success with Localish is that it’s really opened up new revenue opportunities for us,” says Mitchell, citing the advertiser-friendly subject matter. Hiscox, an insurance company catering to small businesses, is sponsoring the entire season of Secretly Awesome, a show about local entrepreneurs having an impact. And the channel creates branded content and integrations for clients as well, as in an episode of the travel show Out of Office underwritten by and featuring the Monarch Beach Resort in California’s Orange County.

All the Localish stories still live on digital platforms too, which gives Koenigs and the stations valuable metrics and audience feedback about which stories resonate most strongly. That helps inform content on the new channel. “They can’t talk to a TV set, but they can find us on these digital platforms,” he says. “And so there’s really a sense that they can connect with us in a more personal way.” And the stations compete amongst themselves to create the week’s biggest hit — a constant search for the next luffa farm.

“We’re trying to get a traditional linear audience to accept content that’s created with a more digital style and feel. And so far, we’ve seen no reason to think that people aren’t accepting it that way,” says Cheryl Fair, president and GM of KABC in Los Angeles. “But the fact is, you can watch this content in the digital space. And it feels right in both locations.” Fair, who spearheaded ABC’s experiment with community journalists embedded in their neighborhoods, has embraced Localish at the station, rebranding a Sunday lifestyle show Eye on LA as Localish LA. Fresno’s Localish Central Valley expands from a monthly show to twice a month in April, and Localish Bay Area is coming soon from KGO in San Francisco. Nationally, Good Morning America recently “partnered” with Localish for a story in its “Good Morning Sunshine” series.

At KABC, the new focus on Localish stories — which appear on newscasts, on the new channel, on digital platforms and on the Sunday show — has broken down some traditional barriers. “There are so many platforms that we are serving, and I think that the coordination between news and non-news is important to make sure that we’re serving the right content on the right platform at the right time,” says Fair. “The VP of content and marketing and the new VP of news are basically attached at the hip. There’s one big pot of stew now. You know, it used to be very siloed. We’re not siloed anymore.”

Localish “is very much an experimental sandbox,” says Jennifer Mitchell. Conceptually, what ABC has drawn in that sandbox looks like a virtuous circle — a symbiotic synthesis of digital and linear, news and entertainment, local and national, content and commerce. What began as a relatively low-risk innovation — a few stories a week around the country, a Facebook Watch show — is now having a broader impact on style, story selection, and business across the company. Digital success is now spurring linear evolution — an irony not lost on Mitchell. “We’re just now going to be truly multi-platform.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


More Lessons for News Leaders Managing in These Turbulent Times of COVID-19

Newsrooms across the country have been compelled to pivot their operations to cover the coronavirus crisis.

Our colleague Frank Mungeam here at the Knight-Cronkite News Lab recently joined 499 others for what may have been the largest journalism ‘conference’ in the coronavirus era.

Taking Care of Journalists and Journalism,” hosted on March 23 by the Freedom Forum Institute, featured insights and recommendations from fifteen news industry leaders, moderated by Jill Geisler, Freedom Forum Fellow in Women’s Leadership.

Mungeam live-tweeted the virtual conference. We share here his top takeaways for newsroom leaders, and the entire session is also available at the Freedom Forum website for on-demand viewing.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


TikTok: Should Journalists Hop on the Craze?

Good journalists are always out there looking for new trends and ideas, but Owen Conflenti didn’t have to look further than his own dinner table. Conflenti’s then-10-year-old daughter was uploading videos of her art, edited to sound effects, to a platform that now has more than a billion users — and it was not YouTube. It was TikTok.

Conflenti, a morning anchor at Graham Media Group’s Houston station KPRC, had never heard of the app, a platform for short videos of lip-syncing, dance trends, parodies and much more. That is no surprise: TikTok, which originated in China, is dominated by tweens and teens from all over the world. But when Conflenti checked it out in November 2018, he was hooked.

“I probably did my first video almost immediately,” Conflenti said. During a commercial break, he spontaneously asked his co-anchor at the time, Rachel McNeill, to participate in an approximate 10-second lip-sync to Baha Men’s “Who Let the Dogs Out” — and it’s now up to 85,000 views.

“I’ve posted dozens of videos across [other] platforms and I’ve never had [this] kind of engagement. So that’s what struck me immediately,” Conflenti said.

TikTok is a goofy, mostly feel-good DIY entertainment app that’s anything but newsy. But Conflenti says he’s not worried about it hurting his credibility.

“I’m lucky…because I’ve done the exact same morning show for 15 years, so people expect a little bit of goofiness from the morning guy,” Conflenti said. “So when I’m on the air, it doesn’t matter what I’ve done on TikTok…I’m allowed to go be myself on these other platforms, obviously within reason.”

Conflenti’s first TikTok video “was kind of a fluke,” he said. Engagement flattened out with his next few efforts, and he used that time to learn more about the platform and its editing capabilities.

And it paid off.

Now the majority of his videos have had tens of thousands to hundreds of thousands of views, several reaching in the millions — and Conflenti now has over 900,000 followers. That’s nearly three times the following of The Washington Post’s TikTok.

“I go through [the app] and I figure out, okay, is this a trend that I can do? Maybe I can do something fun with a TV screen or a microphone or camera or studio, or if it is a dance or a dance move, [that’s] not too tough,” Conflenti said.

Conflenti is one of only a small number of broadcast journalists experimenting with TikTok. Natasha Williams, a digital content producer from Scripps-owned KIVI in Boise, Idaho, is in charge of running the 6 On Your Side page on the app. She differs from Conflenti in multiple ways. This is not her personal page. She, like The Washington Post, runs it for the newsroom. Her news director gave her the green light after reading our first report on TikTok last year. And the page Williams has created serves as a pipeline for direct dialogue with the younger generation.

“Something we’ve been doing that’s really unique that we don’t really do on our other platforms is we ask them what they want to see: ‘What do you care about? What are you guys talking about?’ And so they’ll tell us in the comments,” Williams said. “The younger generation wants news. They just want news they care about and they want news on a platform that they’re accessing.”

And they want to see news stories about themselves. When the 6 On Your Side news segments have to do with new student programs, student activities or student advocacy, views go into the tens of thousands. A behind-the-scenes video of a student talking about a program called Sources of Strength, which helps “end the stigma” of mental illness, got over 60,000 views.

“I think that there’s kind of stereotype among the younger generation that what they want [is] those silly dances,” Williams said. “It’s not that I don’t post behind-the-scenes [videos], it’s not that I don’t post silly things, it’s just that I focus more on news content.”

The station’s TikTok page now has 22,000 followers. And some of the videos are clipped straight from broadcast after they air: a story of a volleyball player with a prosthetic leg got more than 15,000 views.

Another reporter finding success on the app is multimedia journalist Connor Matteson of Gray’s KOTA and KEVN in Rapid City, South Dakota. He was inspired to join by watching Conflenti and now has over 12,000 followers.

Matteson’s first foray, a 14-second video he uploaded last fall, blew up in a day and now has over 450,000 views. “We were doing this dance move called ‘The Woah” with my coworkers, and everyone on the app loved it,” Matteson said. The choreography wasn’t exactly complicated: a quick cross of the arms, and that was it. One co-worker didn’t even have to stand up.

Matteson says the app is great for extending the newsroom’s brand. ‘“Everyone loves behind-the-scenes views of what it’s like to be in the newsroom,’” Matteson said. “I thought that was a really cool thing, because it makes you more personable to the people who are viewing.”

Matteson says TikTok is also good for finding stories.

“Over the summer there was a specific booth at this LGBTQ parade that we had no idea about. And I saw it on TikTok, and we had one of the other reporters go out and do a story on it.”

Owen: @Conflenti, Natasha: @6OnYourSide, Conner: @Mattesontv

These three journalists have found success on TikTok through silly stunts, intergenerational dialogue, and peeks behind the scenes, but it’s obviously too soon to predict whether the app will become an influential platform for newsrooms like Facebook or Twitter.

One major pitfall for news people: copyright issues. TikTok has a music library thanks to licensing deals with certain artists and companies. However, those contracts can expire or fall through, and many songs were never in the collection. Just like on YouTube, songs that violate copyright law can be taken down.

One of Conflenti’s videos — his take on a classic Queen song — is now silent. “[TikTok] is constantly battling copyrights with record companies. They don’t have the rights to [the Queen song] anymore,” Conflenti said. “If you went and clicked it now, it won’t make a sound. And it’ll say: ‘Sound removed in your country.’”

But despite TikTok’s quirks, all three journalists find experimenting with the app to be worth the effort.

Williams: “[TikTok] is very powerful right now, and I don’t think that people in our industry should discount it, because it’s where everyone is, it’s what’s ‘in’ right now.”

Matteson: “This new younger generation, they’re not watching the news. So we have to find new ways to get them to [watch]…and I think TikTok is a really great way to show them ‘Hey, look at the behind-the-scenes of the newsroom; look what happens right before we go live, look how much fun this is.’”

Conflenti: “I think it might be connecting me with future viewers that don’t even know they’re going to watch news yet.” His advice to anyone reading this? “Just do it.”

Do you know an anchor, reporter or meteorologist who is creatively using TikTok? If so, email us at cronkitenewslab@asu.edu and we’ll check out the story.

Our students at Cronkite Sports just created their own TikTok account and have started experimenting:

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Breaking news — at the push of a button

When Cleveland anchor Damon Maloney suddenly has to jump on a breaking story and cover it live on his station’s streaming platforms, he knows he’s in good hands.

His own.

It’s no longer unusual for stations to offer original streaming content. But Gray’s CBS affiliate WOIO-TV is betting that it can make its mark with breaking news on over-the-top (OTT) platforms by adding distinctive elements to its coverage. And the approach relies on technology that puts the talent in the driver’s seat, requiring journalists like Maloney to function as reporter, anchor, producer, director, and executive producer all at the same time. Sounds like a bit of a tough sell, and “it is a lot of work,” says assistant news director Brian Sinclair, but “nobody was resistant, because I think everybody at this point has realized that just doing the newscast is not really going to cut it.”

Maloney and more than half a dozen of his on-air colleagues have been trained to use the JVC ProHD Studio 4000 live production and streaming studio, a “control room in a box” solution that allows the user to go live in about two minutes and add a host of slick production elements, all while conducting interviews and covering an unfolding story. “It was intimidating at first,” admits Maloney, “learning to control the video feeds, the audio, the chyrons while obtaining the information and explaining what’s going on. But once you got behind it, things started to fall into place. As you do it more and more, it becomes more comfortable and actually quite fun, because you kind of control your destiny.” (Every on-air person’s dream!)

Damon Maloney (all images courtesy of WOIO)

Brian Sinclair says he drew inspiration from watching YouTubers use a similar device, the TriCaster. “There were these YouTubers that were doing amazing things sitting in their basement. And I’m like, ‘Why the heck can’t we do that?’” The JVC rig arrived in the newsroom in December of 2018, and now the station uses it multiple times a day, for everything from breaking crime and disaster stories to ongoing trial coverage to the Notre Dame fire in Paris or the latest on the coronavirus.

Like so many other stations, WOIO streams a variety of original content on Roku, Amazon Fire, Apple TV, and YouTube, along with Facebook Live and its own website. And WOIO is not the only Cleveland station to stream live events. But station executives believe that adding the extra elements that the new technology and the training make possible sets their OTT coverage of breaking stories from the newsroom apart. “That’s what’s so wonderful about this OTT platform,” says dayside EP Amanda Harnocz. “We give context to whatever information we just received in the field.”

By its very nature, this type of seat-of-the-pants coverage also fosters a more conversational style and a behind-the-scenes view into the newsgathering process. “I think people like that transparency,” says Maloney. “‘We’re just getting this video in. We don’t have all the answers right now, but this is what we’re working on.’ I think viewers like that because we’re kind of walking them along as we’re seeing it too for the first time sometimes.”

It’s all part of a strategy to attract what Harnocz calls “switchables” — consumers, including younger ones, who are more up for grabs than viewers already locked in to long-standing TV habits. “Social media has changed how we consume news,” says Harnocz. “And ‘switchables’ are the people who are kind of agnostic for content. They don’t care where it comes from, or really what it looks like. They just want to know.” “The digital audience really doesn’t have the loyalties that the television audience has,” agrees Sinclair. “In the digital space, where it’s just all about the content, if you can do better content than your competitors, you’re going to get traction.”

“We’re a station that has to grow,” says news director Ian Rubin. For him, the commitment to OTT breaking news coverage is a way to bolster the station’s image and live up to his tag line “First. Fair. Everywhere.” “It’s part of the mosaic of how we build our brand, build our profile in this market. We’re going to reinforce that we’re the breaking news leader — not just fire and mayhem stories, but in-depth textured stories that take perspective and context to the next level.”

While the station sells spots against its other streaming content, there’s no revenue directly attributable to the breaking news coverage — at least not yet. “The success I don’t think is ever or at least immediately going to be measured just In revenue dollars over OTT or just in viewership over OTT,” says station GM Erik Schrader. “It’s also in that everybody is aware we’re doing this: they know this is a newsroom that’s chasing things every single minute.” That said, while breaking news content is not always sponsor-friendly, Schrader predicts that the station will eventually be able to run commercials in some of the coverage. “As with anything else, when you build an audience, there’s going to be an opportunity for monetization.”

Screenshot from live coverage

Schrader just showed a highlight reel of the station’s OTT news coverage to a Gray management meeting. “And it was an overwhelming response. I mean, people really see that it’s amazing: you’re getting on with one human being.” He says a newsroom-based live studio operation like his can “easily be done for less than $20,000.”

At the risk of sounding like a cynic, I asked Schrader whether the new technology isn’t just another way to cut costs. He argues that it’s actually a technically and economically feasible way to expand to a new platform without tying up resources devoted to [monetizable] established programs. “If you’re a newsroom, a big part of your content is breaking news, and the ability to get that on and allow all the other heads to continue working towards putting together good broadcast television, and have just one person able to say ‘This right now is what we’re going to be about’ — that’s amazing.”

The low barrier to entry compared to interrupting the network every time there’s “breaking news” — not a realistic option — allows for experimentation and for niche programming, like a 45-minute cut-in on the new head coach of the Cleveland Browns. “We are broadcasters,” says Schrader, “but we all know that the more specific the content can be to someone’s interest, the more passionate that base is going to be.”

Screenshot from live coverage

WOIO also produces a few original shows specifically for streaming, including a daily Spanish newscast — a mix of original stories and others translated from English — and a weekly cooking show, but “that still leaves us a ton of room to get much more active on this front,” says Schrader. A morning show called Sunny Side Up started as an OTT program but has already “graduated” to the broadcast channel.

“We want to provide value to the viewer, and I think we’re doing that,” says assistant news director Brian Sinclair. “And now it’s how can you make money off of it to make it sustainable in the long term. Especially as linear TV audiences keep dwindling, we’ve got to find a way to get them used to what we’re doing on these platforms. So we’re aggressively trying to find ways to do that.”

At WOIO, going live and solo from the newsroom has become embedded in the daily routine. “Nobody’s nervous about it anymore,” says Sinclair. “Some days it can be a chore, because if you’re doing other things and some annoying person like me comes and grabs you and says, ‘Hey, we have to do this,’ it can be extra work. But for the most part, it is part of the culture. We know what to do, and we do it.”

For his part, anchor Damon Maloney isn’t complaining. “We’ve got to keep evolving to stay alive.”

Tell us about your experiments on streaming platforms at cronkitenewslab@asu.edu.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


The Biggest Story Your Newsroom Isn’t Ready to Cover

First Draft training at ASU.

It was the final Friday in January, and the Valley of the Sun was delivering on its promise. But in one classroom on the campus of Arizona State University, the mood was far from sunny. Journalists representing most of the Phoenix print, TV and radio outlets had gathered in a classroom at the Walter Cronkite School of Journalism for a day of training from First Draft, which helps newsrooms combat misinformation. The journalists had formed teams and were deep into an Election Day simulation, trying to fend off disinformation campaigns. They were faced with tweets suggesting threats and possible violence at polling places in certain neighborhoods; a photo posted to social media that looked as though the National Guard had been called out; a Reddit thread reassuring folks concerned for their safety that they need not vote in person and could instead simply cast their vote via text. In teams, the journalists were debating: How do we verify? What do we report? What wording do we use?

One thing became clear: “We are SO not ready for this,” as one participant put it.

Claire Wardle agrees. “I don’t think newsrooms think that it impacts them,” says Wardle, U.S. Director of First Draft and leader of the Arizona media training session. “There’s an understanding of disinformation certainly, but I think there’s that sense of well, that’s Russian trolls creating memes and sharing them on Facebook. I don’t think there’s an understanding that newsrooms themselves are being targeted.”

The threat is not only a barrage of misinformation — false reports, images, and videos — directly aimed at journalists. Even more alarming, today’s organized misinformation campaigns use journalism’s own strengths, like fact-checking and community reputation, and turn them against the news media.

Asked to give an average grade for local newsroom readiness, Wardle replies: “D.”

That’s where First Draft hopes to help. It’s a global non-profit that supports journalists, academics and technologists working to address challenges relating to trust and truth in the digital age.

To prepare for today’s misinformation campaigns, newsrooms need to first understand four important ways in which the traditions of journalism are being weaponized against the media.

“Fact-Checking Exposes False Reports and Rumors”

The practice of fact-checking and of debunking falsehoods seems foundational to what reporters do. But “the whole way that journalism works – which is the paradigm of ‘more sunlight is a disinfectant’ —
has been weaponized against the news media in the hopes that there will be more oxygen given to rumors,” says Wardle, who observes that newsrooms haven’t adapted their practices to account for the problem that “simply reporting on a (falsehood) to debunk it can make people take something more seriously.”

For example, a rumor may be debunked within the body of a web or broadcast story, but how is the story headlined, or teased on broadcast? Even debunked rumors get amplified this way.

“Media manipulation is now a key tactic of people who are trying to sow division in this country,” notes Wardle. “And so that means that they are trying to get newsrooms to give oxygen to rumors.”

“If Someone Big Says It, It’s News”

By definition, what ‘Newsmakers’ say is ‘news.’ At least, that’s another standard practice in journalism. Again, says Wardle, these institutional habits need to be reconsidered in light of coordinated misinformation campaigns.

“What do you do when a politician is repeating a conspiracy theory, which is more complex, and (reporting on) it requires giving more oxygen to the rumor?”

“That (practice) in many ways has been used against the news media, which is if somebody with a loud enough voice said it, then you’ve got no choice but to cover that.”

“Journalists are the Gatekeepers”

Another foundational principle of the profession is that journalists are the gatekeepers for their communities. “It used to be that the audience was reliant on the gatekeepers,” says Wardle. “But the audience itself is now networked.”

The consequence is that stories, false as well as true, can be spread and amplified more quickly and before journalists can apply their traditional gatekeeper filtering role. Newsrooms can find themselves perpetually playing ‘catch-up’ to social, viral reports in a world where socially connected audiences rely more on those in their own ‘network’ than on traditional media sources.

“Local News is the Most Trusted”

Journalists working in local media are justly proud of the consistent findings by Pew Research and others that local news outlets are the most trusted news sources. But rather than insulate local newsrooms from the effects of media mistrust, that makes them a target.

“It’s a very effective mechanism to create sites that look like professional news sites,” says Wardle.
Columbia Journalism Review published a report in December documenting the rise of false, ‘look-a-like’ sites intended to appear to be reputable local online news sources that were in fact fronts for pushing politically slanted content.

Wardle also notes that an NYU review of Facebook posts by the Internet Research Agency found that Russian trolls shared five times more links to actual local news sites than to faked sites. “They would take existing, real local news headlines and amplify them to sow division.” One of the goals of misinformation campaigns, notes Wardle, is to undermine trust in media. So being alert to the ways your content is being shared – and your news brand is being depicted — now has to be part of a newsroom’s work.

Worried yet? Wardle hopes so. The first step in responding effectively to efforts at information manipulation is facing up to those threats. So what can a newsroom do? Wardle urges newsrooms to report in ways that “inoculate people to not only what these threats might be, but why people might be pushing them.”

Here are six practical recommendations from First Draft — actions newsrooms can take to better prepare themselves and their communities to detect and defeat misinformation.

1. Practice Worst-Case Scenarios

Newsrooms do election planning meetings anyway. Wardle suggests newsrooms host brown-bag sessions right away and invite staff to brainstorm the worst that could happen. “Pretend that you’re a troll,” says Wardle. “With a whiteboard, come up with all the ways that you might discredit or undermine the Census, or the election.”

Wardle says newsrooms are usually quite good at imagining the wide range of possible manipulations, from faked images and videos, to coordinated false reports of voting issues or threats and other voter suppression and intimidation tactics. But she also points to subtler tactics, like someone posing a question at a press conference based on an unsubstantiated rumor, to ‘force’ the mainstream media to report on and therefore amplify the rumor. The purpose of this exercise is to help the entire newsroom realize the magnitude of the threats.

2. Choose a Champion

Content verification and combating misinformation requires a team effort, and everyone in the newsroom should get trained in the basics of content verification. First Draft recommends sharing a checklist like this that all newsroom employees can use.

But Wardle says it’s crucial to have a designated owner at the manager level who can be both a category expert and a go-to resource for others in the newsroom. This subject-matter expert would ideally get deeper training now in order to be ready to be a resource to the news teams as they continue to cover stories like the Census and election run-up.

3. Audit Your Security and Tools

Consider how reliant the typical newsroom is on its internal communication systems. Whether it’s Slack or direct messages, closed Facebook groups or even email, now is the time to assess: How secure are those systems from being hacked?

On the verification side, how many newsroom employees have pre-installed or bookmarked the minimum ‘toolkit’ of verification sites and software? From reverse image search to the “Wayback Machine” (to save web pages that may be changed later) to bot-checkers, there are a core set of verification capabilities that all newsroom employees should have and know how to use. Better to install them now than in the midst of a breaking news event. For ideas on what belongs in your toolkit check out First Draft’s recommended 10 Verification Tools for Newsrooms on a Budget.

4. Update Ethics Practices to Deny Oxygen to Rumors

Journalists are well trained in ethical treatment of subjects, handling sensitive information and sourcing. “I think we haven’t necessarily had the same ethical conversations about covering some of these fringe and conspiracy spaces,” observes Wardle, “and what it means to add legitimacy to those rumors.”

It’s worth reviewing newsroom practices for both on-air and online when it comes to fact-checking and reporting on false narratives. Wardle suggests that even the traditionally lauded “fact-check” story can do surprising harm if the headline or tease merely repeats the rumor, counting on the audience to go ‘beyond the headline’ to find out the answer to whether the fact-check was true or false. “Yes, you might be debunking,” warns Wardle, “but actually if we repeat the rumor within the headline we are causing more harm.”

Another example: Repeating misleading phrases within story headlines can boost their profile as “key words” on search, which Wardle says is one of the new tactics of those intentionally trying to sow division. A third example is repeating (amplifying) statements by “Newsmakers” when those statements have already been demonstrated to be false.

5. Inoculate Against Misinformation Methods

Inoculation isn’t just good for your physical health. “In the context of information disorder, if you get people to think about the tactics and techniques that they might expect to see, when they see it, they are more likely to say, hang on, there’s something about this that resonates. I remember this,” says Wardle.

Newsrooms can build reporting around helping audiences understand what are the methods used by disinformation actors, what their motives might be, and how they might benefit. Wardle notes that research how this exposure to the tactics and methods in advance can help ‘inoculate’ both journalists and everyday news consumers to recognize manipulation efforts more easily.

6. Build an Election Misinformation Plan (that includes collaboration with other newsrooms)

In addition to the usual election planning, newsrooms need to have procedures (including a staffing plan) in place for the kinds of worst-case scenarios described here. One other key, says Wardle: Collaboration with other newsrooms. Newsrooms can gain strength in numbers, coordinate on verification and support each other in case of active efforts targeting news outlets.

Newsrooms are very good at doing the ‘debrief’ of what went wrong after a big breaking news story. Wardle says that’s not good enough when it comes to what’s at stake this year in terms of the potential for information disorder: “One of the threats in 2020 is to undermine the institution of the media itself.”

FOR MORE INFORMATION:
Non-profit First Draft offers a range of free online training tools, can arrange newsroom trainings by appointment, and has Live Simulation training sessions (with space available at press time) in several cities including Austin (Feb 22), Miami (Feb 24), Ohio (March 2) Athens GA (March 4), Tallahassee (March 6), with future trainings TBD in Harrisburg PA and Baltimore. Event details: https://firstdraftnews.org/project/live-simulations/

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Why Can’t Every Reporter Be More Like the I-Team?

Photo by The Climate Reality Project on Unsplash

Forty years ago, New York advertising legend George Lois, one of the iconic real-life “Mad Men,” came up with a tag line for WCBS-TV’s news operation that would be edgy even by today’s standards: “What a bunch of Newsbreakers!”

Aaron Shelden, who oversaw promotion for CBS stations at the time, admits that he and his corporate boss were worried that the suggestive double entendre clashed with CBS’s “classy” image, but the GM and the news director prevailed, and Channel 2 became “Newsbreaker Territory.”

And then something really interesting happened. News director Steve Cohen, a hard charger who came to WCBS from ABC’s less genteel station ranks, re-focused the news coverage to fit the new campaign. “Steve realized that they wouldn’t get an audience to sign on to it unless they delivered on the promise,” says Shelden. So all of a sudden, WCBS reporters were knocking harder on more doors, asking tougher questions, and coming up with angles and details that the competition didn’t have. The reporters actually became “a bunch of newsbreakers,” and the ratings went up. “We just had a different sensibility that came out of our attention to that kind of reporting,” says Cohen, today the news director at KUSI in San Diego. “We had a uniqueness, we carried ourselves differently, and the community got it.”

Cut to today. That notion, namely that every TV reporter can and should be digging harder in her or his everyday work, is one of the ideas behind a series of regional training sessions run by the Investigative Reporters and Editors (IRE). “IRE believes that every journalist can be a watchdog journalist,” says IRE Executive Director Doug Haddix. “You don’t need to be on an I-Team or on a projects desk to be able to do watchdog investigative work.” “How can we help those that haven’t crossed that fence yet over into being investigative?” echoes Chris Vachon, IRE Director of Partnerships. “And if they have, how do we help them to continue to do a better job, so that their community benefits?”

Doug Haddix/Chris Vachon (IRE)

IRE runs ten regular “Watchdog Workshops” a year for all journalists, but the “TV Watchdog Workshops,” as the name suggests, are geared specifically to television newsrooms. “There are just so many differences that go into producing a television investigative story that you just don’t have when you’re doing an investigation for newspapers”, says TEGNA and KUSA investigations lead and IRE board member Nicole Vap. “We’re just different dogs.”

There have been six workshops so far, in different parts of the country, with three more this year: the next one is in Miami on April 4, with the two more coming in the fall, locations TBD. The project is supported by a grant from the Knight Foundation, which also underwrites our work here at the Knight-Cronkite News Lab at ASU.

The one-day sessions, usually held at a local TV station, attract journalists (and would-be journalists) from miles around. The workshops draw not just seasoned investigative hands but other TV reporters and producers interested in stronger enterprise journalism. “They may not ever become an investigative reporter,” says Vap, whose Denver workshop lured people from Kansas and Utah as well as the rest of Colorado, “but they want to dig deeper. They want to make their stories go further and make a difference.”

KUSA’s Nicole Vap (TEGNA)/Patti DiVincenzo (IRE)

The instructors are either flown in or are farm-to-table journalists sourced from the region, and all of them (with the exception of the occasional legal expert) have hands-on TV experience. The curriculum varies somewhat based on who’s teaching, but it includes topics like mastering the latest social-media tricks, turning dry data into graphics gold, perfecting the investigative interview, and injecting enterprise into day turns, even including breaking news. Training Director Patti DiVincenzo calls it “everyday watchdog” or “watchdog frame of mind.” “We’re not trying to teach them television,” she says. “We’re trying to teach them how to make investigative stories and watchdog stories look good on television.”

The workshop costs $55 for news professionals, and the fee includes a one-year IRE membership, normally $70 in its own right — not a bad deal. The organization backs up the sessions with a regular newsletter and a rich database of resources drawn from these workshops and its other training products. “This grant really focuses on local TV,” says Doug Haddix. “We’re not trying to help the folks at 60 Minutes or Dateline or places like that. It’s really in small and mid-sized markets around the country, to try to infuse watchdog reporting into what they do on a regular basis. So we’ve tried to make everything very practical, which is the IRE way. Very practical and very relevant.”

KUSA’s Nicole Vap says that today’s young multimedia journalists (or multi-skilled journalists, as her company calls them) are asked to do so much that basic reporting can sometimes get “pushed off to one side. And so I think it’s really good for newsrooms to go back to some of those reporting skills and remind people how it is to report, and not just that, but how to do it better.”

Back in the early 1980’s, WCBS changed agencies, dropped the Newsbreakers campaign and adopted the inoffensive tag line “If it concerns you, it concerns us.” But history repeats itself. Here in 2020, newsrooms increasingly see enterprise reporting as a way to differentiate themselves and create unique value amidst competition that now extends well beyond the other stations in town. “Everyone’s covering the same stories all the time. And it’s what can set you apart.” says Nicole Vap. “That’s really going to make you a better reporter, your station stand out, that newscast stand out. And I just can’t think of a better way to get that advantage than investing in the training.”

Think about it. Who knows? You just might find yourself in Newsbreaker Territory.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


“The Biggest Risk of All” — Transforming a Legacy Newscast

“Don’t worry, you are in the right place. This is still KGW.” That’s Portland, Oregon anchor Dan Haggerty, 43 seconds into the very first episode of a brand-new 6 p.m. newscast, The Story, reassuring viewers who are tuning into to find him all alone on an unfamiliar set. “We have all the stuff you know and love, all the important news that you need, all the fun things you like to share online,” he continues. “We just hope that you might find this a little more authentic, a little more engaging, hopefully very different.”

The Story with Dan Haggerty, which premiered on January 27, is indeed “very different.” It’s the latest program innovation from TEGNA, the most aggressive of the big ownership groups in breaking away from conventional newscast formats. As idiosyncratic as The Story is, after talking to the people responsible for it, I came up with my own list of actionable ideas that any station could consider — more on those ten takeaways in a minute.

But first, the story behind The Story. KGW’s strategy: bring back people who have drifted away from local TV news. As the show’s own web page says, “We know your patience with local news is running thin. That’s why The Story looks different, sounds different and feels different. Because it is different.”

“That is absolutely our target audience,” says KGW News Director Greg Retsinas. “People who say local news is not for me. They think it’s commodity-based news on crashes, fires, wrecks, crime, gloom and doom and things. They think, how is that making my life better? How is it making our community better?” “We have to engage more people in our product,” agrees station President and GM Steve Carter, “because the current model just is not sustainable.”

KGW News Director Greg Retsinas and President and GM Steve Carter (courtesy KGW)

Carter was running sister station KUSA in Denver when Next with Kyle Clark went on the air in August of 2016. We told you about that program’s dramatic fall and rise last year — a testament to Carter and TEGNA top management’s faith in and patience with the new approach. The Story overtly draws inspiration from its solo-male-anchor cousin in the Rockies. Haggerty and producer Brian Kosciesza even went to Denver to splice off some of Next’s DNA. “I can’t imagine what it would be like to do a show like this without having Next to look at,” says Haggerty.

The format of The Story is deceptively simple. The centerpiece is one big story — called, wait for it, The Big Story — just about every night, served up by either the station’s investigative or its enterprise unit. That can run long, nudging up against ten minutes sometime, not counting follow-up Q & A with the reporter. In fact, those long-form reports helped bring the new program into being. “We started creating that content well over a year ago, focused on conversational topics and told in a different way,” says Retsinas. “And then we thought, let’s build a show for that kind of content, rather than shoehorn that content into shows where it doesn’t fit.”


WATCH an episode of The Story

Some evenings, there are additional reporter pieces as well, but most of the remaining segments are built around Haggerty, supported by graphics, video, and sound but not “packaged” in the conventional sense. Many focus on civic issues, like the impact of actions in the Oregon or neighboring Washington legislatures. Sounds like peas and spinach, but the delivery is pizza with your favorite topping.

Like Next, The Story has its own catchy franchises, with names like “How Did We Get Here?”, “Quote of the Day,” and “Keeping Portland Weird.” There’s a standalone weather segment by barely-if-at-all-identified Chief Meteorologist Matt Zaffino, with little interaction and so far almost no banter between him and Haggerty. As for the usual local news fare, for that you have to tune in to one of KGW’s other newscasts — the ones that run from 4 to 5:30 p.m. (NBC Nightly News runs 5:30 to 6), or right after The Story at 6:30, or the broadcast that Haggerty co-anchors with Portland veteran Laural Porter at 11.

But make no mistake: it’s a lot easier to come up with buzzwords like “authentic, engaging and different” than to deliver on that promise night after night. The Story does an impressive job of that — a testament to the intense focus and hard labor of Haggerty and a three-person — yes, only three — producing team: the aforementioned Brian Kosciesza, Stephanie Villiers, and Christina Kempster. Kosciesza and Villliers share the writing with Haggerty and put the show together; Kempster comes in later to oversee the program’s substantial digital presence.

Producer Brian Kosciesza and anchor Dan Haggerty (courtesy KGW)
Producer Stephanie Villiers (courtesy KGW) Digital producer Christina Kempster (KGW)

The Story is highly produced, with a slickly edited cold open, teases, and other video elements. So far, it has managed to be unpredictable, syncopated in its pacing, and capable of creative surprises, like the story of a local county that was plunged back into the pre-internet age when a ransomware attack shut down essential services. The producers created a black-and-white “newsreel,” with Haggerty’s voice altered to make him sound like an old-school news reader.


WATCH The Story’s “newsreel” on country plunged back to the pre-internet age

The program is a big bet on Haggerty, who only joined the station in October of 2018. “The show is dominated by the tone of the anchor, Dan Haggerty,” says Retsinas. “We really saw him as the right tone and voice for this show soon after he was hired.”

Haggerty’s “tone” is extremely approachable and down-to-earth — no “voice of God” anchor for miles around. Haggerty was inspired by an uncle in the business who advised him to deliver the news as if he were talking to a friend. “We want to make a newscast we would watch,” Haggerty says. “I got so tired of my friends telling me we don’t watch the local news. So I started thinking we should make a newscast for them.”

There’s also a heavy emphasis on audience engagement, not just on digital platforms but on the television show itself. Haggerty gives constant call-outs, urging viewers to send in questions, suggestions, and feedback to the hashtag #HeyDan on Twitter or to the program’s Facebook page. And The Story integrates the online responses into the program to motivate follow-ups, inspire standalone segments, and share the early (and sometimes mixed) reaction to the new venture. “We have so many smart viewers in this city that we want their voice to be in our newscast, because we’re telling their stories,” Haggerty says.

The Story is not for everyone. It might not be for you. But as I mentioned, I came away with ten lessons of my own that could apply to any newsroom interested in tweaking the standard model.

Here they are, along with relevant comments from the team.

1. Rather than worry about “story count,” devote your resources to stories that count.

Focus on the stories to which you can add real value. “As a producer, it’s hard to go in depth when you’re doing 30 stories, 30 VO’s, whatever,” says Stephanie Villiers. “We are turning stuff into segments so we can really take a deep dive into each story.” “We’re never going to do a story that we brush over,” says Haggerty. “So if we feel like it’s worth being in the newscast, [then] it’s worth elaborating on, it’s worth building context around.”

2. Emphasize relevance over recency (even if your competitors don’t).

That doesn’t just mean ignoring some of the routine “breaking news” fare; it means taking the time to create distinctive stories, even if it takes longer to produce them. “We’re definitely more willing to wait on a story to make it better than to feel like we need to be first on the air,” says Kosciesza, “because we’d rather it looked like we spent time perfecting something than look like we rushed on the air because it’s a race.”

3. Select stories that have a longer shelf life — and use social media to follow up and follow through with the viewers’ help.

This is a sermon my colleague (and TEGNA alum) Frank Mungeam has been preaching here at the Knight-Cronkite News Lab, and for the producers of The Story, it’s part of the mission to be “engaging.” “We’re choosing things that can be carried over in our newscast because we want to continue the conversation with our audience and our viewers,” says Christina Kempster. On The Story, Haggerty and the producers presented several ongoing stories throughout the first week, asking viewers to suggest follow-up angles and creating a narrative through-line that rewards the audience for chiming in and for coming back.

4. Make it easy for your viewers to find you later.

The first episodes of The Story are available on YouTube, the station’s own website, and even on Facebook and Twitter. Eventually, the station will probably revert to the more typical pattern of using social media to stream segments rather than the entire linear feed, but the program is built to be seen at the viewer’s convenience — whenever. “We want a loyal audience that wants to tune in, and it’s okay if they tune in later. It’s absolutely okay,” says Retsinas. “The show is not meant to be perishable at 6:29: ‘Oops, I missed it.’”

5. Build more stories around your anchor(s).

Not every topic requires a reporter or a taped package, and getting the anchor more involved writing and presenting the stories can showcase his or her versatility and personality better than reading lead-ins or exchanging occasional chitchat. “We don’t need to assign a full time reporter to everything,” says Retsinas. “We can really think differently and say, ‘Dan, why don’t you put something together on that?’ And he’s happy to and has been doing that.” This also makes for a looser, less predictable, more “conversational” format and reduces the burden on the rest of the newsroom.

6. Don’t leave out the “inside story” — the one you heard in the newsroom.

The buzzword for this is “transparency” — taking viewers behind the scenes to shed light on the reporting process. Haggerty mentioned a phenomenon we’ve all witnessed: the reporter who comes back to the newsroom and dishes out “all these little cool tidbits about what it took to make their story come to air. And none of it was in the actual newscast.” Brian Kosciesza wants to share some of those tidbits: “How did we come to this story? How did we tell the story? What about the story made us curious? It’s almost like taking them along for the ride.”

7. Make video more relevant: furniture, not wallpaper.

You won’t find generic VO’s or so-called “B-roll” on The Story. “We’re trying to use video only when it’s needed, so it is a lot of Dan on camera, but I think that the anchor-to-viewer interaction is really good,” says Villiers. “And then when we show a piece of video, it’s really meaningful, and there’s a reason we’re showing it.”

8. If you expect real innovation, you need the boss’s support and a dedicated team.

Many local newsrooms struggle to fill expanding demand with shrinking resources. It’s not realistic to expect the same group that’s cranking out newscast after newscast to invent a new concept. “When you want to do something innovative, you actually have to put people around it,” says GM Steve Carter. “You have to take [these projects] out of that assembly line. And you put a little bit more time and effort into them.”

9. Don’t be afraid to take risks.

“In a creative medium, it’s strange that some companies don’t take creative risks,” says Haggerty. He’s right: considering that they cover change for a living, TV news professionals are curiously change-averse. “The model that we’ve used for so long is so ingrained and so easy that it’s become difficult to break away from the norm,” says Kosciesza. “And it becomes viewed as a risk to do something different. And thankfully we’ve been empowered to not just take risks but take the biggest risk of all, and that’s completely transform a 6 p.m. newscast at a legacy news station.”

10. Be flexible — and patient

“Not every idea we have is a good one,” admits Retsinas. “The clay is still wet,” says Haggerty. You can actually see The Story evolving over its first few episodes, and its overt reliance on input from viewers encourages that.

No one wants to talk about ratings this early in the game. Steve Carter already proved in Denver that patience can pay off, and he’s saying all the right things again. “It just goes back to ‘What’s the product that we’re putting out?’ Do we believe in it? Is it interesting to us? Do we believe it’s going to be interesting to the core audience that we’re trying to reach? To me, the most important thing is to do the show. Stick to the brand. Stick to the mission. And I think the viewers will come.”

We’ll check back in a few months to see. In the meantime, check out The Story.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Forecasting the future of weather reporting

“How can I be better than a weather app?” Rob Carlmark, meteorologist at KXTV in Sacramento, told me a few years ago that he asked himself this question each day as he prepared his forecast. Carlmark was prescient. Now that the current temperatures, highs and lows, and five-day forecast are always just one smartphone finger-tap away, local meteorologists and their news managers must earnestly ask: What is the future of local weather on local news?

I got the chance to hear the current best thinking on that question at the 100th annual conference of the American Meteorological Society (AMS), including an all-day track dedicated to the present and future of broadcast meteorology. The key takeaways are relevant not only for TV forecasters but also for broadcast news leaders charged with forecasting the future of their weather coverage. Spoiler alert: the future of local weather is inseparable from climate coverage. Here’s why.

The Local Forecast is No Longer Enough

The data doesn’t lie. As local TV news viewership has slowly but steadily declined, the local weather segment has endured as the most ‘must-see’ aspect of many local newscasts. Research by media consultants and by Pew Research shows that local weather is the most valued topic covered by local newscasts.

It might be tempting to stop right there. Thanks for watching, goodnight. But it would be perilous to take this narrow view. Zooming out reveals that audiences are increasingly able to meet their local forecast needs via always-on digital devices, without waiting for the 5 p.m. news. For example, weather and news searches now consistently rank among the top three uses of voice assistants like Alexa; and a Pew study found that weather was the top use of local news apps as far back as 2011. The same 2018 Pew study that put weather as the top reason to tune in to local TV news also revealed that consumers said weather was the easiest type of local information for them to find. Audiences have many more choices now for what has become commoditized forecast information.

Think about how traffic apps have carved away the audience that formerly watched local TV traffic reports. The better, always-on, personalized and portable solution is carving away this local TV franchise. For those attending the all-day broadcast track at AMS100, the message was clear: Daily weather forecasting remains necessary. But it is no longer sufficient as the sole basis for owning the local weather brand. The corollary: don’t be confused by the enduring popularity of live breaking weather coverage’; it’s local breaking news… about weather.

Rob Carlmark was right. The disruptors are coming. We have to offer more than an app. At AMS 100, the consensus was that the future of local broadcast weather is intertwined with owning the local story of climate change. Here are seven lessons from AMS 100 about how to make that happen.

Maybe it was the school of fish swimming in the flooded garage, or maybe it was the octopus. It was November of 2016 and a king tide was again inundating Jeff Berardelli’s neighborhood in South Florida.

The long-time local TV meteorologist described the experience to his peers at AMS100 as a kind of tipping point moment for him. He committed to reinvent himself to focus on climate, even if it meant leaving his comfortable forecasting job. He went back to school to increase his expertise and volunteered to do extra reporting focused exclusively on climate.

The gamble paid off. Less than three years later, he was hired at CBS News in New York, where he is now both a meteorologist and the network’s first titled Climate Specialist. Berardelli is the prototype of the future of broadcast meteorology. He did it, as he put it, by taking on “the beat of the future.”

In some newsrooms there’s been a historic perception that climate stories were “ratings killers.” As recently as 2019, an Axios article repeated the trope, citing MSNBC anchor Chris Hayes as its source.

Data scientists at Chartbeat put those assumptions to the test, measuring the amount of climate content published and the time audiences spent with that content in the first quarter of each year from 2017 to 2019. In their research and in collaboration with Columbia Journalism Review, they came to a clear conclusion: Climate coverage has increased dramatically in the past two years, and audience engagement has grown even more.

Specifically, Chartbeat data scientist Su Hang reported that the “number of articles written on climate change have increased 56% over the past year…however, we’re seeing that audiences are paying 80% more attention to climate change content this year.” Hang concludes: “There’s an appetite for this content – the demand is outweighing the supply.”

At the meteorology conference, several forecasters voiced concerns about the politics of climate and their fears about tackling the topic in markets with more conservative viewers.

Who better than “South Carolina’s weatherman” to turn to for the answer? Jim Gandy may have retired in 2019 from WLTX, but the longtime meteorologist is rightly recognized (including in this profile in the New York Times back in 2014) as a pioneer in incorporating climate reporting into local weather. In fact, he was the first local forecaster to partner with Climate Matters, the educational arm of the nonpartisan, nonprofit Climate Central, which now collaborates with more than 800 meteorologists on climate reporting.

Gandy’s advice is simple: “Talk about where they live.” Gandy ticked off the topics that mattered to his viewers in the Carolinas — sweltering heat, allergies, poison ivy intolerance — and how each is connected to climate change. One topic transcended all others: How climate change impacts gardening. Gandy noted that TV research consistently showed gardening was the number two topic of interest for his viewers.

Gandy said his viewers “do care about how it (climate) affects them in their community,” adding: “Focus on the science and everything else will take care of itself.”

Here’s a great example of telling the story of climate through the direct experiences of local viewers, created by WBZ Boston Meteorologist Eric Fisher.

When a community experiences a big weather event, it’s newsworthy. But not all extreme weather events are due to climate change. Unfortunately, fact and fiction spread with equal ease in crowded social media feeds. Meteorologists can help audiences tell the difference. Georgia climatologist J. Marshall Shepherd suggested this analogy: extreme events are like a cookie recipe!

Lots of variables determine what kind of ‘cookies’ (weather events) result! Shepherd urged local meteorologists at the AMS conference to combine their position of audience trust with their knowledge of science to be the grownup in the room: to draw attention to the difference between “weather” and climate”; to distinguish between trends we can confirm — fewer cold spells, more hot spells — and variations in weather (like “more tornadoes”) that are not validated yet in the science as climate-based.

“There are only five things Americans need to know about climate change,” Ed Maibach told the meteorologists gathered at AMS100, adding that each can be expressed in just two words.

Maibach, a professor at George Mason University whose specialty is strategic communication on the topic of climate science, urged meteorologists to use that unique trust relationship with the audience to counter myths and amplify accurate reporting.

Maibach underlined what he identified as the biggest gap between public opinion and the actual science: Only 55% of Americans think “scientists agree” climate change is real, whereas Maibach notes that the actual consensus is 97-99%.

Here’s an example of focusing on the data to tell the story of local climate change in Boston from WBZ’s Eric Fisher.

A planet-sized story is bigger than just hits in a newscast. Mike Nelson at KMGH in Denver has set the example for taking local climate coverage beyond the boundaries of the 5 p.m. News, finding diverse ways to engage with the community. Nelson has organized a local symposium with climate experts (and – gasp – meteorologists from other local TV stations); he makes visits to schools to talk about climate; he regularly uses Facebook Live to do extended interviews with experts that allow the audience to engage and ask questions. The station has even created a full event experience tied to Earth Day.


Watch: Mike Nelson Facebook Live interview with Climate Scientist

Climate coverage is increasingly moving beyond just the weather team. Cronkite News Lab previously profiled the station-wide climate campaign by WRC (NBC – Washington, DC), led by News Director Mike Goldrick. The campaign wasn’t just good journalism but also drove sponsorships, according to Goldrick.

NBC owned and operated stations are leaning in. At AMS100, hosted in Boston, NBC10 meteorologist Chris Gloninger showcased reporting from “Adjusting to Climate Change,” a series the station hopes will be a destination for “all things climate change” in New England.

Bernadette Placky-Woods of Climate Central shared another example of how reporting on climate can also be good business for broadcasters: Adding a solar forecast, sponsored the same way stations have long had a sponsored pollen forecast.

Localizing the story of climate is easier than ever, in part because of the evidence of increased local impacts. Meteorologists interested in incorporating climate in their weather coverage have a range of free, trustworthy, validated sources they can use.

Audience opinion data from the Yale Climate Opinion Maps can be used to identify and craft hyperlocal story angles based on local sentiment about climate. Chartbeat data provides meteorologists with the evidence to make the case to editorial managers for this kind of reporting. And Climate Central is a nonprofit and nonpartisan online resource for “Climate Matters” that includes free localizable graphic visualizations, an archive of past local climate reporting examples, and a range of story ideas tailored to specific regions.

Here’s an example using Climate Matters resources to localize climate change from meteorologist Jordan Evans here at Cronkite News in Phoenix.

“Climate change is a global issue,” notes Bernadette Placky Woods of Climate Matters. “But we see and experience it locally.”

Editor’s Note: Frank Mungeam also spoke at the broadcast track of AMS 100, describing how local meteorologists could apply the “STOP List” (previously published here on Cronkite News Lab) to the weather forecasting workflow to create time for enterprise climate coverage.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox




Late Night With Lantz

Most journalists and meteorologists use social media to connect with their audiences by opening up about their lives or taking viewers behind the scenes. But meteorologist Rick Lantz of Boise, Idaho’s KTVB takes the interactive digital medium one step further: he lets viewers guide him on what to say on the nightly newscast.

Just before the 10 p.m. news on the Tegna-owned NBC affiliate, Late Night with Lantz pops up on Facebook Live. There, Lantz has a 10-minute discussion with viewers about that night’s upcoming weather report — a luxury that no meteorologist could experience on TV.

“You only have about three, four minutes…to do your weather [on TV.] And you have to cover certain basics,” Lantz said. “So what [Facebook Live] does beforehand is help me find out what’s on people’s minds, what they want to know about the forecast…[and] I can adjust accordingly.”

Adjust accordingly? That’s right: Lantz isn’t afraid to change his TV forecast in response to what he learns on Facebook Live just minutes before air. That’s because predicting the weather, especially in places like Boise, is hard.

“[The] problem that we have as meteorologists, and especially in mountain communities…is the fact that we’d like to think [the weather] can be nailed down totally,” Lantz said. “But there’s just all kinds of models…on what’s going to take place with a forecast. And to be real specific about it, it’s kind of difficult to do.”

So rather than project omniscience as is the usual practice, Lantz has asked his Facebook Live viewers if they want a definite forecast or all the possibilities.

“The purpose of that was to experiment a little bit to see if instead of me just being emphatic — with a higher probability of inaccuracy — would they rather know the entire spectrum of what this weather could do. And it turned out that that’s what they wanted,” Lantz said.

And that’s what he delivered a few minutes later on that night’s newscast.

Even the name Late Night with Lantz wasn’t his idea — he asked for suggestions from the audience. The Facebook Live show has been going on for two and a half years now. The show’s viewership fluctuates from the low hundreds to thousands — but the show’s impact goes much farther when the online viewers influence what Lantz says on TV.

“I think [Facebook Live] is really working out well,” Lantz said. “What I’m finding is that a lot of people just like to be able to talk to their local meteorologists. It makes it more personable for them, and I think they get more informed.”

Do you know an anchor, reporter or meteorologist who is creatively using social media and deserves to be featured in our next Social Media Spotlight? If so, email us at cronkitenewslab@asu.edu and we’ll check out the story.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


RISE + LIVE

Eric Roby and Suzanne Boyd were on the air together for almost 20 years and became popular co-anchors on WPEC-TV, Sinclair’s CBS affiliate in West Palm Beach, Florida. But by 2018, they had both had enough, not liking the negativity of daily broadcast news — a shooting here, a fire there. It felt to them like easy reporting that did not affect a large audience, Roby said. So when their contracts were up, they left and went their separate ways: Roby to real estate, and Boyd creating Suzanne Boyd Productions and dabbling in Facebook Live.

BUT!

Last spring, the two decades-long friends met for lunch and had an idea: “Let’s start our own show,” Boyd said. And they didn’t need traditional TV to do it.

Rise + Live with Roby and Suze” was born on June 21 on Facebook Live, a new episode streaming every Friday at 9:30 a.m. The show originates from an art gallery in Delray Beach, Florida with a live audience, a DJ and an open bar. It has regular segments such as “Can We Do It?” — Boyd and Roby go to local businesses and try to do those people’s jobs. One of Roby’s favorites was when they became zookeepers at the Lion Country Safari…well, only Boyd did. Roby became a chimp.

The show grew quickly, averaging 10,000 viewers per Facebook Live episode. It generated revenue with traditional commercials as well as sponsored segments, but a lot of advertisers remained hesitant.

“It was more challenging when we were just an online show. Advertisers and sponsors love traditional TV,” Boyd said.

Then something unexpected happened. In mid-September, Boyd and Roby’s former general manager at WPEC reached out and offered them a chance to go back on television.

“I think that [WPEC is] looking at ways to create content and distribute content that other people aren’t doing,” Boyd said. “And given the fact that we were on CBS 12 for many years, it just seemed like a natural fit.”

The two former anchors turned morning hosts agreed to come back and chose the same 9:30 Friday time slot as their online show. “We wanted to capture that [feeling]: ‘Oh thank God, it’s Friday morning,’” Roby said. According to Boyd, the weekly TV show’s debut episode competed effectively against syndicated stalwart Live With Kelly and Ryan, but she and Roby did not want to give up Facebook Live. In fact, they also stream the show from their own website, WPEC’s website and the Rise and Live YouTube channel. And in addition to WPEC, the show appears on Sinclair’s CW affiliate in the market.

“Whatever device people are on, we’re still able to give them the show — live,” Boyd said. “I really believe that not everyone is watching TV, and we’ve had several people say, ‘I really hope that you’re not going to stop streaming live on Facebook or stop streaming live on your website, because that’s where I watch you.’”

Do you know an anchor, reporter or meteorologist who is creatively using social media and deserves to be featured in our next Social Media Spotlight? If so, email us at cronkitenewslab@asu.edu and we’ll check out the story.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Producing producers

This is the first in a recurring series of reports from the Knight-Cronkite News Lab on the different ways broadcasters are developing their future storytellers and leaders.

Have you always dreamed of being a local TV news producer? Just hold out your wrist: if you have a pulse, you’re hired! You can start Monday.

Okay, I’m exaggerating, but as every news director knows, recruiting strong producers is a chronic challenge for local newsrooms. “The problem with producing is universal: finding a good producer in 2020 is virtually impossible,” says Brad Kessie, news director at WLOX-TV in Biloxi, Mississippi. “Unfortunately, we’re not in a glamour job anymore like we were 20 years ago. And that’s a shame, because a lot of good people either didn’t get into the business or got out quickly because they’re looking for other things to do.” His boss, GM Rick Williams, agrees: “The job market in general is tight, and people may be attracted to other industries besides television. So it’s become very competitive among stations in this industry to find the right people.”

Now, the station’s owner, Gray Television, is trying two experiments to address this critical shortage. “This problem isn’t new,” says the company’s Director of News Services, James Finch, who oversees the initiative. “Targeting it strategically is what’s new.”

Gray’s innovative idea is to forge partnerships with two Southern universities. “We’re investing in people before they ever get here,” says Rick Williams. At Loyola University New Orleans, the company is collaborating with the School of Communication and Design to create a “producing incubator” — a series of lectures and workshops by producers from various Gray stations.

Last spring, a different Gray producer visited campus from Sunday through Tuesday each week, ten weeks in all, sharing insights about the craft of television news producing, helping students in the elite capstone program produce their weekly news program, and contributing to other journalism classes.

“We know there’s a huge need for television news producers across the country,” says the school’s Director, Sonya Duhé. “And we’ve got to do something differently, because we’ve been doing things the same way. And this incubator program truly puts an emphasis on producing.”

The program is also a recruiting opportunity for Gray, which gets to evangelize about the rewards of producing and then recruit new converts to the cause — on the spot. Brandon Decareaux, whose original goal was to be a sports reporter, was one of those converts. “I had no clue what [producing] even was. When you think of a producer, you think of a movie producer,” he says. But “after all those lecturers came through, I really, really wanted to do it. They explained that you were kind of your own boss. You had a lot of free will, and I really enjoyed that.”

The feeling was mutual. The company headhunter who showed up at the end of the course helped Decareaux land a job at KSLA-TV in Shreveport, Louisiana, where he was producing the 5 a.m. newscast after just three weeks and is now on the 6 a.m. broadcast. “It’s a win-win for [Gray] because they get to see the creme de la creme,” says Sonya Duhé, “and in essence, they get first dibs on them.”

Left to Right: Sonya Duhé, Brandon Decareaux, Skye Ray

Skye Ray is a hard-charging Loyola senior in the capstone course now — this semester’s Gray cavalry will be showing up soon — but she met the first group of guest lecturers in her producing class last year. Like so many students in journalism programs, Ray’s ambition was to be a news anchor —that is, until she heard the Gray producers’ pitch. “If I didn’t have this producer program, I would not care about producing,” she says. “You’re leading your newscast, you get to create everything, you’re not really told what to do. I feel like you can move up faster in management as a producer than as a reporter. Everyone wants to be on air. And I’m looking for whatever is the fastest way for me to move up.”

Gray’s second experiment to produce more producers originated at the University of Mississippi. The company suggested a “producer-in-residency” program to WLOX-TV, which agreed to try it. Debora Wenger, rock-star journalism professor at Ole Miss, recommended one of her May graduates, Sarah Liese, who was unhappy in a non-news job back home in Missouri. News director Brad Lessie’s message sounds a lot like what the students at Loyola heard from his Gray colleagues. “For me the pitch to a producer is all about having control,” he says. “If you’re somebody who likes to have your hands in the cookie jar on every story, with every facet of a news broadcast, producing is a magnificent business to be in. Great producing is what makes a great newscast.”

Sarah Liese bought it. She moved to the Mississippi Gulf Coast, and in October she began a paid ten-week stint at the Biloxi station. The WLOX team put Liese through her paces, assigning her to a variety of producing tasks — carefully supervised, but designed to see what she could do when challenged. “They did throw me in pretty fast. I think it took a month before I was producing a show,” Liese says.

Left to Right: Rick Williams, Brad Kessie, Sarah Liese

The goal of the program is either to hire the producer permanently after the residency ends, or, assuming he or she is qualified, find a spot at another Gray station. No guarantees, but “if all goes well, if you do a great job, and we like your work and your work ethic,” Liese quotes Kessie as telling her, “we’d love to see what’s available and keep you on.” In Liese’s case, all did go well: a job on the digital team opened up during the 10-week tryout. She’s now helping the station move into the podcast world.

“The fact that we’re willing to partner with Ole Miss, bring somebody in, put them on the payroll and let them learn here with a group of veteran news people is certainly a way to attract good solid people,” says GM Rick Williams.

Not surprisingly, Sarah Liese has become an evangelist for the “producer-in-residency” experiment. “I would say, definitely do it. Even if you don’t exactly know what a producer does, just be open to the opportunities that may arise from it. I definitely think it’s beneficial. 110%.”

Gray isn’t the only station group grappling with how to attract, train and retain strong producers. We’ll be reporting on what other companies are doing in the weeks ahead. But in the meantime, please share your experiences as well. Just email us at cronkitenewslab@asu.edu.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Icebreaker

As a New England native and then a college student in upstate New York, Lucy Bergemann got lots of first-hand exposure to snowy winter weather. But she says what really prepared her for her job as a meteorologist at Gray’s Colorado Springs station KKTV was not snow, but ice — the kind you skate on.

Bergemann was a competitive ice skater for 13 years, participating in individual and team competitions across the United States. She studied meteorology at SUNY Oswego but kept on skating on the school’s synchronized ice skating team — a “marching band on ice.” After graduating less than three years ago, she glided off to an on-air job in Colorado Springs, and she says it’s all thanks to the skates.

 

“I moved 2000 miles across the country, five days after I graduated. And I think a lot of that confidence and ability to trust myself comes from my history of performing out alone on the ice or relying on teammates to help get me through a program. And without skating, I don’t think that I would have that much trust in myself,” Bergemann said.

Skating didn’t just give her confidence. The fluidity as well as the discipline she learned while in sync with her skating teammates continues to help her with her new dance partner: the green screen.

“My mom always compared skating to TV, because you have to be aware of your body, especially as a weather person,” Bergemann said. “You have to be aware of where your body position is in relation to the [green] wall and the graphics. I never feel like I’m performing, but [skating] certainly has taught me how to be poised, to be professional and handle pressure.”

Lucy with her parents, Rita and Eric Bergemann

Bergemann says skating also helped her “synchronize” with her new colleagues. “I think skating, especially on a team, has allowed me to look at the bigger picture of not only my role on the weather team, but also how I fit into the station and what I can do as one member to make it a better workplace.”

Bergemann also coaches 14 girls between the ages of 7 and 16 at the Air Force Academy. But she keeps her two lives separate. On her social media she does not post pictures of herself or the girls on ice.

“My kids didn’t sign up to being on TV and on social media, and out of respect for them and their families, I just choose not to share [pictures of] them,” Bergemann said. “I’m just their coach who also is on TV.”

 

But despite the separation, her girls have picked up at least one pointer that works both on the ice and on the air.

“So I have what I call with them ‘diva mode,’ which is something I took from college. So that when they perform, I tell them they have to go into diva mode, so they have to smile really big and they have to perform and have fun,” Bergenmann said. “And one of them goes ‘Coach Lucy, you’re on diva mode when you go on TV.’ I guess I am, because I have to have a good time. [Because] if I’m having a good time, the audience is having a good time.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


ALTERED STATES

When Charter Communications executives needed someone to run their Spectrum News operation in Ohio, they found a candidate with just the right amount of TV experience.

None.

“I’m playing catch-up on the TV part,” says Karl Turner, who held senior editorial jobs at The Plain Dealer in Cleveland and cleveland.com. “And I’m helping to think about stories in a different way.”

“We hired him with zero video experience,” echoes Spectrum Networks EVP Mike Bair. “But we loved his ability to tell stories. We loved his knowledge of the marketplace. And we love that he had a fresh take on what people wanted to learn about.”

(From left): Mike Bair, EVP, Spectrum  and Karl Turner, Ohio News Director
(Courtesy Charter Communications)

Spectrum News is building a reputation for “fresh takes” in the 16 new cable news operations it has launched around the country since October of 2018, including a just-announced service to cover Central and Western Massachusetts. We’ve told you about Spectrum News Southern California’s MMJ (multimedia journalist) and story-driven reimagining of local news in that sprawling market — “We don’t do car chases.” Spectrum News is now applying a similar model across entire states, including Kentucky and two Midwestern states, Ohio and Wisconsin.

The result: an unusual experiment that blends statewide, regional and local news. It’s a bet that the company can provide a compelling alternative to traditional TV news fare. “There’s no way we want to compete with the regular broadcasters,” says Bair. “When we went to the Midwest, we said we want the same tonal approach [as Southern California], which is NPR meets Vice meets [ESPN’s] 30 for 30.” And while this cable-only hybrid may be tempting for entrenched local players to dismiss, the Spectrum News approach has important lessons for any news director interested in challenging conventional formulas.

Screenshot of Jeff Dahdah’s report “Struggling Family Farms Switch to Hemp”

Here’s how the operation works. The newsroom in a hub city — Columbus for Ohio, Milwaukee for Wisconsin — produces an anchored linear feed for the whole state, with meteorologists delivering customized content to different regional channels. Ohio has five regions, Wisconsin three. Viewers in each region also get a customized “ticker” or crawl with local headlines.

MMJ’s are based throughout the state but are defined by their beats rather than their locations. Beats include state politics, economic development, health care, agriculture, immigration, education and veterans and first responders. The MMJ’s generally operate from their home bases rather than showing up in the newsroom. They’re encouraged to shoot and edit their stories creatively and offer them at the length they require rather than fitting a formula. (Try finding a 9:20 story on a day in the life of an Ohio farmer on a broadcast station.) Most importantly, the Spectrum News reporters are supposed to come up with distinctive stories that have statewide appeal — and a longer shelf life than the typical “breaking news” report.

Screenshot of Chuck Ringwalt’s report “A Day in the Life of an Ohio Farmer”

“They’re telling stories from where they are, not about why they’re there,” says Jason Pheister, Spectrum’s Midwest VP. “The hope is and the goal is that when you’re watching in Cleveland, you get the things that are essential and important to you: your weather, your headlines, and then some really great, compelling stories that you’re not going to get from the local broadcast stations.”

(From left): Jason Pheister, Midwest VP and Diane Irving, Wisconsin News Director
(Courtesy Charter Communications)

“We’re not chasing car accidents or shootings or house fires or anything like that,” says Wisconsin News Director Diane Irving, who worked at Milwaukee’s WTMJ for 23-plus years. “Our emphasis is on original enterprise stories.” Irving and her colleagues are trying to chart their own course in what she calls the “sea of sameness” in local TV news. “I think you could be in any city on any given day, and most stations are all doing the same stories. And we almost never are.” “Every single day we are out there not wasting resources to chase the things that don’t matter,” says Pheister. “We’re trying to find the stories that do.”

Screenshot of Tonisha Johnson’s report “Understanding Generational Poverty”

The Spectrum executives admit that weaning their reporters off old habits hasn’t always been easy. “Most of our folks came from traditional newsrooms. And so to get them to think differently is challenging,” Jason Pheister says. “And they’re a little fearful because they’re used to just listening to that scanner traffic and someone saying ‘Go do,’” agrees Ohio’s Karl Turner. “Every time there was a cat stuck in a tree they had to go. And now they’re seeing that all their brainpower is unleashed on telling good stories that people can appreciate.”

I can hear local news directors in Ohio and Wisconsin’s tough competitive markets already. “Great. I’d like to see how long this experiment would last if Spectrum News had to worry about the February book.” It’s a fair point. Spectrum News exists to help convince cable subscribers not to cut the cord. The definition of victory Is not ratings or advertising rates or direct profits; instead, Spectrum News needs to make itself essential to its viewers in order to thrive. “Our role is to create long term engagement so people are watching us habitually,” says Bair, “and that’s where our value is. And that’s the model change that allows us to do some of these things that the others will not.”

But why won’t “others” do these things? Apples to apples comparisons may be tricky, but differentiation — such a critical part of the mission at Spectrum News — is a goal local broadcasters like to talk about too. So what about those lessons I mentioned earlier?

Here are three replicable ideas I took away from my conversations with the team:

1. Rely less on the scanner — emphasize relevance over recency and impact over immediacy.

2. Create beats staffed by experts who can address critical issues in the community.

3. Build unique value around reporters and storytelling rather than just newscasts.

Screenshot from Kathryn Larson’s report “Madison College Starts Student Food Pantry”

The two statewide channels have only been around since November of 2018. Executives say they plan to invest in more local journalists and coverage as the operations grow; it will be interesting to see whether they feel the need to differentiate the regions more from one another rather than rely on customized weather forecasts and a crawl to say “local.” There will also be a hub in Florida for sharing content across all markets, along with an expanded bureau in Washington D.C.

As we reported last year, Spectrum News Buffalo was the first TV newsroom to recruit a beat reporter — in its case, a journalist to cover mental health issues — from the nonprofit Report for America. And Spectrum is bringing two more Report for America journalists to Orlando and Los Angeles this year, to report on housing and environmental sustainability respectively.

The company says it holds the Spectrum News operations accountable for creating an indispensable service for viewers. Mike Bair told me the news channels are in the top three for “engagement” — measured by the amount of time subscribers watch them compared to other channels — in every one of their markets.

Spectrum News Wisconsin’s Diane Irving talks about a different kind of accountability — a commitment by the organization’s journalists to change the way local TV news is done. “By and large, I think the people who came here came here because they wanted to do something different. They believed in this model that we were trying to do. They believed in trying to tell stories differently. They believed in enterprise reporting; they believed in issue-based reporting. And so to me, the cultural piece is us holding each other accountable to make sure that that we are living the mission.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


5 Culture-Killing Phrases Smart Newsrooms Will Stop Saying in 2020

Words matter. Journalists, of all people, appreciate the power of the reporter’s pen and voice. Yet in newsrooms across the country, we continue to use language that squashes innovation and holds us back from transforming our newsrooms at the pace needed to match the digital disruption around us.

So here’s a New Year’s wish and a challenge to news leaders and storytellers: five culture-killing phrases to stop saying, or at least actively challenge, in the new year.

This response to ideas sends the message that there are rules, and those rules are not to be questioned but are simply to be obeyed. Or, as a colleague concisely put it to me recently, the takeaway is: “Be quiet. Your ideas don’t matter.”

If our audiences were growing, news revenues were robust and sustainable, and trust in media was high, I’d be more sympathetic to simply following the old rules. But none of that is true. The core principles of journalism (like accuracy and fairness) do endure; but we should be relentless in re-examining our practiceshow we do what we do.

After decades working in local TV newsrooms, I now get to see this issue from the other side. Here at the ASU Cronkite School and at other fine journalism schools across the country, we are graduating a cohort of mission-driven, motivated, multiskilled journalists. Bonus: They happen to be mobile-first digital natives, members of the next generation of information consumers. Who better to help us reimagine and reinvent our local newsrooms? Forcing them into our ‘system’ without actively soliciting their input is a huge missed opportunity.

I often advise graduating student journalists to “learn the rules, then break them” at the newsrooms they join; the same advice applies in reverse to newsroom managers: Invite and welcome questions and challenges to “how we do things here.” A manager can always decide to keep specific legacy practices, but we can only benefit from fresh eyes and thoughtful review.

This dismissal contains a thinking error common in legacy newsrooms: We’ve historically relied either on our ‘gut’ or (unreliable) overnight ratings to make snap judgments, and we lack the discipline found in digital media companies around metrics, measurement, and post-mortem review. (After a tour of Silicon Valley platform companies, I shared seven lessons relevant to newsrooms.)

When I hear “we tried that before, and it didn’t work,” a few things cross my mind. The first is that it immediately shuts down the person who made the suggestion, and sends that same message to anyone who witnessed the exchange. This can’t possibly be in the best long-term interests of fostering a newsroom culture of innovation.

The second thing I wonder when I hear “we tried that before and it didn’t work” is: How do you know? Often, the answer turns out to be based on either weak data (“It didn’t do well in the ratings”) or just personal opinion (“It wasn’t good TV”). Each has flaws that merit at least further experiments. Nielsen ratings are themselves highly variable and unreliable; sample sizes are smaller than ever, amplifying errors; and unmeasured factors can commingle to blur actionable conclusions: What aired on other channels? Was the weather good or bad for TV viewing?

Legacy newsrooms would benefit by adopting the rigor around intentional experimentation commonly used at platform and technology companies:

  1. Define the experiment in advance (what are we trying to test?)
  2. Define success metrics in advance (how will we know success?)
  3. Measure the results and hold a post-mortem review afterwards, to compare the hypothesis to the results (what did we learn, and how should we adjust?)

As the adage goes, the only true failure is the failure to learn (If we knew how to evolve our legacy news practices for the digital age, we’d just do it.) So a culture that encourages purposeful experimentation, with rigor around measurement and lessons learned, means that we are never done when it comes to trying things.

In Buddhism, there is a concept called “beginner’s mind.” It’s about being open to possibilities and not being fixed in ways of seeing. Legacy newsrooms could prosper by adopting this beginner’s mind.

This well-intended question has been problematic for some time. Historically, it was asked in an editorial meeting filled with a non-diverse group of decision-makers who did not reflect the community they were charged to serve (alert: this is still true in too many newsrooms).

Understanding those limitations, many newsrooms have worked to incorporate more data into their editorial process. Today, the way we answer “What’s everyone talking about?” is often via what’s trending on social, as indicated by social listening tools like CrowdTangle or by Twitter’s trending list.
.
News leaders need to understand that this ‘answer’ has its own, potentially severe limitations. The short list would include: What’s trending isn’t the same as what’s important; a very small percent of the audience drives most social activity, so ‘trending’ doesn’t truly represent the audience; and it’s been well documented that bad actors can manipulate social discourse in ways that create trends that aren’t real. Perhaps worst of all, a focus on what’s trending distracts too many local newsrooms to chase engagement metrics, rather than direct engaging with their community.

In 2020, journalists can ask smarter questions than “What’s everyone talking about?” Here are a few:

  • What does our community need to know more about?
  • What issue or problem could we help explain and add context to?
  • What are the important false narratives on social that we could fact-check and correct?
  • What stories are being underreported due to trending ‘noise’?
  • And yes, we should continue to strive to understand what are the conversations happening in our community, with or without us. So we might ask: How could we as journalists add value to what people in our community are talking about?

There’s also a lesson here about diversity of voices. Diversity today isn’t just a responsibility, it’s a smart audience strategy. We need diverse voices in our newsrooms to better serve the diverse needs and interests of our communities. It’s necessary but not sufficient to have those voices ‘in the room.’ Those voices also need to be heard, and need to be empowered to make key editorial decisions.

This statement contains the now-questionable assumption that there are ‘TV people’ who are somehow different people than web users. Sure, maybe that argument worked 15 years ago when TV remained the dominant source for news and the internet was still an upstart. Today’s audiences move from screen to screen. In fact, they are far more integrated in their use of screens than the legacy broadcasters who seek to serve them, and they follow what interests them from one device to another.

Research by SmithGeiger has tracked screen use by time of day and captured the fluid and seamless ways audiences are flowing between platforms. According to Seth Geiger, the ubiquity of mobile is driving this phenomenon, with active usage of mobile and live linear TV in the morning, to apps and the web during the day, back to mobile and a mix of streaming, mobile, and linear TV throughout the evening and into bedtime.

That’s true even for the oldest Americans. A study by Pew Research showed that, for the first time in 2019, Americans age 65 and older preferred mobile phones as their first digital screen for news.

 

It is now more accurate to say people are information consumers who move from screen to screen. TV does some things better (and some worse) than digital, and vice versa. Social media has its own strengths and weaknesses. Audio treatments of stories are becoming more relevant as podcasts and voice assistants gain in popularity.

Since our audiences access news in many ways, and each platform has particular strengths and constraints, a more productive way to lead a conversation might be: “How could we most effectively present this story for: the TV audience? the digital audience (and, mobile versus desktop)? the social audience? and, the audio audience (both on demand via podcast, and voice-activated)? These are harder but more relevant questions that can lead us to smarter, platform-specific storytelling.

There is perhaps no oft-spoken newsroom phrase that more clearly displays the disconnect between legacy news organizations and their audiences than the put-down “We already did that story.” Perhaps the only worse catch-phrase is its corollary: “The competition already did that story.”

The embedded harm is two-fold. First, this dismissal errs by treating stories as static objects, one and done. Good stories and important stories evolve and unfold; like an onion they can be peeled to reveal deeper layers; they can be advanced and explored. Second, this declaration projects an arrogance of reach that is no longer true, if it ever was. The (inaccurate) assumption contained in “we did that” is: “the audience saw it.” When the top-ranked newscast in a market gets, say, a 3.0 rating in Nielsen, by definition that means that 97% of households with TV’s in that viewing area did not see the station’s report. The throw-away of “we did that” presumes wrongly that message sent is the same as message received.

“The competition already did that” is an extension of this same flawed logic. Again, given the actual viewership numbers of a competing local TV station’s newscasts, we’d be better served by arguing that ‘Netflix already did that’, because today’s true competitors for our audience’s time and attention are more likely to be a streaming service or social platform than that TV station across the street.

On important stories and those that hold audience interest, we should ask better questions:

  • How can we advance this story?
  • What doesn’t the audience understand?
  • What more could we find out?
  • What other questions could we answer?
  • What misconceptions could we correct?
  • What other perspectives could we offer?

These are great questions for a news director to pose. Smart reporters will frame their follow-up story pitches through this lens.

There is a third level of sin in the “we did that” dig, one that perhaps exposes the most existential threat latent in legacy newsrooms. We have historically emphasized “recency over relevance,” as my Cronkite News Lab colleague Andrew Heyward puts it. Saying “We did that already” reveals our focus is on our daily newscast schedule as opposed to on our audience. In a way, “we did that” is an extension of meeting the daily newspaper deadline, the idea of “yesterday’s news.” Once the story is “published,” the internal newsroom experience for reporters is “I’m done with my story.” The impulse is to move on, to find the next story. Culturally, we even sometimes frown on reporters who pitch follow-ups to the story they did the day before, as though that’s lazy. We may even say: “Do you have any new story ideas?”

This is inside-out thinking. The focus is on our schedule, our work product. If we indeed work for the audience, we need to think outside-in. What does the audience need to know from us? In fact, the “end” of our day – broadcast or publication – is the beginning of the audience’s experience with the story. Listening to their responses and reactions, made easier by social media, creates the exciting possibility of true dialogue about the news. We can learn from our audience as they respond to our reporting, to find follow-ups, fresh angles and sources, and new questions to answer.

If we are truly to put our audience first, rather than our own daily production workflow, we will embrace the update, the story advance, the iteration and the elaboration because good stories are more like journeys than destinations.

Language matters. News leaders set the tone with the language they use, and can crush or cultivate a spirit of innovation with just a few words. So here’s to zealously defending the core principles of journalism, while welcoming thoughtful examination of our practices and assumptions. Here’s to asking smarter questions, using rather being used by data, and truly putting the information needs of our audience first.

Got a phrase you’d like to see banished from newsrooms in 2020? Join the conversation by sharing it on Twitter and tagging @cronkitenewslab.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Keeping it Country

Bob and Kelli Phillips

In 1972, when Bob Phillips was a reporter for then-CBS-affiliate KDFW in Dallas, he created 4 Country Reporter — an uplifting half-hour weekly show inspired by Charles Kuralt’s On the Road franchise on The CBS Evening News. Decades later, with a new title and distribution strategy, Texas Country Reporter is still rolling along. It’s now a syndicated show with a streaming channel, produced and hosted by Bob Phillips and his wife Kelli, who believe the nearly fifty-year-old concept has some useful lessons for TV news today.

Bob and Kelli travel around the state in a van with the Texas flag painted on its side, searching for feel-good, positive stories: from a poets’ society that insists on using typewriters, to a local “piano man” who has memorized over 5,000 songs, to the region’s best crawfish shack. Bob says Texas Country Reporter exists because local news is missing something very important: “[making] people feel good about life…We find so many people who told us we don’t watch news anymore…because they don’t want to hear the negativity that’s going on.”

Bob and Kelli say Texas Country Reporter is journalism designed to run parallel to hard news coverage, not replace it — to provide a healthy counterpoint.

“If you watch the news, everything seems to be extremely negative and controversial,” Kelli said. “What we find in our travels is: the world isn’t coming to an end. There are good people out there that are doing good things, and that’s what we concentrate on.”

The show has hit some bumps along the way. Back in 1986, KDFW cancelled 4 Country Reporter and replaced it with a sports show. Bob, who was the sole host back then, negotiated to obtain the copyright and took the show into regional syndication. He was promptly offered a slot on the ABC-affiliate, WFAA (Channel 8, then owned by Belo), where the program’s local title changed to — wait for it — 8 Country Reporter.

“My agreement with [WFAA] was that we would start our own production company, [Phillips Productions] so that we could syndicate the show,” Bob said. “We didn’t want a repeat of what we had just gone through.”

Texas Country Reporter is now in its 48th season and airs across 19 Texas markets and on the cable and satellite channel RFD-TV — short for Rural Free Delivery. The show has also had a YouTube channel since 2006, now with nearly 50,000 subscribers. Some of the older videos have viewership in the millions. Bob says he and Kelli have been recognized as far away as The Netherlands.

“We don’t do stories on places, and we don’t do stories on events, we only do stories about people,” Bob said. “The most often asked question in any interview is not ‘What are you doing?’ but ‘Why are you doing it?’”

Bob and Kelli produce 72 evergreen stories every year, which they then package into three-segment episodes and play seasonally, between September and May. Sponsors help pay the freight: the longest-running, Capital Farm Credit, has been with Texas Country Reporter for 20 years.

Bob and Kelli believe local stations could offer the kind of journalism Texas Country Reporter does to bring back viewers who’ve been driven away by the relentless drumbeat of bad news. “News is a completely different thing because what they’re doing is not storytelling,” Bob said. [But storytelling is] the way you can get audiences attracted back to local news.”

Do you know an anchor, reporter or meteorologist who is creatively using social media and deserves to be featured in our next Social Media Spotlight? If so, email us at cronkitenewslab@asu.edu and we’ll check out the story.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


The news quiz: applying gaming to newscast engagement

If you want to see how immersive media can be, just watch someone who’s playing a video game. The outside world fades away. The gamer is often oblivious to the passage of time. Hours pass like minutes. As broadcasters, we’ve been forced to accept that TV is often only on in the background, relegated to the ‘second screen.’ Wouldn’t it be nice to regain the kind of immersed attention achieved in interactive games?

At Cronkite News, we wondered how we might apply some of the principles of gaming in service of the goals of journalism to inform our audience on issues that matter. That’s what led us to experiment with the News Quiz. We decided to implement the quiz as part of a special report we produced called “Recycling Reductions” as an in-depth look at how changes in the politics and economics of recycling since 2017 have caused significant cost increases and service reductions for recycling programs in our broadcast area in Arizona.

WHAT WE DID: THE NEWS QUIZ

We wanted to test the idea that audiences on-air and online would stay longer and be more engaged with our coverage if we gave them the chance to participate via a live news quiz testing their knowledge of recycling while we reported on the problem. For easy scoring, we opted to go with 10 questions incorporated during the first 15 minutes of our newscast dedicated to recycling coverage. Reporters from our Sustainability team researched possible quiz questions, and we ultimately chose five practical ‘recycle or not’ questions and five broader questions tied to the larger issue of recycling.

To enable live quiz voting, we partnered with MegaphoneTV and used the same technology stack that powered our earlier ‘Choose Your News’ experiment (which we profiled on Cronkite News Lab, and was recognized at the Rocky Mountain Emmy Awards for Best College Newscast.)

The multi-platforrm News Quiz show was broadcast live on KAET Arizona PBS at 5 p.m. and streamed live on our Cronkite News Facebook page, giving us two ways to reach audiences and two ways to measure engagement. Spoiler alert: This show dramatically overperformed our average for audience engagement (details in results below.)

HOW IT WORKED

Our anchors introduced and explained the News Quiz, including a mobile-friendly URL shortcut at the top of the program. Our content plan, what we’ve come to call a “Super Block” here at Cronkite News (as described in this Cronkite News Lab feature), included four story elements:

  • An explainer on what’s behind the current crisis in recycling
  • A deep dive into one community where that crisis in in full effect
  • A demonstration of the do’s and don’ts of recycling to show the problem of contamination
  • A forward-looking profile of a scientist pioneering a solution to the plastics problem in recycling

Our show producer sequenced the ten questions in our quiz to pair them with relevant content. Half the questions were general knowledge, the other half were specific to what items can be recycled. For example, during our introductory explainer we tested whether our audience realized that China until recently took 70% of our state’s recycling.

During the segment where we demonstrated what can and can’t be recycled in Phoenix, our quiz questions focused on other recycling “Do’s & Don’ts.” Using MegaphoneTV’s voting technology, this voting functioned as a second stream of complementary content to the broadcast, with the question on-screen for an intentionally limited amount of time to drive immersion.

After each question expired, the on-screen display updated to show both the correct answer and how the audience overall voted on the question. As a content team, we also came up with a plan for an end-of-program scorecard, with four grades based on how participants performed on the quiz, from 8-10 for Recycling Hero to 0-3 for Recycling Novice (confession: In timing out the live show in real-time, we sadly had to drop this important element, a lesson for next time.)

RESULTS AND REFLECTIONS

Any innovation project needs to begin with a premise — What is the hypothesis or idea we’re trying to test? — and methods of measuring success. Our hope was that the News Quiz would more deeply engage our audience, and we used three measures to assess: Nielsen TV ratings, Facebook Live video engagement analytics, and Megaphone’s voting insights. As any News Director knows, Nielsen overnights are nearly impossible to rely on as a decider of one-time success. For our student newscast, that’s even more true due to the small sample size of our audience. For this broadcast our overnight rating was slightly below our average but well within the range of normal.

Our Facebook video insights, by contrast, were definitive: This program generated 12 times the engagement of our typical video! The engagement over-indexed across every metric, from Watch Time (4x) to Comments (16x) to Engagement to Shares (8x) to Reach/Distribution (11x) and Starts (3x). Insights from MegaphoneTV confirmed this with hundreds of votes cast by phone during the broadcast.

We also wound up with another data source, an unofficial focus group. Our broadcast production booth normally has several of the faculty advisors watching the students’ efforts from behind the scenes. For this live broadcast, our booth was standing room only. I observed that every single person not directly tied to producing the show was not only participating in the voting, but these folks were immersed! There were exclamations as answers were revealed, followed by eager anticipation for the next question. At the end, there was immediate comparing and bragging after final results, which each participant receives on their own phone. In general, I observed a level of engagement wildly more immersive than the passive, barely focused viewing that we all know is often associated with a traditional newscast. My favorite ‘metric’: One student’s mom texted her while the show was still live to brag about her score on the News Quiz.

Debriefs are crucial to learning from experiments. In our post-show review, we identified many learnings and ways we could improve and add to this first experiment. A few key lessons included:

  • Leave questions on-screen longer (20 seconds minimum, versus our choice of 13-15 seconds) to insure viewers can ‘process’ the question and vote
  • Script more precisely the timing of where/when questions are inserted, to insure the questions complement rather than compete with the content
  • The News Quiz format is optimized for the live online or on-air viewer; watching the recording of the show later, on demand (e.g. the YouTube link below) may actually be mildly frustrating to those forced to passively view others’ voting, while being unable to participate themselves. Stations might pair the VOD with an online version of the quiz for those who watch on demand later.
  • All voting participants did receive their personal score by phone via Megaphone, but we’d add a ranked final scoreboard on-air of all participants, to enhance the gamification
  • We did not aggressively promote this first News Quiz (who knew if it would even work!) Now that we have built the capability and workflow, we’d double-down on a multiplatform strategy to get the word out, which could lead to a lift in broadcast ratings similar to the real-time lift we saw in digital streaming engagement

We were thrilled with all these valuable process learnings, and with the overall outcome. The data showed that adding a purposeful gaming element made traditional live linear news coverage much more engaging for the audience.

Our News Quiz was the result of the collaboration of a team of reporters, producers and studio production that featured storytellers Jordan Evans, Jordan Elder and Melanie Porter, led by Sadie Babits, Director of the Sustainability team at the Cronkite News; and producer Jordan Taylor, led by Director of Producers Christy Bricks, and the studio crew led by Director Jim Jacoby.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


We produced a newscast without anchors. Here’s how.

At some point between ages three and four, my son discovered the word “why.” Delighted by the power of this novel interrogatory, he unleashed a torrent of “why’s.” He had the stamina of a marathon runner, and I struggled to keep pace. When he finally outgrew this phase, I breathed a fatherly sigh of relief. Now, focused on newsroom innovation, I’ve had a change of heart. Rather than accepting how things are, and how we do them, we adults might be better served to emulate that youthful curiosity and ask “why” more often.

Why are newscasts 30 minutes long? Why does the flagship evening newscast start at 5 p.m. and not at another time? Why do we have people who ‘anchor’ the newscast? Do the reasons for these institutional practices still apply? There are many unwritten rules in a newsroom. But how many of them are truly ‘rules’ and how many are just ‘how we’ve always done it’?

Part of the mission of the Knight-Cronkite News Lab is to question traditional practices through testing. So, in December, students and faculty at Cronkite News teamed up to reimagine the traditional 5 p.m. show. We decided to do a newscast, but without anchors.

There are a host of reasons, if you’ll pardon the pun, for exploring alternatives. Some are very practical. Every news director has struggled with anchor staffing, whether it’s scheduling over the holidays, when folks are sick, on weekends, or just in general in smaller markets.

There are also business realities. Newsrooms continue to be challenged to find ways to reduce the costs of creating their content, and anchor value measured in salary has been trending downward as TV ratings have eroded.

“The trend in the markets I am familiar with has been (salary) reductions of approximately 25% from 2008,” according to John Misner. “Some more; some less.” Misner, now a Professor of Practice at the ASU Cronkite School of Journalism, has served in broadcast management roles in Atlanta, Fresno and Minneapolis-St. Paul. Most recently he was President and General Manager of the NBC-TV affiliate in Phoenix, Arizona from 2002 to 2016.

Misner notes that, in today’s digitally disrupted news ecosystem, the value of anchors is relative to the strength of a station’s community brand and the degree to which it offers differentiated content. “Given that most stations are still producing commodity content, the anchor is one way to differentiate a newscast (and the station’s overall brand) from competitors,” says Misner. The bottom-line question: In 2019, is your anchor still a strong reason to watch?

These are good reactive reasons to experiment with the traditional newscast structure. But there’s also a big proactive reason: As linear viewing shifts from live to on-demand, consumers will increasingly choose when they watch, what they watch and how/where they watch. In that future media landscape (that is already here for some), the key “unit” of news may well be the story, rather than the show.

That’s what led us to produce a special “Storytellers” edition of our 5 p.m. Cronkite News. The outcome was a newscast without anchors. Our method? Put the focus on our stories, and our storytellers. Here’s how we did it.

WHAT ANCHORS DO

It might seem obvious. But when was the last time we thought about what is it, specifically, that anchors do to add value to a newscast? To create a newscast without them, we had to answer that question first. The answers gave us our “problems to be solved.” The list of valuable contributions included things like being a trusted and recognizable source, a reason to watch (affinity), an extra editor to review and fact-check news content, someone skilled at presentation, and the glue that connects unrelated news reports into a show flow. From our inventory, we saw that anchors contribute to shows in three broad ways – some journalistic, some practical, and some performance-related.

STORYTELLERS EDITION: HOW WE DID IT

Producers and studio production crew at Cronkite collaborated on strategies for how to reimagine the practical anchor functions, like “how do we open the show without anchors?” and “how do we get from one story to the next?” Since our focus was on our storytellers, our solution for how to open the show was to feature the storytellers themselves, previewing their stories. Problem solved!

The production crew

For transitions between stories, we wound up challenging the notion that the TV doctrine of weaving unconnected stories, so traditional as the producer-written, anchor-delivered transition, was not necessary to viewers. If the stories are related, the reporters can make those connections. For our stories that were not connected, we decided less was more: We used our standard animated stinger (with the audio ‘swoosh’ for audience cueing) as a simple, low-lift way to advance from story to story. We built one additional “map” graphic that we could use as an alternate transition for reporters who recorded look-live intros and tags from a remote location related to their story.

One unintended yet arguably positive effect of our anchorless format was that it eliminated the entire category of very short, often “voiceover” and “over the shoulder” stories because there was no one to deliver them. Instead, our show consisted of eight robust reporter packages, each produced to be self-contained, with intro and tag by the reporter. We didn’t mind dispensing with those disposable VO’s, but we did want to be sure we could get some key news-of-the-day updates. Our solution was to place one reporter in the newsroom, who did a “happening now” reader of three short need-to-know local news items. This is as close as we came to any role in the show resembling an anchor.

Behind the scenes of storytellers preparing

Other transitions were handled without fanfare. For breaks, reporters did their own deep teases of upcoming stories. Our weather forecaster delivered that report standalone. When it came time to figure out how to end the show, our production team had a rather hilarious conversation about how to end a newscast without “anchor banter.” What followed may or may not have included comments about how often anchor banter is cringe-worthy. Ultimately, we followed a guiding rule to prioritize simplicity for the ending, as with other parts of the broadcast. We simply had the last of our reporters tag out of the final story by thanking viewers for watching our special “storytellers” edition of Cronkite News, and then voicing over a full screen push to our website.

RESULTS AND REFLECTIONS

The immediate takeaway from our storytellers newscast was how smoothly it went. “That was easier to produce than a normal newscast,” observed Christy Bricks, the director in charge of our student show producers, and an eight-time regional Emmy-winning producer herself.

The second big takeaway was about the feel and flow of the newscast. If we could somehow forget that newscasts have always had anchors, and simply experienced this storytellers’ version, it seemed completely natural to have the storytellers present their stories. The question that hung in the air afterwards was: What if no one even noticed?

In our debrief, a crucial part of experimentation to capture lessons while fresh, the team identified a few highlights: We liked the show open featuring the storytellers teasing their stories; the show seemed to flow smoothly, despite the absence of traditional anchor bridges; our simple animated effect (with sound, which helped) seemed to be a more than sufficient transition from story to story; we liked the use of a reporter in the newsroom as a means of incorporating “happening now” headlines. Frankly, eliminating VO’s and readers and instead having an entire show of enterprise stories felt more substantive than a typical newscast: more depth, less filler. Overall, the biggest win was that the producers and studio production team felt that our lean producing style made the format highly flexible and repeatable, whether for hiatus or holiday shows, or even potentially as a way to create a show built around a series of reports on a single theme or topic.

Along with what worked, we always try to capture what we’d change, improve or try next. It was an experiment so we did not create “Storyteller” branding or a special graphics package, and we didn’t market the show in advance. Having figured out how to do the format, we’d add those elements next time. Although we created a map background for field reports, in practice our student reporters ran out of time to shoot field look-live intro’s and tags; we’d definitely add that to visually enrich a second effort at this format. Finally, we realized that without anchor chat, banter and VO’s, there’s little flexibility in timing an anchorless newscast; so we talked about leveraging the “happening now” headlines block as the adjustable section to aid producers in show timing.

Importantly, we also looked at our available metrics. Our on-air ratings were within the range of normal but fully 20% below our daily average. We also stream our newscasts on Facebook Live, which gives us access to engagement metrics as well as anecdotal feedback via comments. As with Nielsen ratings, our audience size is small, so it’s hazardous to overinterpret small numbers. However, as with our ratings, both our watch time and our audience engagement (likes, comments and shares) were 20-30% lower than our typical newscast. Notwithstanding the production successes noted above, these metrics indicated that, at least for our traditional audience, the absence of anchors mattered. These findings also reinforced our debrief that, to earn the audience for this format innovation, we’d need to better market and showcase its viewer benefit.

We did not set out to eliminate anchors. We wanted to test our assumptions about what a newscast must be. In the process, we discovered that some of what seems essential in a traditional newscast format…isn’t. We also got some quantitative measures that reinforced that our traditional audiences do value the roles of the anchors. That’s a useful learning. Overall, we now have another option for how to program that ever-present 30-minute news hole. It’s a format that gives news stations another option for solving staffing or budget challenges. Time for the next “why?” question!

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


NBC’s visual storytellers leave the past behind — including their own

HELP WANTED: Are you a visually sophisticated TV journalist interested in creating enterprise video content for digital-native consumers across all platforms, eventually including a new linear channel? You’ll be supported by a large, deep-pocketed media company but free to do innovative work that’s personally important to you, unrestricted by conventional formulas, daily deadlines, or ratings pressure.

Okay, I made up that too-good-to-be-true job spec, but the job actually exists. It’s called Visual Storyteller, and the outfit looking for more of them is LX, the experiment in attracting younger viewers that the NBCUniversal TV station group introduced (and we wrote about) earlier this fall. It’s essentially open-source innovation — a work in progress for all the world to see on YouTube. For this second installment in our Knight-Cronkite News Lab series on innovations in storytelling — you can read our first report, about ABC’s Community Journalists, here — I went back to learn more about the Visual Storytellers and how they are trying to re-define video reporting.

“The biggest challenge right now is we’re trying to appeal to two very different audiences,” says LX News Director Meagan Harris. “The millennial and the younger-generation audience is really different from the traditional audience that’s been watching the news for a long time. So LX is an avenue where we can throw any rule out the window and innovate without the risk of losing our core [local TV] audience.”

To carry out that mission, Harris and her NBC colleagues have recruited four “extremely creative people” and told them: “Okay, the handcuffs are off. Let’s just go for it.” We got a chance to speak with three of them — all quite different from one another, but sharing common ground in their reasons for signing on to the new venture.

Meagan Harris
LX News Director Meagan Harris (NBC)

Clark Fouraker

Clark Fouraker spent more than a decade in local TV newsrooms, picking up a Master’s degree from Columbia Journalism School and a duPont for investigative reporting along the way. He was freelancing at WCBS-TV in New York when “I found full time work at this thing called LX, which was an exciting new opportunity to use the skills I had developed thus far and simultaneously break all the rules and see what happened.”

Screenshot from Clark Fouraker’s introductory promo

Fouraker and his colleagues use a variety of narrative techniques and state-of-the-art gear to enhance their reporting. The Visual Storytellers shoot and edit most of their stories themselves. Fouraker acquired a drone license, which he now puts to frequent use. “We have the luxury of not having a broadcast to fill,” Fouraker says. “And that has afforded a great and what I think will be a significant experiment in storytelling styles, figuring out what we like, and what our viewers and audiences respond to.”

Then there’s the element of time: the LX reporters get LOTS of it. Fouraker’s LX story on a smartphone app that helps the homeless runs 6:20. His package about a man who converts classic cars into electric models runs 7:37. (Fouraker created a television-friendly 2:13 cutdown of that one for his home-base station, KXAS in Dallas.)


Watch Clark Fouraker’s story “How Smartphone Technology is Helping the Homeless”

LX lives primarily as a YouTube channel for now, and Fouraker pores over his digital metrics for feedback on what’s working and what isn’t. “I’m definitely looking at what’s getting more traction and more social interactions than other stories,” he says. “I think everyone’s trying to figure out the secret sauce. And we’re all learning little bits and pieces.”

Ngozi Ekeledo

Ngozi Ekeledo was on a traditional path as a sports anchor and reporter for a couple of local stations and the Big Ten Network in Chicago, but she was freelancing and teaching at her alma mater, Northwestern, when LX came calling with a pitch that sounded a lot like her own media habits. “The stuff I’m watching is on YouTube, or it’s videos being shared on social media, Instagram, Twitter. And I love the style of it. The cinematography aspect of it is what really drew me to LX. I was like, ‘I’m ready to do things like this. This is why I got into journalism.’“

Screenshot from Ngozi Ekeledo’s introductory promo

Now Ekeledo works out of NBC’s Boston station, specializing in stories about culture and identity. They range from explainers on the four-day work week and California’s new law allowing college athletes to monetize their celebrity to an examination of why there so few women of color in the emerging field of Blockchain to a recurring franchise on chefs called Main Course. Like Clark Fouraker, Ekeledo reports in a range of styles, sometimes staying behind the scenes. Main Course is a series of mini-documentaries told entirely in the words of its subjects, like the 10-minute-plus story of Boston restaurant entrepreneur Irene Li. “You don’t need to see me eating a dumpling to understand that these were her grandmother’s recipes. It’s so much more powerful hearing that from her.”


Watch Ngozi Ekeledo’s story “Fighting Stereotypes With Food”

“LX was kind of a risk,” Ekeledo says. “It was sort of a bet on myself. I don’t want to sound greater than I am or anything like that. But it was sort of like ‘Okay, these are the things I actually want to do. What happens if I just try it?’”

Chase Cain

Chase Cain worked in local TV news for 11 years in places like San Diego and L.A. before leaving for a stint creating digital videos for Hulu. He liked producing content for digital natives, but he started to miss journalism. So now he’s LX’s man in Los Angeles, with interests that include the environment and politics but go much farther. In his promotional video, Cain calls LX “one of those once-in-a-lifetime opportunities.”

Chase Cain as the Bride of Frankenstein in his “Halloween Makeup Tutorial”…and as himself

Cain’s stories include a 7:18 report on California’s iconic and threatened Joshua Trees, an almost-11-minute explainer on how the 2020 census risks marginalizing certain communities, and a more personal essay entitled “Coming Out Isn’t Always the Right Choice.” Cain is experimenting aggressively with 360-degree video, building on work like an Instagram story about this fall’s Getty Fire in Brentwood. “It’s truly enterprise journalism,” Cain says. “We don’t have an assignment desk to hand out stories. If you’re going to do a story, it’s because you came up with the story. And that’s really exciting.”

Watch Chase Cain’s 360-video report on the Getty Fire

Cain’s naturalistic style and the injection of his own perspective is in deliberate contrast to standard television news fare. “I think one of the things that has always made human storytelling so engaging is that it’s filtered through another human,” Cain says. “And I think when you get too formulaic, you lose a little bit of that human element of what makes us real.”

LX is not as Montessori News-ish as I”m making it sound. The Storytellers have a style guide and discuss the visual approach and the specific platform strategy for each story beforehand with the home office in Dallas. News Director Meagan Harris reaches for a metaphor from her roots in rural Texas, where her father restores old cars and converts them into “street rods.” “The engine isn’t changing, and the engine is journalism,” she says. “We’re going to change where the car goes, we’re going to change how the car moves, we’re going to change the paint on the body, we’re going to do all these other things, But the what runs the car isn’t changing. And that’s journalism.”

Harris has her own hands full figuring out how to convert this fluid experiment into a solid channel next year. She’s also looking for more Storytellers in Philadelphia, Washington, D.C,, and Chicago. The current freedom from ratings and deadlines and time constraints may be harder to sustain in a linear format, but for now, NBC seems determined to live up to project head Matt Goldberg’s description of LX as “the R & D arm of the owned stations division.”

“LX has the advantage of this very large and successful organization behind it,” says Clark Fouraker. “But that organization is getting the benefit of this research and development and what we’re learning.”

Ngozi Ekeledo counsels patience. “I think so many times, when you launch these things, people are like, ‘Oh my god, it has 12 views — okay, we need to pivot to something else. It didn’t work.’ [But] you didn’t give it time. It needs time.”

“If we’re not a little uncomfortable, then we’re not pushing ourselves hard enough,” says Meagan Harris. “Change is a little uncomfortable. And it should be — but that’s how you know you’re growing.”

Chase Cain is optimistic. “If we can create great content, high quality content and meet people in the place where they’re choosing to watch that content, then that’s a recipe for success.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Our 5 Most Popular Stories on News Innovation Since Labor Day

Best wishes for a wonderful Thanksgiving holiday from all of us at the Knight-Cronkite News Lab!

We’ll be back with new reporting for you next week, but today we thought we’d offer links to our five most popular stories since Labor Day, in case you missed any of them.

1. Reporting that hits people where they live — by people who live there too

This report on the ABC Stations’ Community Journalist program, which embeds young reporters in under-represented neighborhoods, is our top story this fall. That’s good news for us, because it’s the first in a recurring series on next-generation storytelling. Next week, you’ll meet the “Visual Storytellers” of NBC’s new LX project.

2. Reddit or Not

Jill Ryan’s widely read case study, on the best and worst ways for TV newsrooms to use
Reddit, grew out of our Social Media Spotlight franchise.

3. A New York station tries to re-invent the late news

A risk-taking news director at Univision’s New York station challenges his team to re-imagine one of local TV’s most enduring formats.

4. Lessons from a year on the front lines of innovation

Based on our first year of research here at the Lab, here are five takeaways from newsrooms trying to make substantive changes.

5. Multilingual reporting for an increasingly bilingual audience

Photo by Ethan Gilchrist

Why choose between English and Spanish when more and more of your viewers use both? Our “Chief Experiments Officer” Frank Mungeam shares a muy buena idéa for your newsroom and shows you how it worked in ours.

There you have it — our five most widely read reports since Labor Day. Of course, there’s lots more to read here at the Lab, and lots more case studies to come.

In the meantime, again, warm Thanksgiving wishes from all of us to all of you and your families.

Andrew Heyward
Frank Mungeam
Alicia Barrón
Jill Ryan

How One Station Is Hoping a YouTuber Reporter Can Lure Younger Audiences

YouTube is not a new platform, but young reporters like Clancy Burke are part of a growing phenomenon that reflects its popularity. Millennial and Gen-Z hires in local TV newsrooms are increasingly likely to have established YouTube “brands” of their own — creating both a challenge and an opportunity for their bosses.

Burke is a morning reporter for WKRC Local 12, the Sinclair-owned CBS/CW affiliate in Cincinnati, Ohio, but she is also a YouTuber, dropping videos once a week for her nearly 400,000 subscribers. And she had her own channel long before she was a reporter.

“I was actually a freshman in high school, and it all started out of boredom,” Burke said. “I’ve always just loved teaching. If you look at my videos, that’s kind of the core of what it all is.”

Burke was getting thousands of views for each of her videos — a diary of sorts of what goes on in her life. Her new boss hired her in April partly because of her YouTube savvy.

“We are looking for people who understand how to communicate with Millennials,” News Director Tim Geraghty said. “YouTube is fast becoming more and more of a source for folks to not only be entertained but to gather information.”

Once Burke started posting about her new life as a TV morning news reporter, she hit the YouTube jackpot. Her video ‘My 2 a.m. Morning Routine’ has over four million views, and it continues to grow.

Since her personal YouTube channel’s viewership is so high, Burke can monetize her videos. She does not disclose how much she makes on YouTube, not even to the News Director. And even though her work at the station is arguably what’s driving her YouTube growth, he’s okay with that.

“I don’t necessarily see it as a side job for Clancy,” Geraghty said. “She was very open with us. We knew about it the day we hired her. I don’t know how much money she makes.”

Geraghty says that the station doesn’t have a set policy on what a reporter on YouTube should and shouldn’t say. It’s “case by case,” says Geraghty, as long as the channel doesn’t “pose a direct conflict with our work product or work schedules and doesn’t cross any journalistically ethical boundaries.”

The ultimate hope for Geraghty is that Burke’s channel will help attract new viewers to the station.

“I believe that the vast majority of people who subscribe to her page probably are not local TV viewers” said Geraghty, “and one of our hopes is if they enjoy watching Clancy, they might give her a try on our app or watch her on the regular TV channel.”

Burke agrees that YouTube allows her to build a rapport with potential news viewers.

“People want to get their news from people they like, they want to get their news from people they know,” Burke said. “And that’s what’s going to make someone tune into your channel instead of the…other channels in your market.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Reporting that hits people where they live — by reporters who live there too

“It really started like every other story in LA — as a discussion about how we solve for traffic.” That’s KABC-TV’s President and GM Cheryl Fair. She wanted to find a better way to cover neighborhoods across the sprawling Southern California landscape that were more likely to see a Channel 7 helicopter overhead than a reporter next door — and even then, usually because of a crime or fire or car crash. “Getting from point A to point B is so hard that there are sections of the coverage area that you either don’t get to very often or get to most frequently for something that isn’t good,” Fair says. “So we came up with this idea of the Community Journalism Program, where we would embed reporters in the neighborhoods that we felt needed this kind of attention” — namely a more nuanced view of community life than “breaking news” coverage allows.

Fair’s idea was part of an innovative approach that has changed the way the ABC-owned stations recruit and retain young reporters and tell stories, not just on digital platforms but even on traditional linear broadcasts. ABC’s experiments with an emerging generation of journalists are helping to forge a new relationship between broadcast and digital — one that reverses the usual pattern of stories originating on television and migrating to other platforms.

KABC-TV President and GM Cheryl Fair

The embedded journalists “would live where they work,” says Fair. “They wouldn’t have to come in to the station every day like all the rest of our reporters. They wouldn’t have to drive out with the news trucks, They would be shooters, editors, they’d be digital natives, with lots of proficiency when it came to publishing to digital. And they would become part of the community that they’re covering.”

ABC Owned Television Stations President Wendy McMahon liked the pitch so much, every one of the group’s eight stations has adopted a version of the plan. There are 19 community journalists across the group, with plans to add 10 more in 2020. KABC has five, four of whom arrived early this year.

The idea was to recruit the kind of aspiring young reporter who usually has to move to the hinterlands, hoping to return to the big city several years and markets later. Eric Resendiz, an Orange County native and former KABC intern and news assistant, went off to Abilene for an on-air job, but returned in March to be embedded in East Los Angeles, where he reports on his new neighborhood and the surrounding area in English and Spanish. “It’s the town that I’m living in,” he told me. “It’s people who I go to the grocery store with. It’s people who I pump gas with. It’s people who are waiting at a stoplight to make a turn. It’s my community that I’m living in.”

KABC-TV Community Journalist Eric Resendiz

Resendiz covers breaking news when it happens in his territory, of course, but he estimates that 85% of his work consists of “hyper-local” stories he finds and develops himself — not to mention shoots, edits, produces and promotes on his social-media channels. He creates multiple versions of his stories for platforms like Instagram and Facebook as well as more traditional reports for the station’s website and often TV. “I try to tailor it to what’s best for that platform and for my audience, because I know that on each platform, I’m going to have a different type of audience.”


Watch: Eric Resendiz’s story about the life and death of a neighborhood celebrity who owned the “Gypsy Rose” — the famous lowrider featured in the introduction to the sitcom Chico and the Man.

KABC’s most recent community journalist arrived just three months ago. Ashley Mackey played two years of professional tennis after college and then got a Master’s degree in sports journalism from our own Cronkite School here at ASU, where she was a reporter and anchor for Cronkite News. Now she’s back living in and reporting on the place where she was born and raised: Inglewood, California.

KABC-TV Community Journalist (and Cronkite School alumna) Ashley Mackey

“I think the biggest surprise is stepping out of your comfort zone and trying to be more creative versus traditional news,” she says, “but it’s been good so far.” Mackey says her rotating cast of supervisors, surprisingly called “buddies,” gives her wide latitude to experiment with different kinds of storytelling techniques. “The saying ‘You have to know the rules to break the rules’ comes to mind,” she says. “You still have to know how to interview, you still have to know how to put together a story. You have to know how to edit, and write, and manage social media, which are all things that I learned at Cronkite.”


Watch: Ashley Mackey’s story about a neighborhood soul food restaurant that’s also good for your health.

“Their storytelling style is different than our traditional reporting has been,” says GM Cheryl Fair. “And they’re using all different types of devices to shoot their stories, whatever they need.” Even when the young journalists’ stories migrate to the broadcasts, Fair encourages a digital look and feel. “One, we want to infuse some of that storytelling style in our normal day. I think they bring some energy and life to the process that we want to infuse throughout our organization. The other part of it is as we try to attract a digital audience to watch us on television as well, we’d like to present content that looks familiar.”

Jesse Kirsch agrees. “I’m trying to break rules all the time. And I don’t think anyone’s really outraged by that because it catches your eye. Whether it’s a jump cut or shaky cell phone video, I want my material to feel like something you’re doing at home.” Kirsch works 2,000 miles away from KABC at sister station WLS-TV in Chicago, but Cheryl Fair says WLS paved the way for the community journalists by hiring him nearly three years ago. Kirsch interned at ABC network news in Washington and New York while a student at Northwestern and then had the moxie to send his reel to WLS instead of a small out-of-town market. News Director Jennifer Graves and head of digital Jennifer Hoppenstedt decided to take a chance on him in the newly created role of digital journalist.

WLS-TV Digital Journalist Jesse Kirsch

“From day one, they were more than okay with it,” Kirsch says. “They were encouraging and facilitating experimentation and figuring out what clicked best.” Kirsch is not embedded in one neighborhood, but otherwise the model is the same: hyper-local stories told in a variety of styles and adapted to multiple platforms. “Every day we’re experimenting with the way we we cut those videos,” says Kirsch. “How much sound we use, how many graphics we use, if there’s music involved. Am I on camera? Am I nowhere near it? It changes story by story as well as platform to platform. I try to tear up the handbook. And not just for my digital edits, but for stuff that makes it into television.”


Watch: Jesse Kirsch’s story about one family’s extraordinary Halloween tradition.

Kirsch and the community journalists embody two important trends. Original hyper-local content for digital is increasingly a potent way to reach new audiences with new forms of storytelling. And a new breed of reporter is blurring the lines between broadcast and digital. “I’m able to pivot between digital and TV and the gray area in between based on what we need,” says Kirsch. “I think this is where the entire business seems to be going, where you figure out how to use a good story in every space you can reach an audience.”

Kirsch’s story last fall about Anthony Alfano, a 9-year-old cerebral palsy victim who has become a neighborhood celebrity because of the extraordinarily elaborate Halloween costumes his parents make for him every year, reached an estimated 43 million people — and that’s just on the station’s Facebook page. And oh yes, WLS also put it on television.

[NOTE: This is the first in a planned Knight-Cronkite News Lab series on experiments in new forms of storytelling.]

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


A Venerable Local TV Magazine Hands the Keys to a New Generation

The transition to new leadership at Chronicle, the nation’s longest-running locally produced news magazine, is almost laughably amicable, especially by TV standards. But it raises relevant questions for any station wrestling with how to re-tool its legacy broadcasts for a new generation of viewers and wondering whether to invest in original long-form programming for an on-demand world.

Nneka Nwosu Faison was born in 1982 — the same year Hearst powerhouse WCVB-TV in Boston launched Chronicle, now a revered New England institution. “I’m hearing from people who said they watched with their parents, and now they’re watching with their kids,” says executive producer Chris Stirling, who’s been with Chronicle for 35 years and has run it for the last 30.

At the end of the year, Stirling will hand off the 37-year-old program to a new executive producer, the 37-year-old Faison. She came to the program six years ago as a producer/reporter and was promoted to managing editor last January as a potential stepping stone to this new assignment.

Chris Stirling and Nneka Faison

I went to the station just outside of Boston for a chat with Faison, Stirling, and their boss, veteran general manager Bill Fine. “Chronicle has the luxury of being what it wants to be on any given night,” says Fine. The program has gone through multiple talent changes as it evolved, but it settled quickly on a winning format: a single-topic magazine every night at 7:30 p.m. “We’re looking more at the positive side of life for the most part,” says Stirling, who then quotes the station’s pitch: “Chronicle helps you make the most of your leisure time.”

That translates to a lot of lifestyle and travel stories, including a popular franchise that’s almost as old as the program itself, Main Streets & Back Roads, which explores towns all over New England. The first time the station commissioned market research, says Fine, “what we found was: ‘I know the news already. I want Chronicle to be something very different. Chronicle is dessert. I had dinner already. I want dessert.’ And Chronicle was that treat.”

But Chronicle also explores serious issues, offering the depth and perspective that a single-topic half-hour allows. “We do provide context in a time when people are suspicious of the news and information that they’re getting,” Faison says. “And we go find the stories that other folks don’t have the time to find. Even though it might on the surface look like a travel show, it’s much more than that.” The night I visited, the program was about millennials and money — the challenge of making ends meet while wrestling with college debt, aging parents, and of course kids of their own.

The daily broadcast competes effectively against syndication powerhouses like Jeopardy! (on CBS-owned WBZ-TV) and is highly profitable, says Fine. “People think of all news departments as somewhat similar,” he says. “Chronicle is differentiated. And we feel it actually differentiates the station as well: that one half-hour each night.”

So is the long-form news magazine show an idea whose time has come — again? Chronicle sounds like a pretty good model, especially in today’s world of expanding over-the-top services and the difficulty of standing out amidst a welter of choices. So why haven’t more stations tried it? Even Hearst produces only one other daily version, at WMUR-TV in New Hampshire.

“It’s not a bad idea, but it’s a very hard thing to accomplish now,” says Fine. “Chronicle is countervailing to the actual trends in the industry, because it’s easier to take the same number of people and just add another half hour of news relatively efficiently and cheaply. To really do it the way we do it, you would have to staff up.” Chronicle has its own staff of 22, including eight producers, two anchors, a reporter, and a producer-reporter. One of the anchors and the reporter also have regular newsroom assignments, and the program sometimes draws on other news talent.

“Part of the reason we’re still here and thriving is that 37-year history,” says Stirling. “If you started from scratch, and you’re competing with Netflix, Hulu, Amazon, all these things that didn’t exist, people don’t have the bandwidth to take in something new. And you’re a local entity trying to compete for eyeballs. I can see why people will be risk averse to that.”

(From left): Chris Stirling, Nneka Faison and Bill Fine.

Speaking of risk, all three executives are mindful not to make too many changes too quickly. Chronicle was a pioneer in high definition, adopting the format in 2006, when most people didn’t even have HD sets yet. “We want to avoid the reaction we got when we went all the way to HD and started letter-boxing some shows at the beginning,” Stirling recalls. “And someone wrote in and said, ‘Thanks for giving me another reason to die.’”

“We have to make sure we don’t alienate the audience we already have,” warns Fine. “It’s bringing them along as you introduce [younger] people too, and that is so much easier said than done. To be too young is a mistake for a legacy business. But to get younger is absolutely where you should be headed.”

Cue Nneka Faison. “Maybe it makes sense to have a 37-year-old taking over a 37-year-old show because I grew up in a household that watched local news religiously,” says Faison. “I remember having that habit of rushing home to watch television. But I also remember starting out as a reporter and having the phone in my hand all the time, in addition to carrying the camera and shooting all my stories.”

Faison has already built on Chronicle’s modest digital profile — basically a Twitter feed, an undernourished Facebook page, and clips on YouTube — with a fledgling podcast and a revived newsletter. She hopes to get the show’s anchors and reporters more engaged on social-media platforms. But mostly, we should expect subtle changes in story selection and execution. “We’re all news people. But we do understand that the audience enjoys the lifestyle part of Chronicle. And if we do lifestyle pieces, I would like to do them in a way that reflects the lifestyle of the demo that we’re trying to reach.”

Faison is only a year younger than Stirling was when he took over the show at 38. “It was a baby boomer driven kind of show,” he says. “And it reflected what that generation was going through. So now as we change to a staff that’s more in the demo that we’re after, I think it should organically reflect what those people are interested in.”

So the definition of victory sounds simple: reach more millennial viewers without turning off the loyal boomers. It will be Faison’s job to figure out how, both on the program itself and in its digital extensions. “I just hope that we are covering the same topics in a fresher way,” she says. “[Millennials] don’t have the same habits that our parents had, So I hope that a few years from now we are everywhere they are — and they are here. I want people to watch Chronicle a few years from now and think that it looks the same, but different. Does that make sense? It’s like what I told my makeup artists the day I got married: you want to look the same, but different.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Can Your Station Turn Loyal Followers Into Members?

“This was the first time that we built an event from scratch from the ground up,” says KSAT-TV San Antonio News Director Bernice Kearney. “We were schlepping pumpkins at 6:30 in the morning.”

For the nearly 700 people who came, KSAT’s “Spooktacular” was just a nice way for the family to spend the Sunday before Halloween. But for the station, it wasn’t just about selling tickets to a community event. Spooktacular was another step towards a distant goal that skeptics might say doesn’t have a ghost of a chance: to develop an ongoing membership model for local TV stations. The concept is to identify loyal digital fans and “super-serve” them with layers of distinctive value that they will pay for. Now KSAT’s owner, Graham Media Group, is doubling down on the idea — and getting some help from Google to do it.

Graham was just selected by the Google Local News Initiative Innovation Challenge for its ‘Membership for Broadcast Project’ — one of just 34 proposals in North America to attract funding in a competitive field of 269 applicants. From Google’s online description:

The Membership for Broadcast Project will demonstrate that local broadcasters can develop their relationship with their digital audience into a sustainable business model that offsets expected declines in retransmission and advertising dollars. It’s a crucial lesson for local broadcasters who need to act now while they still have the resources, audience and clout to build new businesses. Local newspaper companies waited too long and now face steep declines not only in revenue, but influence and impact. Broadcasters have time to build an audience-based revenue model through user funnels, which will allow them to maintain their leading role in local news.

While newspapers and digital news sites have subscriptions and paywalls, and public radio and television have long relied on paying members to fund their efforts, over-the-air TV has always been free — an inherent part of its appeal.

No one is suggesting a paywall or paid subscription for local TV newscasts. But Graham innovation chief Catherine Badalamente and her colleagues believe that local TV’s unique connection with its viewers and users has monetizable value that stations must tap into as traditional revenue sources erode. “When I’m looking at our business and all of the obstacles that we have and all the disruption, it is the clearest path towards a sustained business model,” Badalamente says. Graham’s audience development head Dustin Block agrees: “Local TV is the most preferred and trusted source of local news in America,” he says. “And we need to take advantage of that while we still have a chance.”

Catherine Badalamente, Graham Media VP and Chief Innovation Officer

The Graham experiment will involve all seven of its stations, but Badalamente says the main focus will be in Jacksonville (WJXT-TV) and Detroit (WDIV-TV). “And we can take that same sort of relationship that we’ve built around the trust of our content and have it stand behind products or services that we can feel proud to offer to them and that are actually going to make their lives better,” Badalamente says. “If you’re doing membership correctly, you have to take time to really explore those relationships with each kind of audience segment. And that’s what’s really going to help us as an industry long term.”

Badalamente and Block say they plan to use the $300K in funding from Google for the technology to support a robust database of loyal viewers and users — a resource that’s critical for the plan to work. “We’ve never really built up a lot of user data,” says Block. “And so shifting to that is a great opportunity. In the nonprofit world, they don’t even think about it: it’s so fundamental to their business. But for us, it seems so innovative, right?”

KSAT’s Bernice Kearney paved the way for the new initiative with an aggressive events strategy called KSAT Insider — a project that grew out of the station’s participation in Table Stakes, a year-long challenge-based transformation program that’s part of our Knight innovation project here at the Cronkite School. “We already have a really deep connection to our audience,” Kearney says. “And this is a way to solidify and continue to nurture that relationship. In a fractured world where there are so many media choices that don’t involve the personality and the human touch that newscasts and newscasters and reporters and meteorologists and sports anchors bring to life for people, that’s more important than ever.” (Read the Nieman Lab’s take on KSAT Insider here.]

Frank Mungeam, Knight Professor of Practice in TV News Innovation at the Cronkite School and our colleague here at the Lab, has written about what KSAT and the other nine stations in the first Table Stakes cohort learned. Frank will be an adviser to the new Graham initiative, and one of his own Cronkite projects, the ‘Interactive Story Wall,’ also received Google News Initiative funding. (Read more on that here.)

One thing Bernice Kearney learned was be prepared to make mistakes and adjust on the fly. Example: KSAT arranged a theatrical screening of a documentary about a controversial murder case but discovered that the only people buying tickets were the families of the murder victim and the accused killer. “We realized that we were getting set up for a potential Hatfields and McCoys situation,” says Kearney. Screening cancelled. “If you’re thinking about going down the road of a membership program, you have to be willing to shift gears. Often.”

To reiterate: Graham isn’t asking newsroom fans to become paying “members” — at least not yet. KSAT Insider, which includes special access to events and other perks, is free. The new Graham project will go well beyond events, but the executives acknowledge that getting “members” to pay for the privilege is still a distant goal. There’s a lot of work to be done first, and it comes down to an essential question: just what is it that’s worth charging for?

“I think the one place where all this experimentation is going to lead is that we’re going to figure out what that value proposition is,” says Badalamente. “And then we’re going to be able to say to the audience: ‘You know, if you become a member or a paid member, you’re going to have this amazing value,’ and it’s going to be a no-brainer for them.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


ASU Cronkite One of Only Two Universities Selected for Google GNI Innovation Challenge

Click BELOW to read the story:

Photo by Ethan Gilchrist

The Walter Cronkite School of Journalism and Mass Communication at Arizona State University is one of two universities in the nation to receive funding through Google News Initiative’s first North America Innovation Challenge. The program funds innovative projects that focus on increasing audience engagement in local newsrooms.

Multilingual reporting for an increasingly bilingual audience

“English, or Spanish?” For newsrooms seeking to serve increasingly diverse audiences, the best answer might be: “Why not both?” A pair of experiments at the ASU Cronkite School of Journalism by the bilingual Cronkite Noticias reporting team tested a new way to deliver the news to these viewers. The results? ¡Muy buenos!

The idea to report bilingually emerged organically within the Noticias news team. “Our conversations happen organically in between both languages — English and Spanish,” explained Valeria Fernandez, Director of the Cronkite Noticias team. “The students ‘code switch’ (alternating between languages), and I code switch with them as their professor, so it felt like a natural evolution to attempt to do something that reflected their identities more.”

The ideal subject for the first storytelling experiment emerged organically. Cronkite Noticias reporter Karina Espinoza was preparing a report for Hispanic Heritage Month by profiling artists in the Phoenix area. As she was interviewing artists about how they expressed their heritage through their work, she found both that “Hispanic” encompassed many different countries of origin, and that several of her subjects’ primary language…was English. And at least one interviewee alternated between Spanish and English. After discussing how best to tell the story, the team decided the most accurate way was to preserve each subject’s natural language choice, and deliver a truly bilingual story, subtitling the Spanish responses for English-only viewers, and the English responses for Spanish-only viewers, while giving bilingual audiences an authentic and unfiltered story. For subtitling, the team used the same method used by many local broadcasters when they create text over video for ‘social videos.’

“This approach benefits three different audiences and brings them together,” noted Fernandez. “There is no ‘other.’ When we report for a particular audience we may report about the “other.” This approach offers new possibilities to experiment with inclusion, dialogue between cultures and understanding by finding common ground.”

Bilingual reporting isn’t just a more inclusive way to tell certain stories. Data from the U.S. Census Bureau shows that, in many states, it more accurately represents and serves an increasingly diverse population.

There are seven U.S. states where 30% or more of the households speak a language at home other than English, according to the census. That includes population centers like California, Texas, Florida and New York/New Jersey. There are twelve states where at least one in five households speak a second language at home. In the majority of those cases, that second language is Spanish.

US CENSUS CHART

The data is clear. While local news organizations have traditionally offered an either/or choice — English or Spanish — language is no longer a binary choice in many U.S. homes. Those traditional distinctions are blurred in families where parents may have only spoken Spanish but now their children primarily speak English outside of the household. For media companies, there’s an opportunity to better serve this multilingual household that is, in a number of states, a significant subset of the overall audience. It’s not only more inclusive. It’s also a good business strategy.

“A bilingual or multilingual person often acts as a bridge between people, and a sort of cultural broker,” noted Fernandez.

Buoyed by the positive response to their bilingual Hispanic Heritage Month report, the Cronkite Noticias team decided to take their weekly all-Spanish newscast for Facebook Live and instead deliver it bilingually. The three Noticias hosts interacted bilingually, and naturally, in both English and Spanish.

“From the minute we went on the air it was clear how comfortable the student journalists felt with communicating in two languages,” said Fernandez. “They started improvising, interacting with each other more than they’ve done in the past in Spanish and English.”

The real-time response from the live stream on Facebook was overwhelmingly positive.

“We got a lot of great responses from bilingual people in our social media channel who felt recognized,” said Fernandez.

The responses came bilingually as well, with viewers posting praise and appreciation in both Spanish and in English.

Screenshot of FB Live bilingual newscast responses

“That’s what we did in the show, we virtually invited segments of the audience to sit together at the same table,” said Fernandez. “So those who are bilingual see themselves represented in the show, and monolingual audiences are invited to step a little outside their comfort zone while being offered a window into a new language. Rather than being left out, they are invited into the conversation.”

In many newsrooms, there are now multiple reporters on staff who reflect this diversity and are bilingual. News leaders looking to better serve their increasingly diverse local audience might think about ways to invite the bilingual news viewer “into the conversation.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


10 Newsrooms to Receive Grants to Support Solutions Journalism Projects

The Solutions Journalism Network, which we recently wrote about, announced it is launching the Local Newsroom Revenue Project.

This project will be a pilot program supported by Google’s recently-announced Google News Initiative. The program is designed to build trust with the public while trying to establish a new business model for local newsrooms.

The Local Newsroom Revenue Project is scheduled to run through March 2021.

Ten newsrooms will receive small grants (up to $10,000) to support solutions journalism projects and business experiments.

Interested news organizations should apply here by Nov. 30.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Reddit or Not

If your news team is just using Instagram, Facebook and Twitter, it is missing out on a platform that often produces unique story ideas: Reddit.

As of 2017, Reddit had 330 million average monthly users — which Social Media Today says puts it on par with Twitter. But Reddit is not your typical digital platform.

“Reddit is really like a cocktail party. Journalists need to consider themselves to be folks that are arriving at that cocktail party after it’s already begun, and therefore they should consider how they would act appropriately if they were in that circumstance in real life,” said Gabriel Sands, the senior partnerships manager for news and journalism on Reddit.

Jeremy Jojola is an investigative journalist and long-time Reddit user; he has experienced this first-hand. He works for 9NEWS, the TEGNA-owned NBC affiliate in Denver, Colorado. He says being a Reddit user is a commitment — it is not a place for a quick Q&A.

Jeremy Jojola conducting an interview

“[Journalists] can’t just…swoop in and take content…because over time your reputation online will diminish,” Jojola said. “If journalists are going to be using Reddit, they have to be a genuine part of the community.”

Sands says Reddit can be a very helpful tool for local journalists, and Jojola agrees. Jojola has garnered many story ideas from the Denver subreddit — a place where people, usually residents, talk about all things Denver.

When he’s not gathering story ideas, he’s participating and sharing stories he thinks those users will appreciate.

Nice to see my LoDo neighbors on this fine Sunday morning from r/Denver

His reputation as a user and a journalist has been noticed by the community, and he now gets tagged in posts that he eventually turns into stories.

“About two weeks ago…someone posted this image of a strange-looking speeding ticket in the Denver subreddit…and I was tagged in the post by a one or two different people in the thread saying, ‘Hey, this is something TripleJDude (Jojola’s Reddit username) might find interesting.’”

Screenshot from Reddit post

He then did a day-turn story about the ticket for the 6 p.m. news, explicitly crediting Reddit both over the broadcasted news report and in the accompanying article online.

Jojola learned that the traffic ticket had been issued by a security guard, rather than a police officer, on private property. And that the payment wasn’t enforceable under state law.

Jojola knows better than to tease the Reddit users that they could find out the answer behind the speeding ticket by watching the evening news, so he posted what he found on Reddit.

Screenshot from Reddit post

Unlike Facebook or Twitter, where you can just post: “Hey, I’m looking for X…” Reddit is a space full of close-knit communities that can “upvote” or “downvote” your content. The more upvotes a post gets, the more likely it will be seen…and vice versa.

“One of the issues I see a lot is…other media outlets…have created Reddit accounts and they’ve posted into that community with the clear intention of just getting traffic to their articles,” Jojola said. “The users in that subreddit see right through that, and those users won’t really upvote the posts, or they’ll really slam on it.”

In other words: Self-promotion is a big ‘no.’

But for journalist Trevor Ault, valuable exposure can still happen on Reddit, just not in the traditional way. Ault used to work at CBS-affiliated KOIN6 in Portland, Oregon, owned by Nexstar Media Group. He now is a correspondent for ABC News.

Trevor Ault

His friend posted a compilation video on Reddit of Ault fooling around on the KOIN6 set, and that was enough for him to go viral — with half a million views.

“I was able to get this traction on Reddit…because the video wasn’t posted by me, it was posted by my friend,” Ault said.

As a result, users wanted to learn more about the man behind the video. They asked him to do an “Ask Me Anything” or AMA — an interview-like process between Ault and anyone on Reddit who wants to post a question for him to answer. Ault says AMAs are usually done by celebrities, prominent people, or normal people with interesting experiences or lives. Sands says this is the best way for news outlets to start out on Reddit.

Screenshot of Reddit AMA post

“That is how you will get on the right foot and how you will really start to get a sense of what Reddit is all about — which is by and large a place that people are coming to have discussions with each other about things that are interesting or important to them.”

Both Ault and Jojola are using Reddit on their own — there are no universal guidelines they are following — just etiquette they’ve learned over time. As manager of news partnerships, Sands and his partner Anna Kim want to create those universal guidelines, and offer to work with journalists and news outlets to help them get acquainted with Reddit and use the platform efficiently.

They offer Press and Broadcasting guidelines to help journalists use Reddit. They also provide “how to’s” and define Reddit terminology.

Since being hired to ABC News, Ault doesn’t go to local subreddits anymore — but the platform remains useful.

“It’s a good way to check the pulse of the public,” he said. “To get a gauge on what regular people and what regular viewers might be thinking.”

Sands says the key to success on Reddit is to primarily listen, and contribute sometimes, to the overall conversation. The key to failure: “Hijacking the conversation.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


A New York Station Tries to Reinvent the Late News

Esteban Creste has never been afraid to take chances. Maybe that’s why he started his own newspaper, called Trébol (Clover) in Spain — at age 12. And maybe it’s because he had a fledgling career as a child actor and lived in four different countries before coming to the United States at age 20. Creste had to work in restaurants for two years before landing his first journalism job, as a print reporter on the very gritty streets of The Bronx in the late 1980s.

Thirty years and many news (and some sports) jobs later, Creste is News Director at Univision 41, the company’s New York station. And he and his team have decided to re-imagine one of local television’s most familiar and enduring formats — the late news. While it’s way too soon to know whether the experiment will work, there are lessons already for any station interested in challenging the status quo.

The name hasn’t changed, but Solo a Las Once (Only at Eleven), which re-launched this September, is determined to break away from the almost-universal late-news formula wherever it can. On most stations, “we see the same stories every single night,” says Creste. “The locations and the names change, but the stories are the same.” On his new program, you still get the major headlines (along with sports and weather), but much of the material that other outfits call “breaking news” is relegated to voice-overs or ignored altogether in favor of longer reports and newsmaker interviews — typically two to four topics per evening, sometimes as few as one.

There are no standard 1:30 news packages: instead, taped segments run at whatever length the story requires, often followed by interviews. In the program’s first two weeks, stories on New York’s infamous Rikers Island prison and on Newark New Jersey’s troubled water supply ran between six and seven minutes, assignment manager and head of planning Alba Eduardo told me. On the day I visited the newsroom, a police crackdown on the notorious Los Trinitarios gang was a conventional news package on the traditionally formatted 6 p.m. broadcast, but one of the station’s night-side reporters was given six hours to do something special for the 11. “We’re going to take a deep dive into the subjects and let them be as extensive as they need to be,” Creste says.

Univision 41 News Director Esteban Creste

Like TEGNA’S Next With Kyle Clark, the 6 p.m. newscast on KUSA-TV in Denver that flouts the normal rules for what makes local news tick, Solo a Las Once relies heavily on audience input. The producers post a question on Twitter and Facebook at 10 p.m., then display answers on screen or have anchor Yisel Tejeda incorporate them directly into touch-screen segments or interviews.

The program strives to surprise the viewer, says executive producer Arturo Lopez. “It’s about the news of the day, or it could be something that’s completely unexpected.” Creste sets a high bar for the team. “Every night, we do a different thing. We open the newscast from a different location. We touch on different subjects. So the idea is to be completely innovative every single night.” He says Solo a Las Once has “no formula — there is complete freedom” to tailor each program to the day’s stories. “How are you going to start tonight?” he likes to ask. For those who believe part of a daily newscast’s appeal lies in its reassuring familiarity, it’s a bold move.

Solo a Las Once anchor Yisel Tejeda (Univision)

No one knows that better than Tejeda, who co-anchors the much more heavily scripted 6 p.m. newscast but steps out from behind the desk to anchor the late news alone. “I think that’s one of the biggest challenges we have,” she says. “People are used to going home and turning on their TV and just seeing voice-over after voice-over, 1:30 package after 1:30 package. And now we’re giving them something completely different.”

Competitive pressure certainly played a role in Creste’s decision to revamp the late news. Telemundo, once an also-ran to Univision nationally and in major markets, has come on strong under Comcast’s ownership, including in New York. A year ago, Univision 41 commissioned Magid research that revealed a desire for more in-depth reporting on issues of special import to Latinx communities, including (surprisingly to Creste) politics, “and that they saw us as their protectors. So the idea is to do something that really provides information to our viewers that they can use to have a positive impact in their lives,” says Creste. “Something that is important.”

The research prompted Creste to create a set of principles that can be summarized as compelling enterprise reporting that’s local, relevant, and overtly in the viewer’s corner. Every newsroom employee had to learn the principles and is supposed to apply them to every single story, every single day. “We have gone through this process where we now have a very focused mission,” says Assistant News Director Geraldine Cols Azocar, “and a very focused goal, which helps a lot in our story selection, and in every decision that we make. And our goal and our mission fit very well with this new format at 11 p.m.”

In the promo that producer Luis Antonio Valera made to announce the re-tooled late news, Tejeda says “We want to make a promise and a pact with you at home. We promise to bring you the relevant issues that impact your lives, and you promise to be the support and the reason for this effort.”

Screenshot from “Solo a Las Once” promo

So far, the station has kept up its end of that bargain. It’s too early to speak for the viewers. The ratings in the first two weeks have been mixed, but they were shaky before the change as well. And TEGNA’s Denver experiment with Kyle Clark showed that you might have to lose some of your existing viewers in order to attract the audience you are now trying to serve. Creste’s colleague Lisbeth Diaz thinks the new program may draw some people who have drifted away from TV news altogether. “We were not actually addressing issues that were a societal concern for our community,” she says. “We were reporting on something that continues happening, and just showing a VO or a package and letting it go. Now, we’re doing totally the opposite. I think there’s a huge opportunity for actually attracting another kind of viewer that is expecting something different, like the viewer that does not want to hear about the shooting that Telemundo is covering.”

Creste agrees. “People are moving away from from TV. So unless you give them something really interesting, they’re going to leave completely.” He knows the radical reinvention is a risk, maybe a big one.

Fifteen years ago, Creste was working for Telemundo in New York when he got an offer to move to Chicago to be news director of the company’s station there. He took the job but worried that he didn’t know the city well enough; he had only been there once before. So Creste would get lost on purpose: he would hop on the “L,” ride to a station he didn’t know, and then walk back to his apartment through unfamiliar streets. Sometimes you have to leave your neighborhood to find your way home.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Is Solutions Journalism the right solution for your newsroom?

“People are tired of reporting that lacks any hope or humanity,” says Jeff Harris, news director at CBS’s Chicago station WBBM-TV. Hard to disagree with that sentiment — we’ve all heard the complaints ourselves. But WBBM and a small group of other stations are part of a new experiment that addresses the problem in a very specific way that does not involve feel-good features or viral videos. Where it succeeds, supporters say it can enhance a station’s journalism, reputation, audience engagement and even productivity.

The approach is called “solutions journalism.” The idea sounds simple enough: report just as rigorously on solutions as you do on problems. But it turns out that’s not as easy as it sounds. “Solutions journalism is not a light switch that you flip,” says Harris. Rather, solutions journalism applies the techniques used to investigate problems to investigate potential answers, with the same skeptical reporting eye. “The distinction here is that we’re not pushing for a specific solution or resolution,” says Harris. “We’re reporting on other communities and other folks who may have a solution to the problem that we’re investigating.”

The process begins with a formal newsroom training program created by the Solutions Journalism Network, a nonprofit whose impact has grown steadily in the print and digital world since its founding six years ago but which has only recently entered local TV newsrooms.

After a successful pilot at WEWS-TV, the Scripps ABC affiliate in Cleveland where Harris was news director before moving to Chicago, the Solutions Journalism Network hired Deborah Potter, veteran broadcast journalist turned teacher, textbook author and trainer, to recruit 10 stations interested in the concept. “Why would a competitive television station want to try it? To be different,” says Potter. “One of the complaints about local TV is it’s all the same. And so one of the conversations we had was: ‘This is a way potentially to distinguish what you do, what this station does, from what everybody else is doing.’”

Potter crushed it: she got 15 stations in 14 markets (there’s one duopoly) to buy the pitch. It helped that she picked stations she thought would be receptive — “work with the willing” — and it really helped that the training program was free, underwritten by the Chan Zuckerberg Initiative, which also helped fund some of the stations’ resulting projects.

Next, Solution Journalism Network’s Carolyn Robinson and her colleagues visited each of the stations earlier this year to conduct a workshop for the entire newsroom, replete with techniques and examples. “Everybody has to be involved,” says Robinson, “because the idea is that this seeps throughout the newsroom. Everybody starts asking each other, ‘Is there a solutions angle here?’” She also held brainstorming sessions with key editorial leaders to identify a solutions-oriented project and even met with station promotion teams to help sell the idea.

Carolyn Robinson of Solutions Journalism Network

“We talked about investigating solutions,” Robinson says. “Same skill set [as exposing problems], same exact kind of approach to a story, but we’re looking at what’s working, how well is it working, for how long, and for whom? And one of the things that people started realizing is there’s really a hunger for that kind of reporting. If you stop right at the problem, people are like, ‘Well, thanks a lot. Here’s another problem in my lap. How do we move forward as a society or as a community to start addressing these issues?’”

After the workshop, KXAN-TV, Nexstar’s NBC affiliate in Austin, went all in. The station created a project called Save Our Students, prompted by school shootings in Texas but focused on solutions for improving mental health in schools. (Check out the project’s landing page for an idea of the scope.) Josh Hinkle, who heads up investigations and innovation at KXAN, used the Chan Zuckerberg funds to send teams to California and Ohio to investigate potential solutions there. He says that the newsroom produced about 40 on-air stories, multiple digital features, and several live events with policy-makers and regular viewers, including two town halls — an essential part of the formula. “I didn’t connect the dots and understand fully how important engagement would be,” says KXAN news director Chad Cross. “But that did turn out to be the way that we were able to get in front of the people who have power to consider these ideas and possibly implement them.”

But first, Hinkle and Cross had to convince colleagues that solutions journalism is not advocacy journalism and then keep the pressure on their reporters for a hard-nosed analysis of what’s working and what isn’t. “Understanding the effectiveness of this solution is what’s going to make this reporting unique,” says Cross. “And not just a profile of an idea. And so that’s where it gets to be more challenging than you might think.”

Hinkle hopes that solutions journalism becomes part of the station’s daily routine, even without external funds to help fuel a special project. “That’s a big challenge for a newsroom: to think beyond this big initiative. How can we make it more of something we do on a regular basis?”

Morgan Loew, chief investigative reporter at KPHO-TV, Meredith’s CBS affiliate in Phoenix, is also an enthusiastic booster of the solutions approach. “Okay, we’re going to show you some problems, but we’d better come up with some ways that these problems can be solved, and not just in a tag.” Loew used the outside money to pay for data-journalism training for a series called State of Our Schools — an ambitious project that yielded unique insights about which Arizona schools were succeeding (or struggling) and why.

For a month and a half, the station aired two big stories per week in its evening newscasts along with additional solutions-oriented quicker hits in the mornings. “I think that this model of adding a solutions angle is something that we are going to be applying to future projects, not only because I think it’s good journalism, but our managers seem to like it,” says Loew. “At the end of the day, if I can tell my bosses ‘Give me a small team and we can do 12 stories on this issue,’ they’re going to like that.”

However, it turns out the experiment in solutions journalism for local TV newsrooms has not been an across-the-board success. Hat tip to Solutions Journalism Network for gulping its own Kool-Aid: it’s as tough on its own program as it teaches journalists to be when they investigate solutions. “We try things out like this,” says Robinson. “And we want to iterate from that, and improve and change it: what did work, what isn’t working?”

So, with support from the Reynolds Journalism Institute, Potter returned to all the stations this summer to assess the results of the program — not just the projects, but changes in the newsrooms themselves. Potter estimates that half the stations have embraced the project. “The other ones are still struggling, and there are a few that just aren’t going to do it.”

She and Robinson say factors like the station’s news culture, its size, and the presence of a strong champion on the leadership team can make the difference. WBBM’s Jeff Harris agrees that the program is not for everyone. “There are places where it is a match, and there are places where it’s not.”

Aside from this project, the Solutions Journalism Network is working with journalism collaborations that include local TV newsrooms, like NBC’s WCAU-TV and Broke in Philly (which we reported on earlier this year) and TEGNA’s NBC affiliate WCNC-TV and the Charlotte Journalism Cooperative, created in partnership with our underwriter, the Knight Foundation.

Potter, who’s still gathering ratings data and digital metrics from the stations, is writing a playbook for how to implement solutions journalism in a television newsroom. And Carolyn Robinson is back on the road, looking for half a dozen stations that want to try the program next year. She’d love to hear from you if you’re interested.

“I really think journalists can be inspired by the idea that this can reinvigorate not only us in our newsroom, but also our audience,” says KXAN’s Chad Cross. “This may bring some of them back to us, when they see that we’re not just reporting on all the negativity, but we’re also exploring some of the positive things that are happening in a really meaningful way.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Is LX the Rx for Reaching Younger News Viewers?

It’s an ongoing quest whose outcome may determine the future of video journalism: the hunt for those elusive younger viewers.

The latest venture comes from NBC’s owned stations. LX launched with a modest amount of content but ambitious plans to grow into a new linear channel for young people. It’s a dramatic example of how local TV stations are using digital platforms for experiments that might not sit well with traditional broadcast viewers but could point the way to the next generation of news reporting.

“We’re wrestling with how to connect with audiences that don’t watch local linear [TV] news,” Valari Staab, President of the NBCUniversal Owned Stations Group and the force behind the project, told Variety. NBC’s official announcement calls LX ‘a news brand for Gen Z and Millennials’ and goes on to explain that “LX stands for ‘Local X,’ the ‘X’ signifying the exponential abilities that LX has in telling our communities’ unique stories.” (It didn’t hurt that the NBC stations already owned the LX.com URL thanks to their in-house production company, LX.TV.)

‘Every Story is Local’ is the new brand’s tagline. But LX, which is launching on YouTube and social-media channels initially, only features local stories that can resonate with a national audience, says Matt Goldberg, who has been developing the project ever since moving from his job as assistant news director at KNBC about a year ago. “It’s all about elevating those stories, taking them from one local community and bringing them to the national community.“

Matt Goldberg

Goldberg, a former investigative producer and a graduate of our own Walter Cronkite School of Journalism here at ASU (just sayin’), tells us he was thrilled when Magid research pointed to younger consumers’ appetite for more substantive stories. “Seeing that desire to have more depth and context than what I think folks are getting, particularly on the local level, was a great opportunity.”

For now, LX features five ‘visual storytellers’ who are empowered to tell stories in their own distinctive ways. “I wanted to find innovators — people who wanted to really experiment,” says Goldberg. The stories available at launch range in length from 3:08 to 10:13 and vary widely in subject too: profiles of an unconventional young Boston chef and of a Senegalese surfer in Venice CA; features on urban farming as an antidote for overheated cities and on disappearing Joshua trees; and explainers on Andrew Yang’s guaranteed-income proposal and on the likelihood of being attacked by a shark.

There’s a range of styles too, from narrated report to first-person mini-doc to on-camera soliloquy. But all of it is intentionally unlike standard local TV fare. The reporters “all have this natural kind of love for doing things differently,” says Goldberg. “We often talk about how we don’t want something to look too ‘local newsy’…and really leaning more on the storytelling and the story itself to guide what creativity might come out to tell that story.”

LX’s stories and planned franchises will focus on five areas: politics, lifestyle, community, technology, and the environment. Goldberg promises more quick-turnaround stories and says to expect 10 to 15 new pieces per week on YouTube as well as more items tailored specifically to various social-media platforms.

But that’s just between now and April, when LX expands dramatically and becomes both an over-the-air and a streaming channel based at NBC’s Dallas-Fort Worth station KXAS, with six hours of live programming a day. The service will be ad-supported, although NBC promises a lower commercial load than is typical of TV now. “Our goal all along was to develop LX as a new broadcast channel,” says Goldberg. “But I think we had to create ourselves digitally native first, because that’s really the content we’re trying to be like.”

NBC’s 42 stations (including Telemundo) will be a key part of the venture as well, contributing their own content to the expanded programming down the road. LX’s reporters are already embedded in their local station newsrooms, and Goldberg expects ideas and stories to flow in both directions under the leadership of Texas-based news director Meagan Harris.

NBC is not the only TV station group to experiment with new forms of linear storytelling on digital platforms. Here at the Lab, we’ve reported on TEGNA, Hearst, and ABC shows produced for Facebook Watch and on ABC’s Localish, which shares a lot of DNA with LX; Scripps’s high hopes for Newsy; Sinclair’s OTT channel Stirr; Gray’s InvestigateTV; and the 24/7 streaming service CBSN’s expansion to local markets, including most recently Boston.

Goldberg, who calls LX the “R & D arm of the owned stations division,” promises that the brand will “continue to evolve. It’s almost like a live test-tube of what works and what doesn’t.” He hopes that NBC’s local newsrooms will share the benefits of those lessons too. “At the end of the day, if we learn anything about this audience and about storytelling and about how to tell local stories in the world we’re performing in now, then we’ve succeeded.”

The quest continues.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Fitting a planet-sized story into a local newscast

Climate change is “planet-size.” But local audiences are increasingly hungry for coverage that connects those global trends to what’s happening in their own backyard. Early successes by a few local innovators point to the opportunity for local news stations to be the go-to source for climate coverage in their communities.

The Data

Opinion data collected by Yale University tracks change in public sentiment regarding global warming. At September’s Excellence in Journalism conference in San Antonio, Ed Maibach of George Mason University’s Center for Climate Change Communication presented data showing a strong shift in the past five years toward increased concern – and less skepticism – about climate change and its effects. The interactive Climate Opinion Map is a tool that enables any local news organization to drill down to see climate survey results at a hyper-local level for its community, an insightful tool for planning coverage.

Audience Engagement

Research released in August 2019 by Chartbeat shows that news organizations are increasing their climate coverage, and climate stories are generating higher engagement from audiences. Comparing the first quarter of 2019 to similar periods in the past two years, the number of climate stories published was up 27% and 56% respectively from 2017 and 2018. Impressively, the time spent with those articles was up even more: up 52% from 2017 and up 80% from 2018. If it was ever true that climate stories were a ratings killer in the past, the data show the opposite now.

Local Meteorologists as Climate Storytellers

In January, I contributed to the Nieman Lab’s annual predictions for the ‘year in journalism’ by penning a piece advocating that this could – and should – be the year that local news stations use their best graphics, best scientist and most trusted personalities – their weather anchors – to localize the story of climate.

At EIJ, WRC-TV News Director Mike Goldrick cited that article as part of the inspiration for WRC’s station-wide, multi-month local initiative called “Changing Climate.” Goldrick noted the coverage wasn’t just important content, but it performed well with the audience on all the key metrics.

Local climate stories by NBC4 include a report on rising local temperatures; the reasons why east coast hurricanes are becoming more intense; and a report explaining why leaves are turning brown sooner in the fall in Virginia.

WRC is not alone. Two local forecasters, Amber Sullins at ABC15 in Phoenix and Mike Nelson at the DenverChannel in Denver, earned shout-outs recently via The Takeaway podcast for regularly incorporating climate change information as part of their weather reporting. We profiled Sullins’ climate coverage in our Cronkite News Lab Social Media Spotlight.

No less than the UK Guardian published an article in mid-September headlined: How TV Weathercasters Became the Unsung Heroes of the Climate Crisis, highlighting the reporting of meteorologists at various local TV stations in the U.S.

Here at the ASU Cronkite School of Journalism, we’ve also been experimenting with ways to localize the climate change story and for ways to incorporate more compelling augmented reality visualizations. Here’s Cronkite News lead weather anchor Jordan Evans’ story showing how global warming trends apply to Arizona’s most populous urban areas and most popular national parks.

For stations looking to increase and improve their local coverage of climate, Climate Central is a robust resource. The nonprofit and nonpartisan organization employs its own meteorologists and uses NOAA weather data to create relevant local visualizations that are free to use for local newsrooms. Some of the most popular visualizations created by Climate Central were shared at the EIJ conference. No shock, the top two were about beer and football.

Bernadette Woods Placky of Climate Central offers these best practices for newsrooms:

  • Focus on the science
  • Localize wherever possible
  • Make it simple and compelling
  • Tie in to the news cycle of what’s happening

Climate Central also maintains a robust web site that includes resources on potential story localizations as well as an ongoing archive of best practices from other local newsrooms.

You know the tide is turning on climate reporting when Variety magazine weighs in. A September article touted that even the major TV news networks are investing in more climate coverage. But local broadcasters are uniquely qualified and positioned to be the authority in the communities they serve for informing and empowering their audiences about climate change.

An earlier version of this story incorrectly identified Denver meteorologist Mike Nelson.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox




Bridgette Matter: Hooked on TikTok

Bridgette Matter

TikTok is not as well known as Instagram or Twitter, but Bridgette Matter thinks it may just replace them as the next big platform. That’s why the Jacksonville anchor/reporter  jumped on board. Matter says that her station, like everyone else, talks about how important it is to interact with social media, but “no one’s focusing on TikTok…yet.”

TikTok is a global video-sharing app/platform created in China three years ago that became available for worldwide use in 2017. It is very similar to what Vine once was. But instead of 6-second videos, TikTok allows videos up to a minute long. Nearly half of TikTok users are between 16 and 24 years old, and the app has been downloaded one billion times, according to the 2019 global web index.

Matter works for Fox30 in Jacksonville, which brands itself as “Action News Jax” and serves southern Georgia and northeast Florida as part of a Cox-owned duopoly with WJAX-TV. Matter joined TikTok after following the entrepreneur Gary Vaynerchuk, who predicts that it will be the next Instagram.

“What he’s saying is that TikTok is what Instagram was maybe 10 years ago: primarily young people, kids in college, kids in high school,” Matter said. “You didn’t have businesses or adults on that platform. And now pretty much every person is on there, every business is on there. Same thing with Facebook.”

The New Yorker recently published a piece describing what keeps people watching on TikTok. The most popular videos on TikTok are usually entertaining: viral dances, trending challenges, etc. Matter often posts light-hearted videos, but that’s not where she’s getting the viewership. When she puts more serious content on TikTok, her videos can garner more than 12,000 views, ten times what her lighter fare attracts on a good day.

And when she uploaded a video of her coverage of Hurricane Dorian, the viewership “exploded.”

The 10 second video got 65,000 views. The reason: Dorian was trending at the time, so TikTok’s algorithm, which tries to give users more of what they like, worked in Matter’s favor.

Matter is using TikTok to connect with a new audience and build her brand.

“TikTok is just a way to get content on a different platform, and maybe even carry some of those people over to Instagram, Twitter, or Facebook, which is what most media entities are focused on now,” Matter said.

Her advice for journalists interested in TikTok is that while its audience is still very young, that is a good thing. “If you really think about it…you’re trying to appeal to an audience that might be news [consumers] in the future. That’s where they are right now.”

Do you know an anchor, reporter or meteorologist who is creatively using social media and deserves to be featured in our next Social Media Spotlight? If so, email us at cronkitenewslab@asu.edu and we’ll check out the story.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


“It’s time to become indispensable.”

The winner of the RTDNA’s Paul White Award is expected to talk about journalism’s loftiest aspirations, and Scott Pelley didn’t disappoint. The award, considered the organization’s highest honor, recognizes “lifetime contributions to broadcast and digital journalism,” and Pelley’s work on 60 Minutes and on CBS News over 30 years has certainly earned him the right to summon our better angels.

Scott Pelley

Pelley delivered a stemwinder of a speech as he accepted his award at the Excellence in Journalism conference in San Antonio last week. “When journalism stops caring about public service, the public stops caring about journalism,” he said. But Pelley, who cut his teeth as a local TV news reporter in Lubbock and Dallas/Fort Worth, also sounded a note that we’re starting to hear more and more in our work here at the Knight-Cronkite News Lab — namely that enterprise journalism can help a station not just do good, but do well. Here’s how Pelley put it:

When you get back to the newsroom on Monday, assign a reporter to look at whether the water in your town is being delivered to homes in lead pipes. Assign another reporter to use the Freedom of Information Act to check on the waiting list for the V.A. hospital. Assign another to look at what happened to all that bond money the voters approved five years ago. Check on the firefighter and police department pension funds.

And then don’t ask them to come back with an answer for the five o’clock news. Sure, you have to send this reporter out to the three alarm fire for the six o’clock news. Let this public service be their long-term project that they work on constantly in the background.

Imagine leading your broadcast with “Here’s what we found out about lead in your drinking water,” and watch your competitors try to catch up.

Coincidentally, Google just announced that it is tweaking its search results to favor original reporting — potentially a boost for enterprise journalism. And that notion of distinctive reporting as a way for newsrooms to survive and thrive in challenging times is also one of many ideas to emerge from an ambitious report out this week from the Medill School of Journalism at Northwestern University.

Medill News Leaders Project 2019

The report, Medill News Leaders Project 2019, is subtitled Sustaining the Business of Local Journalism. It’s based on interviews with 54 industry figures (including me) from print, digital, and broadcast, and the authors, rather than hammering out an all-encompassing synthesis, decided to curate the most salient quotes and tie them together in five sections: revenue models, nonprofit newsrooms, innovation, local TV, and the future of local news in general. (You can read the Nieman Lab’s summary of the report here.) According to the report’s executive summary, “Local television news is on the cusp of a major disruption in its business model resulting from rapid changes in technology, audience behaviors and viewer demographics.”

One of the report’s authors is Owen Youngman, who spent 37 years at the Chicago Tribune and helped move the paper into the digital age. He now serves as a Professor and Knight Chair in Digital Media Strategy at Medill. (The Knight Foundation also underwrites our work here at the Lab.) He told me local TV newsrooms — not just print operations — have no time to waste. “I think we all can see the trains coming down the track at us. But it’s difficult to judge the speed. And if you go in assuming that it’s faster than you want it to be, you’re going to act in a different way — a more effective way.”

Youngman told me that by trying to be all things to all people, traditional newsrooms run the risk of being caught between well-resourced national news providers and hyper-local digital upstarts. “Metro dailies and TV stations trying to serve all parts of a metro market find themselves in an undifferentiated middle, where they are not giving people a clear reason to prefer them unless they have the best weather person.” Youngman says the standard coverage produced by local TV newsrooms can easily be undercut by new competitors. “A byproduct of our decreased attention spans is that the craft that was necessary to do a 2:30 video piece for the nightly news matters less if somebody is willing to grab a 40-second bite from someone with less training and polish than you.”

What would Youngman say specifically to local TV news directors? “I want you to understand that what worked yesterday is going to work marginally less well tomorrow and dramatically less well in the future. But there are things that are happening across the country, and not just in TV, but in digital startups that focus on video, that have lessons that are not that expensive to adopt. And that could really be interesting for you.”

There are relevant observations throughout the Medill report across a wide range of topics, and a number of them reminded me of Scott Pelley’s rousing message of the week before. “GOOD JOURNALISM IS GOOD BUSINESS,” reads one headline from the section called The Future of Local News. “Because it’s essential for news outlets to differentiate themselves in order to survive, this difficult era may actually be beneficial for quality journalism,” the report’s authors say. And more specifically: “Being perceived as a provider of ‘commodity news’ is dangerous, and setting yourself apart with established excellence on specific topics is differentiating successful local news organizations from their competitors.”

Scott Pelley wasn’t the only network news star honored by the RTDNA last week. His fellow San Antonio native, ABC’s John Quiñones, won the John F. Hogan Distinguished Service Award for “contributions to the journalism profession and freedom of the press.” Quiñones, the son of a janitor and a maid, gave a moving speech about his journey from a childhood in San Antonio’s West Side barrio — he spoke no English when he entered public school at age 6 — to his recent walk across Times Square, where he saw his name in lights as the host of a network news program. (You can watch Quiñones’s speech here.) Quiñones called on journalism to serve as “a candle in the darkness.” And Pelley echoed the metaphor: “With every newscast, with every refresh of your website, ask yourself, ‘Am I a light in this gathering void of ignorance?’”

The Medill report, which shines its own light where the mission of journalism and the business of journalism meet, puts it this way:

“It’s time to become indispensable.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Social Media Spotlight: Joy Wang

“There are two sides to every story.” We’ve all heard that before, but when it comes to reporting on social media, especially live-tweeting, journalists often sacrifice thoroughness for immediacy–post what you see and hear and the job’s done. That is, unless you’re Joy Wang, a reporter and weekend weather anchor for Hubbard Broadcasting’s KOB4 in Albuquerque, New Mexico.

Wang believes her audience on social media is entitled to the same journalistic rigor as the people who watch her on TV, so she prepares her live tweets with the same intensity as her traditional stories for air.

For example: Vice President Mike Pence’s August visit to New Mexico for a speech about the Mexico-Canada Trade Agreement. “I started working on that the night before. I was on the phone with people from the Democratic Party of New Mexico,” Wang said. “[When live-tweeting] it’s not like I can just run off to someone else and get the other side.”

She remained in touch with the DPNM through the speech the next day–but if not for the pre-planning, she wouldn’t have gotten the timely responses she needed. The result? She was able to inform her Twitter followers not just of what Pence had to say, but where the Democrats differed. “I just think it’s kind of irresponsible of me to tell people something that [Pence] says is happening, if other parties have done their own research and disagree with it,” Wang said. “It’s important for people…to know whether or not they should believe what the politician is saying on stage.”

Of course, Wang also takes advantage of Twitter’s immediacy, whether to keep in touch with the newsroom, while on assignment, or to alert her followers to time-sensitive stories. Her example was an August 13th gas leak that created a cloud and shut down some roads. “It was already pretty late at night..people need to know they can’t get home, ” Wang said. “You can’t wait until 10 o’clock to give people that information.”

She’s not worried about stealing her own thunder or hurting the TV broadcast. “I think the moment you have information you want to share it. And I don’t think everyone agrees with me on that,” Wang said. “But…when you watch the story at 10 o’clock…I’m showing you something different, or I might’ve learned something different in the meantime.”

But Wang says for the most part–her television viewers and Twitter followers are two separate audiences, and should be treated as such — both getting the whole picture.

“If someone only watched my newscast, and someone else only saw my tweets, they would both be able to have a conversation about that story.”

Do you know an anchor, reporter or meteorologist who is creatively using social media and deserves to be featured in our next Social Media Spotlight? If so, email us at cronkitenewslab@asu.edu and we’ll check out the story.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox




Lessons from a Year on the Front Lines of Innovation

“We should be terrified of NOT being innovative,” said TEGNA VP of News Ellen Crooke. “Not taking action is even scarier than trying something new.” That was last fall, at the “Excellence in Journalism” (EIJ)/RTDNA conference in Baltimore. We were there to introduce the Knight-Cronkite News Lab — a project funded by the Knight Foundation and based at ASU’s Walter Cronkite School of Journalism to report on, implement, and perhaps inspire local TV news innovation. Since then, we’ve been sharing stories of people who are overcoming the “fear factor” that too often impedes innovation; working with a group of stations on a transformation program called “Table Stakes”; and conducting newsroom experiments with Cronkite students under the leadership of my colleague Frank Mungeam.

As EIJ 2019 gets underway in San Antonio this week, I thought I’d offer five takeaways from our first year on the job, along with examples, shout-outs, and updates from some of the innovators who’ve shared their work with us.

“Creating a product for everyone is creating a product for no one,” said Kyle Clark, solo anchor of the 6 p.m. broadcast at Tegna’s KUSA in Denver. Clark and his collaborator Linda Kotsaftis convinced their bosses to let them ignore what they would call “flashing light” coverage — murders, fires, car crashes — and create an idiosyncratic program built around the anchor’s distinctive style, quirky segments, and heavy viewer input. After a scary initial plunge, Next with Kyle Clark climbed back to the top of the ratings heap.

When Tom Cibrowski took over as GM of ABC’s KGO in San Francisco, he was surprised at the urban ills he discovered walking to work in his new city. At his urging, news director Tracey Watkowski and her team created a franchise called Building a Better Bay Area. That meant pushing a sometimes entrenched newsroom culture to deviate from the standard formula and convincing their colleagues that it’s okay to forego some routine local stories. Since our story, Cibrowski has hired a new executive producer, Mariel Myers, to expand the “BABBA” franchise into “premium content,” which Myers defines as “original, creative, long-form, long-tail, high-end, multi-platform.” Phew!

Nexstar’s WPRI in Providence brought back good old-fashioned beat reporting, part of a growing trend towards more original enterprise journalism. City Hall reporter Dan McGowan, one of the news hounds we featured in our story, has been snapped up by the Boston Globe — but his colleague Ted Nesi tells us that the station has since “doubled down on [its] commitment to investigative, in-depth reporting” and proudly offers this new promo to make the case.

We also reported on challengers from outside the broadcast arena, including Spectrum News 1 in Southern California, a 24/7 cable upstart that is trying to rewrite the rules for local news in LA and its surroundings. “We don’t do car chases,” said news honcho Cater Lee. “We’re not watching the scanners, we’re not waiting for the press releases, we’re not looking at the wires,” added her colleague Scott Warren. “We’re actually depending on our reporters out in the field to generate the stories as well as produce them.”

That said, breaking away from the tried-but-increasingly-less-true isn’t easy. If you haven’t yet read Frank Mungeam’s popular and influential essay, Want Newsroom Innovation? Start with a STOP List, here’s your chance.

Gray’s InvestigateTV is an OTT channel built around the work of Lee Zurik’s investigative team out of WVUE in New Orleans, additional Gray (and formerly Raycom) stations, and partners like ProPublica, the Cronkite School’s own News21, and others. Zurik says that recent reporting on undercounting of hate crimes illustrates what he calls “the power of local.” The FBI ignored Zurik’s requests for comment until two InvestigateTV stories on the subject aired on Gray stations, and the Bureau started hearing from viewers and its agents in the field. The FBI not only called back but promised to start reporting the numbers. Measure of Hate eventually became a 30-minute documentary that aired on Gray stations in August.

Sinclair’s STIRR streaming service combines content from local stations with programming from partner channels. GM Adam Ware told us he wants to tap into local newsrooms’s creativity — to “expand the newsroom into a ‘content room.’” VP of News Scott Livingston added, “It can be a content lab where we test new things.”

CBS recently announced that it is planning to expand its 24/7 local news stream to more of its owned stations. We reported on the launch of CBSN New York, which was followed by CBSN Los Angeles. Boston and San Francisco are on deck, with nine more markets to come next year.

And many stations have started original programs designed specifically for streaming, such as the new 9 p.m. hour on Graham Media’s KSAT in San Antonio.

But OTT has also brought new challengers into the game, such as Local Now, featuring “local” content produced by The Weather Channel team in Atlanta as well as content from partners. We also reported on Newsy, an over-the-top and cable channel owned by Scripps. It’s not local, but millennial-friendly story selection and talent could chart a path to younger audiences for TV stations. News VP Christina Hartman reports that the channel just released its first feature-length documentary, Blowout, about the global impact of America’s energy production boom.

With a new emphasis on enterprise journalism, some for-profit newsrooms are drawing on funding from the nonprofit world to beef up their original journalism and beat reporting. Camalot Todd became the first journalist from Report for America, a nonprofit venture supporting reporters in so-called “news deserts,” to join a TV operation: she’s covering mental health issues for Spectrum News Buffalo.

CJ LeMaster, investigative reporter at Gray’s NBC affiliate WLBT in Jackson, MS, unexpectedly found himself with a new partner in Erica Hensley, a data reporter from the nonprofit Mississippi Today. The Knight Foundation underwrote an 18-month collaboration, paying Hensley’s salary for four projects with the commercial TV station. It was an experiment designed to see what happens when a print reporter and a TV reporter join forces. Hensley tells us that the pair is about to complete the final story in the project — you can see their work to date here — and she says their most recent story, an investigation of ambulance services, was their most successful collaboration yet. “We shared initial datasets, but let them complement each other to tell pretty different stories,” she tells us, “which all things considered, is in the true spirit of the collaboration.”

The notion of joining forces to serve different audiences in distinctive ways also describes the Denver collaboration we reported on recently, between TEGNA’s KUSA 9News and Rocky Mountain PBS — unusual in that it involves two TV newsrooms working together. NBC10 and Telemundo 62’s news director Anzio Williams learned to put aside his natural competitive instincts to join Broke in Philly, a collaboration among multiple news organizations to report on economic hardship in Philadelphia, giving new heft to the phrase “City of Brotherly Love.”

Gray is experimenting with a different kind of collaboration, this one between its own stations and a national star recruited from cable. Full Court Press with Greta van Susteren premieres Sunday, cleared in 76 percent of the country and promising to break new ground in the familiar territory of the DC-based public-affairs show. Van Susteren and Gray SVP Sandy Breland told us that the program will draw heavily on story ideas and content from the company’s 93 stations. Breland reports that Sunday’s episode will have reaction from stations around the country to illustrate the program’s “local lens” perspective, and the second episode will feature a story from anchor/reporter Tara Mergener of KWTX in Waco.

We’ve met lots of TV journalists who are experimenting with Facebook, Twitter, and other social media platforms to create new content and attract new audiences — so many that we eventually created our Social Media Spotlight franchise to profile them. Research Associates Sarah Farrell and Jill Ryan have done the reporting, so I asked them and our digital producer Alicia Barrón for their favorites. The team singled out Lauren Donovan of Hearst’s KCCI in Des Moines, who does conversational “translations” of her daily assignments just for her Twitter followers; Ben Winslow of Tribune’s KSTU in Salt Lake City, a master at knowing the distinctive strengths (and audiences) of each social-media platform; Abbey Fernandez of NBC Bay Area (KNTV) and Telemundo 48, who writes, edits, and posts three times a week on Instagram and Twitter, in English and Spanish; Kristen Hampton of Gray’s WBTV in Charlotte, who became an accidental viral sensation when she started testing beauty products from her car on Facebook Live; and Bob Herzog of Sinclair’s WKRC in Cincinnati, whose “Wake and Make Up” videos on Facebook put a human (and un-made-up) face on the morning anchor.

Esteban Creste, VP of News for Univision 41 in New York, was just hoping to beef up the station’s 12-year-old 41 A Tu Lado (On Your Side) franchise after correspondent Berenice Gartner suggested connecting with viewers on WhatsApp, a messaging platform that’s especially popular with Latinos. The simple move unleashed such a flood of tips, requests and story ideas that Creste had to assign a producer just to channel them all. The lesson for any station: reach out to your viewers and users on the platforms they use and trust — and then listen to them. Since our story, Creste has added a daily newsletter and begun producing twice-daily digital news segments in Spanish for Altice USA’s local News 12 Networks.

TEGNA created its Verify segments to build trust through transparency. In its simplest form, reporters fact-check the news based on viewers’ questions. But WFAA in Dallas goes much farther: on Verify Road Trip, reporter David Schechter takes viewers through every step of the journalistic process, and sometimes even takes a viewer along for the ride. Schechter reports that a road trip he and a viewer took to report on the border wall has won a national Murrow Award for large-market documentary, and next week he’s off to Alaska to report on climate change with a roofing contractor who’s a skeptic on the subject.

It’s always struck me as ironic that journalists, who cover change for a living, are often change-averse themselves. But local TV innovators are starting to experiment with new storytelling forms and program ideas. My colleague Frank Mungeam has a colorful metaphor for how to innovate while sustaining the core business: check out his essay, Why Every Local TV Newsroom Needs a Zodiac Project.

The most obvious example is podcasting, which is nothing short of a craze at this point. We reported how Bonneville’s KSL in Salt Lake City helped reporter Dave Cawley turn his obsession with a local cold case into a top-ten podcast and a station-wide news project. Beat reporter Scott McGrew of NBC Bay Area turned his connections with Silicon Valley entrepreneurs into the podcast series Sand Hill Road. This summer, WTTG (Fox 5) in Washington released the latest episodes in its own true-crime podcast series, Missing Pieces. The station’s colorful GM, Patrick Paolini, who is the subject of one of our most widely read profiles, even has his own podcast: The Paolini Perspective.

Paolini’s Fox colleague Byron Harmon, news director at WNYW in New York, started what he calls an “ICU,” but it doesn’t stand for “intensive care unit” — rather, it’s the Innovation and Creativity Unit, part of Harmon’s campaign to shake up newsroom conventions. Harmon reports that next week he’ll launch a noon newscast anchored by Joe Toohey, a former NBC News producer whom he hired after a chance encounter in the hallway, and produced by a former intern who worked her way up at the station.

ABC’s Localish is a multi-platform brand built partly around the work of the company’s owned stations. We reported on its Facebook Watch show More in Common, which we compared with TEGNA’s An Imperfect Union and Hearst’s Dispatches from the Middle. Since then, Executive Producer Michael Koenigs tells us that Localish has produced ten original digital shows with hundreds of episodes for ABC’s digital platforms and has expanded to major-market newscasts and other platforms. We also reported on the record-setting Localish segment produced by ABC’s Fresno station KFSN, about a local farmer growing and selling luffa sponges. The luffa story is up to 23 million views on Facebook, but Koenigs tells us that this uplifting segment about an extraordinary gift for a boy with a rare skin condition is the new champ at 30 million.

Kevin Necessary of WCPO in Cincinnati calls himself a “cartoon journalist.” His cartoons and comics bring difficult-to-visualize stories to life, mostly on the digital side but occasionally crossing over to TV. His boss Chip Mahaney, who’s since been promoted to a corporate job with station owner Scripps, told our Sarah Farrell, “I’m always looking for us to be different in some way.”

And it doesn’t get much more different than The ClassH-Room, a game show created by news executives and their colleagues at Fox 29 (WTXF) in Philadelphia. GM Dennis Bianchi, News Director Jim Driscoll, and Senior EP Tom Louden had to ascend the steep north face of the learning curve for this one: a daily quiz show that pits local high-school students against their teachers. It’s a slick production full of bells and whistles that’s hosted by an actual teacher (and TV natural), Richard Curtis. Driscoll tells us that the show has added new segments like Music Class, Art Class, and Study Hall to a collection that already included Pop Quiz, Detention, Spell Check, Picture Day and Final Exam. And the station now airs each show twice — at 6:30 p.m., so the students and their parents can watch, and the next day at noon, where it will soon lead into Meredith Vieira’s new nationally syndicated game show, 25 Words or Less. The ClassH-Room even produces the occasional celebrity edition — local radio hosts, Philadelphia Eagles cheerleaders — and is already booking schools into next year.

Congratulations! You’ve made it all the way to the end of my year-end report, which tells me you certainly have the stamina to subscribe to our weekly newsletter by clicking here.

We hope to feature your story on our innovation hub soon, and perhaps you’ll also see your name in lights, right here, same time next year.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


We tested transparency reporting

“Trust me.” That probably didn’t work with your high school math teacher, who typically required you to “show your work.” Journalists wanting to improve trust with the audience could apply the same logic. This question of how to build trust in reporting led to a transparency experiment here at Cronkite News at ASU called “Full Circle,” which documented the process of putting the story together, culminating in the story itself that aired on TV. More: Show Your Work to Restore Trust in News

The assumption was that showing the process of reporting a story would increase trust. But is that true? This summer, ASU Cronkite School graduate student Lynsey Amundson set out to measure the effectiveness of this method of transparency reporting to see if we could identify, and quantify, audience preferences for this style of storytelling. I supervised her graduate project and am pleased to share, with her permission, the key findings.

Methods

Amunsen identified a broadcast story and tested both the standard broadcast package and then the longer “Full Circle” version. The videos were shared in an online survey that also posed five questions related to trust and transparency. 100 respondents watched and completed the survey for the standard package. For the Full Circle package, 76 (*) respondents watched and completed the same set of questions, as well as several open-ended questions about the longer transparency format. Within the limits of this graduate project, the survey sample was not controlled to be random, but respondents were roughly equal in distribution across both gender and age. So while the exact numerical results would need further testing to validate, the overwhelming difference in ratings suggest there’s every reason to be confident in the general direction of the findings.

Results

The first dramatic finding was that viewers found both the story coverage and the news reporter far more trustworthy when they saw both the story process and the final package (right column) versus when they watched only the standard TV package (left column).

Story trust (standard package vs process plus package):

Reporter trust (standard package vs process plus package)

When you combine the 4 and 5 ratings (“a lot” and “completely”), viewers found the version that included the reporting process created a markedly more trustworthy story (82% vs 25%) and far more trust in the reporter (87% vs 31%).

A second pair of survey questions explored whether the ‘Full Circle’ treatment helped viewers better understand the reporter and newsroom’s editorial process. The answer was, unequivocally, yes.

Editorial Clarity: TV package only versus reporting process plus TV package

Two takeaways jump out from these responses. First, the combined 4 and 5 ratings (“a lot” and “completely” for understanding the editorial and reporter process are a remarkable 80% and 76% respectively. Second, the corresponding highest marks for typical TV reporting package format are abysmal – in this case just 2% and 1% of viewers respectively felt they understood the how/why of the story process, an insight that likely applies to most standard day-turn broadcast storytelling.

Trust as a Loyalty Strategy

Amundsen also explored the ‘loyalty’ question: Would this type of reporting result in a greater likelihood of the viewer choosing that news source again in the future? It’s a question that any GM or News Director should care about, because it connects good journalism with good business. Once again, the answer was a resounding “yes” that transparency led to greater loyalty.

Loyalty: Standard TV package only vs. reporting process plus TV package

Amundsen also included focus-group styled open-ended questions for the longer, ‘Full Circle’ story treatment to gather richer feedback. The suggestions from respondents include four key recommendations that could be applied by any local newsroom looking to incorporate
more transparency into its reporting process. The key recommendations:

  • Extend longer than a traditional package but still keep storytelling tight: including the behind-the-scenes process, total story length of 5-6 minutes (Our CN Full Circle experiments, at 8-9 minutes, were judged to be too long by viewers.)
  • Apply to politically charged, divisive issues where audiences might otherwise question the balance of the reporting
  • Use on-screen graphics or VO to help ‘explain’ some of the ‘insider’ processes and jargon of journalism
  • Focus on editorial aspects, like selection of the story angle, why certain interviews were included or excluded, and who refused to speak on the record

Overall, Amundson’s research project had three key insights on trust and transparency:
1. Audiences rated both the reporter and the news organization significantly more trustworthy when the process of reporting was included in the story
2. Audiences reported far better understanding of WHY a story was covered a certain way when the process of reporting was included in the story
3. Significantly for News Directors and General managers, “transparency” was also good for business: Audiences indicated far greater willingness to come back to the same news source in the future when they included their process in their reporting.

In my experience, journalists assume audiences know what we do all day. Audiences do not. In-depth “process” reporting like Full Circle is just one example of how to increase transparency. Simple steps like incorporating more “process” writing is another. We can also do better at sourcing where our story ideas come from, especially if they come from our audience. Perhaps the ‘secret’ to earning audience trust isn’t a new idea at all. Show your work.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


UNC-TV takes on a critical public-safety problem

Most people take transmission towers and antennas and over-the-air TV for granted — if they don’t dismiss them altogether as yesterday’s news. But a small team at North Carolina’s statewide public-television network UNC-TV is working on a bold idea that — if it works — would use the latest broadcast technology as a cutting-edge, high-speed way to transmit emergency alerts. The ongoing experiments are a lesson in collaborative innovation. “We’ve had a lot of ‘Holy Cow’ moments about this,” says Fred Engel, head of technology for UNC-TV. “If this gets deployed, it could save lives.”

About 2 ½ years ago, public-safety officials in North Carolina came to UNC-TV for help in addressing a critical problem: the antiquated technology and patchwork system 911 dispatchers use to alert first responders like firefighters and EMS teams. In a large majority of cases, emergencies are transmitted as voice messages over analog pagers, which means precious seconds — and a precious many seconds — can be lost while responders wait for critical details. And meanwhile, other, potentially more urgent calls stack up behind, sometimes for as long as 8 minutes, according to Engel.

The bold idea is to use the still-nascent broadcast standard known as ATSC 3.0 (or Next Gen TV) to send vital alerts at more than 1000 times the speed, supplemented by essential information to help responders respond more effectively. The new standard, which is designed to work with a broadcast signal and an internet connection, is so much more efficient in transmitting high-quality video and audio that it leaves bandwidth for sophisticated ‘datacasting’ — signals that go much farther and much faster than the current system and can reach mobile targets in milliseconds, obviously crucial for first responders. “Datacasting used to be a solution looking for a problem,” says Engel. But if he and his collaborators are right, not any more. “Putting our massive tall-tower high-power technology in the service of public safety is a no brainer.”

Fred Engel, CTO of UNC-TV (photo from UNCTV.org)

UNC-TV’s proposal to create a private channel for first responders using the new standard won first prize in the NAB Pilot Innovation Challenge in 2017. Since then, Engel and his colleagues have successfully set up a connection with a 911 dispatch center, converted its data to text, and successfully routed the messages through an ATSC 3.0 transmitter. As luck would have it, there was one nearby: UNC-TV often collaborates with innovation powerhouse WRAL-TV, the independently owned NBC affiliate in Raleigh, which in June of 2016 became the first station in the country to light up an ATSC 3.0 experimental transmitter.

Public safety is a key component of UNC-TV’s mission.

“We have yet to see a reason why it won’t work,” Engel says, but there’s still a lot to do, such as coming up with the right device for the first responders to receive the more efficient signals. The team of public broadcasters and public-safety officials is moving deliberately and methodically, testing each hypothesis before moving on to the next experiment. Engel, sounding like the engineer he is, measures his words carefully. “We know we can do a lot of things, but we don’t know the limits of what we can do,” he says. “We want to prove and understand what the capabilities and the limits are. We don’t want to promise anything that we can’t deliver.”

When will ATSC 3.0 be widely available? Our home base of Phoenix is a “model market” where multiple broadcasters have banded together to deploy the new technology. However, because adoption of ATSC 3.0 is voluntary, it will be years before consumers see the new technology’s full potential in their homes (or news directors in their newsrooms. And separate research is underway to deliver emergency alerts and information more effectively to individuals.

But UNC-TV and its collaborators illustrate what can happen when a strong mission, an entrepreneurial spirit, and the patience to test and iterate combine to drive meaningful change. This time, the stakes couldn’t be higher. As Engel puts it: “It’s great to have great ideas — but in the public safety area, your great ideas better work.”

[NOTE: The Knight Foundation, which co-sponsors the NAB Pilot Innovation Challenge, also funds our work at the Lab.]

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox




Social Media Spotlight: Jim Spiewak

Jim Spiewak

Since the internet exploded into our daily lives, broadcast news has been thrust into a never-ending cycle of new digital strategies — like a person wanting to lose weight jumping onto today’s hot new diet.

Jim Spiewak is an Anchor-Reporter for KUTV, Sinclair Broadcast Group’s CBS affiliate in Salt Lake City, Utah. He says he’s found the secret to standing out amidst all the digital choices — you can’t just be a generalist, stretching yourself thin and reporting on any and all topics to shallow results. Viewers are loyal to specialists.

“I think that really helps set you apart and build that brand,” Spiewak said. “That’ll help take you into this new age of media…that’s evolving and changing so quickly.”

Spiewak’s specialty is addiction, and he is a part of the team behind a recurring TV segment called “Addicted Utah,” a deep dive into drugs and drug-related stories. The station says: “Addicted Utah is in the early stages and preliminary data shows positive signs.”

“Now granted everyone reports on opioids, but most people just report on the overdose deaths,” Spiewak said. “We wanted to go way beyond the headline. In our very first ‘Addicted Utah’ report, we reported on the people that overdosed and lived.”

He uses social media to promote this specialty segment by dropping teasers — a “dance” as he calls it, between wanting to attract digital-only viewers and not giving away the whole story and hurting the TV ratings.

“You got to go to where the people are, and the people are on social media,” Spiewak said. “The trick is to give them little bite size pieces throughout the day to nibble on and then to convince them…to tune in to the newscast to find out the rest.”

As his “specialty” brand grew, followers began pitching their own ideas.

“It’s all about engagement so they don’t think that you’re a robot,” Spiewak said. “Sometimes they have information that you don’t know, and it turns into an [exclusive story] for you.”


Spiewak covers a story suggested by one of his Facebook followers.

Spiewak often broadcasts his Facebook Live over KUTV’s account rather than his own.

“We’ve got close to 400,000 people on that page, and you’re getting out in front of more eyeballs than I have on my personal page,” Spiewak said. “And I say, ‘Hey… if you want more updates on the story or if you want news continuously throughout the day, head over to my social media pages.’ That is a great little technique…I use to build the brand up.”

His advice to other reporters? Find a topic that is under-served and cover it better than anyone else in town–plain and simple.

“Find an issue in your community…and start asking questions about it and then put it out there on all the platforms,” Spiewak said. “And if you have the best content, I feel like your content will win out, and the eyeballs will follow.”

Do you know an anchor, reporter or meteorologist who is creatively using social media and deserves to be featured in our next Social Media Spotlight? If so, email us at cronkitenewslab@asu.edu and we’ll check out the story.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox




An upstart 24/7 cable channel tries to rewrite the rules for local TV news

What if you could build a local television news operation from scratch? How closely would it resemble the typical newsroom of today — say the places where you’ve worked or work now? And how would it be different?

Cater Lee and Scott Warren, both veterans of the Los Angeles local TV news scene, got the chance to meet that challenge. “We had this once in a lifetime career opportunity to try something new with a blank canvas here at Spectrum,” said Lee. “And it’s been incredibly exciting.”

Cater Lee and Scott Warren.

The mandate from their bosses at Charter Communications: build a 24/7 hyper-local news operation that would be exclusive to Spectrum cable customers — an incentive to stay subscribed rather than cut the cord. “Hopefully we become that thing that makes you decide that your cable subscription every month is really a great value,” said Lee, who serves as VP of News and Content for the new venture, “because you get this local news that you don’t get anywhere else.”

Easier said than done. Los Angeles-area consumers are known for their relatively low news viewing, but that doesn’t mean they are under-served. Quite the opposite. There are multiple stations offering local news in English and Spanish, with long-standing reputations and well-known personalities. CBS’s KCBS/KCAL duopoly even started a 24/7 OTT streaming service recently, CBSN Los Angeles.

So the challenge for Spectrum News 1 in Southern California, which launched last November, was how to stand out. “At every level, we’ve taken localism, which we all know is important, and tried to fundamentally do it differently — from the way we staffed, to the way we do storytelling, to the day-to-day execution of how we work.” Lee said.

For starters, the executives looked for local knowledge and storytelling skills rather than just TV credentials. “It didn’t matter if you were the best reporter in the country in a different market,” Lee said. “If you didn’t know Southern California and you weren’t a storyteller here already, it didn’t work for us.”

In fact, on-camera experience was not a must. The executives recruited people with experience — local experience — in radio, documentaries, newspapers, and digital journalism along with more traditional TV news backgrounds. The station calls all its reporters “multimedia journalists,” and they range from rookies to veterans like Giselle Fernandez, who came back to TV news after more than a decade away to co-anchor the new channel’s morning program and her own weekly show, L.A. Stories.

Giselle Fernandez

Clip from LA Stories with Giselle Fernandez. Courtesy Spectrum News 1.

“We wanted to make sure that we had experts: hyper-local experts, experts in their communities,” said Scott Warren, Senior Director of News and Content, with “all of our reporters living, working, eating, breathing from their neighborhoods. They know the people in the neighborhoods, they know the issues in the neighborhoods. And they’re actually digging for stories proactively in those neighborhoods, not reactively.”

The operation is decentralized, with almost everyone working remotely. Warren calls it an “outside-in newsgathering operation rather than an inside-out.” The 28 reporters are encouraged to pitch their own stories every week rather than have them handed down from an assignment desk. “We’re not watching the scanners, we’re not waiting for the press releases, we’re not looking at the wires. We’re actually depending on our reporters out in the field to generate the stories as well as produce them,” Warren said. Sometimes all the journalists band together to tackle a single theme, reporting on it from their respective communities, as they did for a recent special on homelessness — one of 13 themed specials the new venture has produced since its launch in November.

Most strikingly, “we don’t do car chases,” added Cater Lee. “And that is a huge point of difference in Southern California. There’s no argument that they can be compelling. For us, there’s no context around it. It’s just another breaking news event that is not relatable to most people.” Ditto for routine crime coverage, said Warren, who does hold a couple of reporters in reserve each day for breaking news. But for the most part, “that’s the exception, not the rule. The time taken to chase some of these breaking news stories takes away from the time where you could be talking to a person affected by an issue in their community.”

Yes, the channel does report on traffic — it’s L.A., after all — but with an emphasis on major alerts and stories, not granular freeway-by-freeway details. There’s an app for that, as they say. And yes, there’s a meteorologist, but Robert Santos often foregoes the usual maps for 3-D graphics that he walks around on-set “so we can explain what’s happening to you, instead of just telling you what the forecast is,” Warren said.

Screenshot of Robert Santos working with his 3D weather graphics.

Lee and Warren imposed a unified storytelling approach on their diverse corps of journalists — what Lee calls a “style guide to how we tell stories.” Warren admits that their formula — character-driven stories shot in an intimate, cinematic style — isn’t original, but it’s just not common in daily news coverage. ”We trained everybody to have that same look, that same style, that same feel so that the seasoned veteran’s story looks a whole lot like the first-generation journalist’s story.”

Lee and Warren say their approach is working, telling me that viewers they surveyed could see the difference and liked what they saw. A Charter spokesperson declined to share viewership numbers but attributed a significant decline in the ratings for L.A.’s incumbent English-language news broadcasts to the new channel’s launch late last year. “You put it out there with a wing and a prayer,” said Cater Lee. “But what we’re seeing is that it is resonating.”

Near the end of our conversation, Scott Warren proudly shared an anecdote about the L.A. teachers’ strike in January, which affected more than 30,000 teachers and more than half a million students. Everyone in town was preparing to go live as the teacher’s union leadership came up to the mic to announce the walkout — but then a car chase broke out. Guess which channel was the only one that didn’t cut to the chase?

“We stayed with the teachers’ strike, and we went wall to wall for a week on it,” Warren said. “But we didn’t get tempted to go away and do something that we’re not supposed to do, that’s not in our mission.”

When a smart aleck from the Knight-Cronkite News Lab asked Warren how he could be sure it wasn’t the superintendent of schools trying to hightail it out of town, he had a ready answer:

“It was a Toyota Corolla, and it ended peacefully.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Two TV Newsrooms in Denver Prove That Collaboration Doesn’t Have to Be Rocky

“From each according to his ability, to each according to his needs.” — Karl Marx

Karl Marx may not have been talking about collaborative newsrooms when he wrote that in 1875, but it’s a pretty good description and prescription for the sharing agreements that are cropping up around the country, drawing in some local TV news operations like NBC10 in Philadelphia, which we wrote about recently, and including Tegna’s KUSA 9News in Denver, a city that’s a major incubator of collaborative news projects.

“What unique strengths does each collaborator bring? And how can you capitalize on those?” asks Laura Frank, VP Journalism at Rocky Mountain PBS in Colorado, a veteran investigative reporter who’s been making creative content-sharing deals for a decade. Collaboration is “kind of a buzzword now,” she says, unlike when she started pushing it. “Then people looked at me like I had two heads when I said, ‘We’re all going to work on the same story. And we’re all going to publish it at the same time.’ Now, people realize that individual organizations can’t do everything that needs to be done, and collaboration is really the only way to address that.”

Nicole Vap, who runs investigations at 9News in Denver, says the key to a successful collaboration is “seeing where you think you’re lacking: taking a look at your staff and saying, ‘I need more in-depth reporting,’ or ‘I need someone who does data analysis.’ You can get [your collaborator] one thing, and they can get you something else. So you’re both benefiting…knowing that my end product is not going to look like your end product.”

“This idea that a TV news station would collaborate with anyone — there has been a breakthrough in that,” says Frank. “[The people at KUSA] are ahead of the curve, because they got it very early on. And they are reaping the benefits of that.”

Laura Frank of RMPBS says Nicole Vap of KUSA 9News and her colleagues are ‘ahead of the curve.’

The two women have had a lot of time to practice what they preach. They’ve been partners since 2013 in an unusual arrangement between a commercial station and a public broadcaster, in which 9News pays for access to the award-winning investigative team and content at Rocky Mountain PBS. 9News airs cut-down stories from the PBS station’s monthly investigative program Insight, featuring lead reporter John Ferrugia, who was a star for years on KUSA’s Denver rival KMGH. “We’re getting a whole different package, a whole different investigation that no one else in town has,” says Vap. “This is a lot cheaper than hiring John Ferrugia.”

But the relationship goes well beyond the right to show RMPBS work on 9News broadcasts. The two organizations also swap tips and video, share content on digital platforms as well as KUSA’s OTT service; and collaborate on joint, co-branded investigations, including one for the November book that Vap doesn’t want to talk about yet.

9News gets customized versions of RMPBS investigations like this one.

I spoke with Frank and Vap separately, but their advice to TV news colleagues who are considering collaborations is strikingly consistent.

First of all, recognize that it’s not easy. “Building trust between reporters is the hardest thing,” says Vap. “Collaborations are difficult,” adds Frank. “There’s usually some kind of fear that somebody’s not going to get credit or somebody is going to make us look bad.”

It’s also challenging to disrupt well-established newsroom processes, says Frank, “especially as pressures increase with more deadlines, and more platforms to feed. So I think one of the big challenges is, how do you break open your workflow to allow this to happen?”

In addition to their earlier advice about building on distinctive strengths, the two seasoned collaborators have these tips:

Talk through the specific details beforehand, including issues like who publishes first, how to share credit, cross-promotion, and distribution on one another’s digital platforms. “When it gets kind of janky is when one person has an expectation the other one didn’t know they had,” says Vap. “Work some of those things out in the beginning; have those hard conversations before you’re actually in a story.”

Work with an organization that’s very different from yours — perhaps one of the growing number of non-traditional, nonprofit, digital news operations like the 230-plus members of the Institute for Nonprofit News, whose board Frank chairs. “There’s probably one in your market,” she says. “And they are coming in with strong public service journalism skills. And a lot of them do not have video skills. So it’s sort of a natural use of everyone’s strengths to collaborate together.”

Start small. (We also heard this advice from other collaboration experts we’ve reported on.) “You could try it out with one story,” says Vap. “You’re testing the water,” says Frank. “If it’s working out, maybe you can go on to bigger things.”

Aside from the relationship with 9News, Laura Frank is helping to create a unique collaborative newsroom on the third floor of Rocky Mountain PBS’s new building, part of an ambitious experiment to preserve and strengthen original local news reporting called the Colorado Media Project. (Christine Schmidt of Harvard’s Nieman Lab recently wrote about it in detail.) “It takes the positive elements of a large newsroom of old,” says Frank, “but recreates it in a way that no hedge fund is going to come in and pull the rug out from underneath it.”

Frank says journalistic collaboration is an idea whose time has come — finally. “I’ve seen that light bulb go on for people all over — not only all over Colorado, but all over the country. I’ve become an overnight evangelist ten years later.”

With apologies to Karl Marx:

From each according to your ability, to each according to your niche.

[Note: The Knight Foundation, one of many blue-chip funders of the Institute for Nonprofit News, also underwrites our work at the Lab.]

Lauren Donovan Uses Social Media to Flip the Narrative

Lauren Donovan is a 24-year-old journalist working for KCCI, the Hearst station in Des Moines, Iowa. Don’t let her age fool you: she is a well-established weekend anchor and morning reporter, with a social media following in the thousands.

Every Sunday through Thursday, she drops two-minute “Today I’m Following” videos onto Twitter —summarizing her assignment of the day, what facts she has gathered so far, and whom she has talked with. These short clips aren’t promos for the newscast — they are relaxed, conversational “translations” of her stories specifically for her Twitter followers.

“I felt like it was very me, it was genuine, it was real. It actually helped me to get to know my stories better, because if I can’t convey this in a low key, colloquial way, then I don’t understand the story myself.”

Donovan’s “Today I’m Following” videos range from major floods to Escape Room controversies — and usually get twice as many views as the traditional TV reports she posts later on in the day.

“I think people trust you more if you can reveal to them how you’re understanding the story yourself because…sometimes, you can get [an assignment] totally in your wheelhouse, and then the next day you’d be assigned to do something on home ownership and that’s nowhere you’ve ever been as a 24-year-old millennial who’s renting an apartment with her cat,” Donovan said.

The videos aren’t scripted. Thirty minutes to an hour after she gets her assignment, she picks up her phone and starts recording.

“I just did it one day, and then I did it the next day, and it felt normal.” Donovan said.

Based on the number of retweets, Donovan quickly realized that the “stream of consciousness” approach was a hit. Now her goal is to be a consistent part of her followers’ news diets.

“Like you’re watching a reporter trying to figure things out, piece it together. I get my New York Times briefing every morning, I listen to certain podcasts when I wake up. So somebody is counting on that video from me.”

Social media is where Donovan found her voice, but when she started out, she said she would put on a “news voice,” thinking that was what viewers wanted. But she found that viewers responded more if she was genuine, if she showed flaws — not unprofessionalism, but a distinctive, authentic personality.

“Don’t be dishonest to people,” Donovan said. “I think a lot of people in TV news try to have that Ron Burgundy (“Anchorman”) mentality. And that’s the furthest thing from me I think you’ll ever get.”

For Donovan, social media helps define her as an individual.

“I don’t want to ever just be ‘Lauren the Journalist,’ I just want to be Lauren,” she said. “I think a lot of people in our field put all of their identity in their role on air, or their roles as journalists. I’m not trying to be this person in a suit…[and] I hope that that makes people trust me more.”

Do you know an anchor, reporter or meteorologist who is creatively using social media and deserves to be featured in our next Social Media Spotlight? If so, email us at cronkitenewslab@asu.edu and we’ll check out the story.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


A corps of talented young journalists — coming to a news desert near you

Camalot Todd was leaving Las Vegas — and leaving one desert for another.

Back in late spring, the 25-year-old reporter for the Las Vegas Sun got into her car and drove across the country to work in a new medium — television news — for a boss she’d never met.

Her destination — Buffalo, New York. You may not think of that as a desert, but Todd is part of Report for America, a public service program that since last year has been watering so-called “news deserts” by recruiting talented young reporters, subsidizing their salaries, and sending them around the country to under-served regions and under-represented beats.

Camalot Todd’s new beat is covering mental health issues for Spectrum News Buffalo, a 24/7 regional cable news channel owned by Charter Communications. “I got involved with journalism because I truly believe that journalists are the storytellers of communities today,” says Todd. “Regardless of where you are, if you don’t have a journalist in your small town, or your big city, telling the stories of the people in your neighborhood, those stories go unreported. And you kind of lose a sense of community because of that.”

Photo courtesy of Camalot Todd, seen here conducting an interview.

Of the 61 Report for America reporters now in the field, Todd is the first and only one in a television news shop, but RFA president and co-founder Steve Waldman hopes that will change: “We want local TV to participate in this.”

The nonprofit organization, backed by prominent funders like the Knight Foundation (which also underwrites our work), Google, Facebook, and many others, plans to expand its corps to 250 reporters by next June and has put out a call for news organizations who might want the help — local TV newsrooms included. Waldman says news directors should ask themselves, “What’s the specific gap in your reporting, and how would you use a Report for America reporter to fill that gap?”

A call to “Become a Host Newsroom” from Report for America.

Here’s how it works. RFA pays for half the reporter’s salary for a year, up to $20,000, and provides additional training and support. The host newsroom is expected to pay and/or raise the rest. If the reporter and the newsroom renew for a second year, the news organization kicks in a bigger share of the money. Interested news operations have until September 30 to apply for the program’s competitive selection process, say what sort of journalist they’re looking for, and commit to a specific under-served topic or territory. After that, RFA recruits its new reporter corps and gives each winning newsroom several candidates from whom to choose. Once RFA completes the matching process, the newsroom has complete editorial control.

Todd’s new boss, Spectrum News Buffalo news director Kelly Holland, heard about the program from an executive in her company and decided to give it a shot, knowing she was taking a risk. “When I hire for TV, I’m looking at people who have reels that can show me their on-air work. And I was given seven or eight applicants that had never been on TV before.” But after reading Todd’s print work and reaching her by phone from the back of a taxi cab, Holland decided to gamble on the young reporter from Las Vegas. “What really came across was her passion and dedication to reporting on such a sensitive subject as mental health. I needed to bring her on.”

Holland and Todd are betting that a commitment to long-form enterprise reporting on a critical but under-covered issue like mental health will help set their newsroom apart in a tough news town. “It’s the first time we’ve had a reporter who’s not focused on day turn pieces and can take the time to really dig into these topics and tell these stories,” says Holland. “Report for America gives young journalists an opportunity to have a beat,” says Todd. “And that’s beneficial to the news stations, and it’s also beneficial to the community.” But Todd acknowledges that not every shop can provide the strong support she’s received from her new colleagues. “Newsrooms are strapped nowadays as far as having the resources to take somebody that is a print-based reporter and help translate their journalism skills to TV.”

Should your newsroom consider applying for an RFA journalist, even if you’re in a larger market? “Report for America is a way for you to increase your depth around critical topics and communities in a way that you’d probably like to do but can’t,” says co-founder Waldman. “It’s not about population density. It’s about whether there are journalistic gaps.” Maybe they should be called beat deserts.

“There are news deserts where there is no news media, but there are also news deserts where there’s no coverage, no investigative reporting, no long-form reporting,” says Todd. “And that’s just as vital to a healthy and informed community. The quality of work is as important as the quantity.”

Todd has now made her television reporting debut with a multi-part series called “I’m 1 in 5” (based on the number of people in the population with mental health issues). Her boss Kelly Holland hopes Todd falls in love with the job and the Western New York area “before we have our six months of winter.”

And in a line that may resonate with any station considering this form of innovation, Holland added: “A place like Buffalo could use a Camalot.”

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox




Table Stakes for TV news: What 10 local stations learned from challenge-based innovation

Let’s make this simple: How innovative is your newsroom? How effective is your process for innovation? If you are already surpassing your goals on both, congratulations. Stop here.

Most newsrooms I’ve worked in or worked with would admit there’s an aspiration-execution gap between what they’d like to be doing, what they’re actually doing, and how quickly they are transforming. If that’s you, there may be lessons to learn from the first ten local TV stations to complete the Table Stakes Innovation Challenge.

TABLE STAKES FOR TV

Table Stakes for local TV was funded through a grant from the Knight Foundation and adapted from a program created by Doug Smith that’s been previously applied to newspapers and other transforming industries. The term builds on the poker phrase for the minimum to be ‘in the game.’ The year-long program, hosted at the ASU Cronkite School of Journalism, guides participating stations through a challenge-centered approach to innovating around those essentials to be in the game of serving local audiences for news. The first cohort of Table Stakes TV stations completed their year-long challenges in June, and the results were impressive: audience and revenue growth, improved newsroom workflows, and new content created for emerging platforms.

“First round local TV participating stations made excellent progress toward changing how work happened in ways that fostered both better audience and digital experiences as well as better linear TV,” said Doug Smith. “In addition, different stations made substantial progress at defining and serving specific audiences, experimenting and learning about OTT, meeting audiences where they are and when they are there, and taking initial steps toward new sources of revenue.”

WHY MOST INNOVATION FAILS

It’s no mystery why innovation commonly falls short. Newsrooms share common challenges: ‘Lack of resources’ is usually the initial explanation. More deeply, newsrooms mistake activity for outcomes, often switch from one ‘shiny object’ to the next, lack rigor around measuring and tracking results, and therefore lack accountability for change. The ‘Table Stakes’ approach solves for these issues with discipline around the innovation process.

In addition to shifting focus from activities to outcomes, Table Stakes newsrooms are coached to create SMART (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant, Time-Based) goals. Accountability is built into the program at multiple levels. Stations choose their own innovation challenges, leading to better buy-in. The stations must report progress against their goals every two months during the one-year program, insuring accountability. Along the way, Table Stakes coaches work with the newsrooms to catch instances when they slip back into the habit of tracking activities, like training the newsroom on headline-testing, instead of outcomes like story click-through rates and story session times.

The first cohort of TV news stations in Table Stakes organically focused their efforts on four key areas:

  • Newsroom workflow
  • Audience targeting to better serve specific audiences
  • Emerging platform strategies and content
  • New revenue sources

NEWSROOM WORKFLOW: Getting work done smarter

How can workflow be changed to enhance digital-broadcast integration and also improve efficiency? That was the challenge taken on by ABC10 in San Diego. Their final output is a shared spreadsheet built on Smartsheet collaboration software that is customized based on input from all the key newsroom stakeholders. Their home-made system enables work teams to track stories from beginning to end and across platforms, all in one shared document. The project was a big enough success that the tracking system is being scaled to other Scripps stations and who knows – there’s even a chance that this solution could be productized and offered to other newsrooms, in the same way that the Washington Post has re-marketed its ‘ARC’ CMS.

Doug Smith, with Table Stakes, presents a slide.

AUDIENCE TARGETING: From “the audience” to many “audiences”

One of the key ‘Table Stakes’ insights is the need to move from thinking of “the audience” as one large mass and instead to recognize the opportunity to target and serve many different “audiences.” Several Table Stakes participants applied this strategy with impressive results.

WhatsApp might not be the first platform you’d think of as a way to engage with your audience about the news. But producers at WXTV Univision-41 in New York learned that WhatsApp is exactly where needed to be to connect with the specific Latino audience they were targeting. WhatsApp is heavily used for free messaging between family members who may be separated by thousands of miles or country borders. As my colleague Andrew Heyward noted in his Cronkite News Lab profile, WXTV’s use of WhatsApp became a valuable source of story leads and audience engagement for the station.

In Spokane, KXLY applied the “audiences” concept by developing a target ‘persona’ (named “Chelsea”) for its news programming. Instead of trying to offer something for everyone (and potentially pleasing no one), the station committed to super-serving Chelsea, the busy mom. News Director Melissa Luck was thrilled to see how committing to this persona led to robust newsroom discussions about both story selection and story treatment. “Why would Chelsea care?” and “How would we tell this story for Chelsea?” became part of the newsroom dialogue.

EMERGING PLATFORMS: Meet the audiences where they’re going

Multiple participants in Table Stakes for TV chose to focus on content strategy and development for their emerging OTT platforms. ABC15 in Phoenix saw great results from featuring its investigative series via its OTT platform. The station also learned valuable lessons from what didn’t work: Marketing the station’s OTT channel via broadcast was far less effective than running targeted advertising campaigns on the OTT platform itself.

WBRC in Birmingham used its OTT channel as a place to pilot an extra hour of the morning show “Good Day Alabama.” The pilot worked so well the station wound up moving the show to the primary broadcast channel, extending its local programming by a full hour.

NEW REVENUE: Building a sustainable news model

Sometimes the biggest innovations start in the smallest markets, where there is less corporate ‘oversight’ and where everyone is used to doing everything, so there are fewer barriers between roles. That was certainly true of KPLC in Lake Charles, Louisiana, which set out to find new revenue sources and discovered that the easiest was licensing its archival content to ride the current wave of podcast and programming creation. Now, the station’s corporate team is thinking about ways to scale the revenue wins in Lake Charles and leverage all the stations’ archives better.

In San Antonio, fans of KSAT have embraced the “KSAT Insider” program, the station’s experiment at a membership model for local TV. While local newspapers have rushed to put up paywalls and charge digital subscription fees to visitors, that hasn’t been the case in local TV. One reason is that viewers are used to their local channels being free. But Pew Research has consistently found that local TV stations rank highest in public trust, and many enjoy strong local brands. KSAT has had thousands of sign-ups for its members program, quickly sold out a members-only event offer, and is continuing to explore how this membership program could reward loyalty.

Most participating newsrooms overachieved against the innovation challenge goals they set for themselves, prompting the obvious question: What was different about Table Stakes that helped them achieve these results? First was the fact that stations chose their challenges, guaranteeing they had ‘skin in the game.’ Second, leaders found it very helpful to be coached away from the activities trap (being busy, but not productive) and to instead focus on outcomes. Third, every station chose to let go of some activities to create capacity to take on the new challenges, As I noted in an earlier column, creating a STOP list first is the best way to create time for more productive activities. Finally, what gets measured gets done. Every station was forced to commit to measurable goals, and held to account every two months. By the end of the year, that led to substantial results.

“What worked so well for me about the Table Stakes approach to innovation is how much it encourages constant assessment of what you’re doing,” said Melissa Luck, News Director at KXLY in Spokane. “It’s not ‘change for change’s sake’; instead, we were encouraged to constantly analyze what was working and to ditch the things that weren’t.”

“So many times when organizations are trying to do something new and fresh, the focus is on getting it done,” noted Bernice Kearney, News Director at KSAT San Antonio. “With Table Stakes, we took the journey deeper and spent time figuring out why a change was important (or was it really just change for the sake of change?). Why we wanted to grow and evolve in a certain manner. Why this was in the best interest of our community, our organization, and our audiences. Inevitably we found that getting to the heart of the matter really sharpened our focus on the project we wanted to tackle.”

The year-long effort was itself an experiment, part of the Knight Foundation grant for innovation in local TV news that’s also powering our Knight-Cronkite News Lab and the news experiments being done by students and faculty at ASU’s Cronkite newsroom. What these efforts share in common is a belief in the importance of collaboration, and learning from each other. We’ll keep sharing those lessons here via the Cronkite News Lab. Together, we can build a sustainable local news community.

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox




Are the women in the newsroom the key to driving innovation?

(From left: Kristin Gilger, Julia Wallace. Photos courtesy: There’s No Crying in Newsrooms)

How do you measure gender diversity in your newsroom? Probably by the numbers, right? And by moving more women into positions of power.

By those standards, there’s been progress for women in local TV newsrooms. According to Hofstra Professor Emeritus Bob Papper’s annual survey for the RTDNA, more than one-third of news directors — 35.3% — are women. In the top 25 markets, it’s nearly half (47.6%), Those are record highs, even if there’s obviously still a lot of room for improvement. And nearly a quarter (23.4%) of general managers of stations that produce local news are women.

But the authors of a new book, There’s No Crying In Newsrooms: What Women Have Learned About What It Takes To Lead, suggest that statistical diversity isn’t sufficient, and that true culture change may be critical if stations are to unleash the full potential of women leaders and adapt to a new generation of colleagues and consumers.

Kristin Gilger and Julia Wallace, faculty stars with multiple roles at the Walter Cronkite School of Journalism at ASU, have decades of experience as high-level news managers. I’m a bit biased, because they are colleagues at Cronkite and interviewed me for one of the book’s chapters, but their book is filled with fascinating case studies of women who fought to make it in the male-dominated news world, as well as excellent advice for women working their way up in newsrooms today.

I had a chance to chat with Gilger and Wallace about what they learned from writing There’s No Crying in Newsrooms. Here are five takeaways from our conversation that I found especially relevant to the new generation of local TV newsroom leaders.

1. “We didn’t do enough. We fit into the culture and didn’t change it.”

You might think that as members of a generation of women who helped pave the way for today’s newsroom leaders, Gilger and Wallace would take a victory lap. In fact, it’s quite the opposite. “I really felt at the end of this like I needed to apologize to the entire generation of women coming up in newsrooms today, because we didn’t do enough,” Gilger says. “Our approach was to keep your head down, work really hard, be better than everybody else, stick it out, bring other women up behind you. And we thought that would change things, that it was a matter of time and numbers and persistence. And I don’t think I was right about that.”

The #MeToo movement shines a harsh light on the past and shows how much work still needs to be done, but the issues go well beyond sexual harassment to the fundamental role of women as newsroom leaders.

“Our generation was too focused on fitting into the culture that existed,” says Wallace, “figuring out how we had to navigate that, as opposed to saying, ‘That’s crazy. Let’s talk differently.’”

“A lot of women from our generation just managed like the guys,” says Gilger.

2. “Until we understand that we really, really need a more collaborative and nurturing environment in newsrooms, we’re not going to make progress.”

Wallace calls this “the hard work of culture change,” and she acknowledges that it’s rarely a newsroom’s top priority given the press of daily news coverage. But Gilger agrees with research that says “younger people will respond better to a slightly more nurturing, more communicative, less authoritarian, less top-down style.” The authors are careful not to generalize about the characteristics of women leaders, but the message is obvious: managing “like the guys” isn’t going to work as well with a new generation of employees — women and men alike.

3. “You need to create your own narrative in the workplace.”

I’ve always felt there was too much stylistic conformity among news directors (and doubly so for GM’s), although I’m not sure whether that’s a function of natural selection (certain types get ahead in the homogeneous corporate world) or just self-selection (certain types are attracted to these jobs). But Gilger and Wallace make the compelling point that the path to leadership for women is even narrower than for men, the penalties for straying outside the lines much more severe. A man can have a temper tantrum, be fine the next day, and all is forgiven; for a woman, that becomes part of the “narrative” that frames her forever.

“You need to create your own narrative in the workplace,” says Gilger, “because people are less inclined to accept a woman in a leadership role. And that means that the stories about you in the workplace related to your role as a leader are even more powerful than usual.” “And they can turn negative really fast for women,” adds Wallace. “It’s why women get called bitches.”

It’s a tricky balancing act, the authors say. It’s much harder for women to be tough and direct — qualities generally seen as virtues in male leaders. “Over and over in interviews, women told us they felt they had to moderate their behavior,” says Gilger. But there’s also a risk for women of being perceived as too nurturing, not tough enough. “You’re seen as a pushover. you’re seen as somebody who other people can sort of take control of,” says Wallace.

Think about how the United States women’s national soccer team has helped “change the narrative” about female athletes — their talent, their commercial power, their style, their compensation. Newsrooms lose when a narrow range of acceptable “narratives” keeps women from realizing their potential.

4. “People don’t want to work for someone who thinks they’re right all the time.”

In my experience, male news managers don’t go around expressing a lot of self-doubt, or admitting what they don’t know. In the tough newsroom culture, that’s a sign of weakness. By contrast, “women tend to second guess themselves a lot,” says Gilger — even “incredibly accomplished women.” “Several women said, ‘I keep waiting for them to figure out I’m not as good as I think I am.’”

Yet self-doubt can sometimes be a strength, say the authors, when it encourages a leader to think more deeply about a problem or consider it in a new light. “You’re never right all the time, and people don’t want to work for someone who thinks they’re right all the time,” says Gilger. The key is not to let doubt paralyze decision-making — a skill men have had to learn in order to get ahead. “You have to be able to act even when you’re not 100% sure,” says Gilger. “And that is a harder struggle for women.”

Again, it’s the “hard work of culture change” — in this case, not confusing human fallibility and thoughtfulness with weakness.

5. “If your path is blocked, you’re going to go off in some strange direction that can pay off.”

Gilger and Wallace believe that women leaders are particularly well suited to drive newsroom change — at least partly because of the obstacles they’ve faced to get where they are. “We are a bit outsiders,” says Wallace,and therefore look at things differently from the men who’ve always been in charge. “When you’re so stuck in the status quo, I don’t think you see all the possibilities. So I think that’s one difference that makes us more likely to innovate.” And there’s another, perhaps more obvious reason that women venture into new territory — one that the authors explore with women leading the digital revolution: that’s where the opportunities are. “If your path is blocked, you’re going to go off in some strange direction that can pay off,” says Gilger.

I hope my five “takeaways” prompt you to experience the rich stories and valuable advice in There’s No Crying in Newsrooms for yourselves. I urge you to read it — yes, guys, you too, The lessons for news managers are powerful. If the old guard clings to antiquated views of the roles women leaders can play and fails to unleash their potential to change culture and drive innovation, they do so at their peril. Perhaps women should be leading the search for the new ideas that local TV news needs in order to thrive, if they’re not doing so already.

Ironically, for all the talk of culture change and a more nurturing environment, don’t expect any tears from the authors. Wallace cried once, in her mid-20’s, in a glass-enclosed office as her boss handed her what she saw as a demotion. “And then I walk out, and everyone’s looking at me and then looking down, and nobody says anything. I said to myself: ‘I will never do that again.’”

As for Gilger: “I’ve never cried in a newsroom. I’ve never even cried in the bathroom. I don’t cry.”

Get the lab report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Social Media Spotlight: Amber Sullins

Amber Sullins is not a one-woman weather app, she is better. Across social media platforms she offers her followers a variety of content, from traditional graphics to live updates and memes.

Sullins is a five-time Emmy award winning meteorologist for E. W. Scripps Company’s KNXV-TV, ABC15 in Phoenix. She says social media shouldn’t be treated as a place where you just copy and paste your television work. Not only is social media an entirely different medium — with an entirely different audience — than TV, but each platform is distinctly different from the next.

“What’s engaging on Twitter is not necessarily what’s engaging on Facebook,” Sullins said. “I think the [social media profiles] that are the most successful recognize that the content needs to be different.”

Twitter works for short weather updates, she says, while Facebook, and especially Facebook Live, are better for longer video segments.

Sullins offers creative touches on daily posts, like mocking up a buzzer from the game show Press Your Luck to report on a 108-degree day. She also strives to offer what she calls “deeper digs” into weather stories, so her audience can distinguish her from every other meteorologist in the area.

“For example, it’s our eighth 110-plus [degree] day. Everybody in town may post: ‘110 again’ or ‘It’s our eighth 110 day of the year,’” Sullins said. “But to provide the deeper dig into this is: how many 110-plus [degree] days we see each year, this is how many we used to see, this is how many we see in the future. That’s all added value that sometimes there’s not time for in the nightly newscast.”

Meteorologists are always competing with weather apps, but Sullins is unthreatened. She feels that on any regular day, an app is good enough. But in emergencies, heat waves, storms, etc, she says weather apps fail to give viewers the expertise they need to feel secure. Enter meteorologists on social media.

“A lot of people don’t understand the difference between ‘watches,’ ‘warnings,’ or ’advisories’ that the National Weather Service puts out,” Sullins said. “We had monsoon storms coming through the Valley and…we did Facebook Live for close to two hours, tracking storms. I was able to walk my viewers through and explain the differences between all of these alerts.”

Sullins’s advice to all up-and-comers in the journalism world, especially meteorologists, is to know where their followers are and make sure to post the right content on the right social media sites in order to connect with them.

“I think it’s important to remember that we have people who follow us on our social media accounts who may not necessarily watch us on TV,” Sullins said. “Get them through those weather moments in their lives, and they will come back to you and trust you.”

Do you know an anchor, reporter or meteorologist who is creatively using social media and deserves to be featured in our next Social Media Spotlight? If so, email us at cronkitenewslab@asu.edu and we’ll check out the story.

Get the lab report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


7 Lessons for Newsrooms From the Tech Platform Companies

Shiny lobbies. Workplaces that are called “campuses.” Large, open office spaces. Free lunches and snacks! For someone who’s been toiling away in local broadcasting, a visit to the so-called Platform Companies (Facebook, Google, etc.) is like an adult ‘Disneyland’ for news junkies.
Thanks to the Local Media Association, I had just that opportunity. The LMA, which represents small to medium-sized publishers, arranged visits with several of the largest and most influential San Francisco-based platform and technology companies as part of its annual “Innovation Mission.” While in San Francisco, we visited Salesforce, LinkedIn, Facebook, YELP, YouTube and Google, as well as the local PBS station KQED.

There’s a lot that newsrooms could and should learn from what’s made these technology companies successful, sometimes at the direct expense of legacy news business models. Here are seven of my top takeaways from a week in Silicon Valley.

  1. Build an Aligned Culture

Here’s a fun game for news leaders: Ask members of your team to (separately, without comparing notes) write down in one sentence the newsroom’s mission and target audience. Then, if you dare, go around the room and have folks read their answers aloud. How aligned do you think those answers would be? And, if your newsroom isn’t all on one page on those mission-critical questions, how likely are you to succeed?

Of the companies we visited, Salesforce is probably better known to local media sales teams than their newsroom counterparts. But news leaders could learn a lot about culture alignment from the industry leader in Customer Relationship Management (CRM), ranked by Forbes as the best place to work in America in 2018.

How do you get everyone on the team aligned and moving in the same direction? Salesforce uses what it calls the “V2MOM” process – for Vision, Values, Methods, Obstacles, and Measures – to create alignment throughout the company around goals. Each employee writes a personal V2MOM. The company version is crowd-sourced. Every employee has a chance to give feedback. Even if their suggestions aren’t adopted, they learn in the process WHY a particular goal has been established. Their own V2MOM directly maps their own work to the larger company vision. The company has tens of thousands of employees spread across the country, yet this process results in an organization where everyone knows where the company is going, why, and how their own role connects.

For more, check out this blog by Salesforce CEO Marc Beniof on why building alignment around goals is so critical to organizational success, and how other organizations can apply the V2MOM principles.

2. Be a Listening Organization

Einstein is credited with observing that “We cannot solve our problems with the same level of thinking that created them.” The application to news disruption is clear: Smart leaders will look to leverage all the ideas and input in their organization, especially those younger employees who represent the future news consumer.

I was struck by the flattened organizational structure and mechanisms for direct employee feedback we encountered during our LMA Innovation Mission to the various platform companies. For example, in Facebook’s Mountain View headquarters there’s a large wall covered in sticky notes responding to the provocative question: “Why Aren’t We Talking About…?”

In addition, Josh Mabry, who leads local news partnerships for Facebook, told our group that CEO Mark Zuckerberg still continues a long tradition of holding weekly all-staff, one-hour meetings on Fridays where employees can, in effect, ‘AMA’ (ask Mark anything).

At Salesforce, the method for direct feedback is called AOG: “Airing of Grievances.” It’s an online space where any employee can post a concern, and leaders get notified and can see everything that’s submitted. The company’s V2MOM process, described earlier, is another example, since the company-wide final result includes a public process where all employees can weigh in.

Flattened organizational structures and direct employee feedback paths ensure that everyone’s voice is heard, and they can prevent a leadership ‘echo chamber.’

3. Prioritize Onboarding

Ask a news manager the fastest way to move a newsroom’s culture and habits forward and most will say: by strategic new hires. Yet local broadcasters are notorious for hurried onboarding of new hires.

Honestly, we all understand why. Everyone is SO busy. And when positions aren’t filled, everyone else takes on more. There’s an understandable rush to plug the new hire in to the ‘assembly line’ of daily news production: ‘Thank goodness you’re here, here’s your desk, here’s your logins, hey can you turn a package for the 5p today?’

But there is a profound hidden cost to minimalist onboarding: the missed opportunity to start with ‘First Things’ — to create alignment on goals and culture before an employee gets immersed in the busy-ness of daily news coverage.

Platform companies understand the value of onboarding, and use technology to make it time-efficient, too. For example, Salesforce smartly automates a series of email messages that deliver what new employees need to know – before, during, and after their start date – at the critical moment they need to know it. Then, Salesforce uses data (email open rates, engagement rates/actions) to refine the timing and content of the onboarding messages. They have a similar ‘onboarding’ for employees who are becoming people-managers for the first time.


The Salesforce use of strategically timed informational emails shows it’s possible to make the onboarding process more personalized and effective without requiring more time. Newsrooms could identify those same ‘need to know’ items and sequence a similar set of messages.

Consider the alternative: What does it really say about our priorities — and our future — if newsrooms are ‘too busy’ to onboard new employees well? A newsroom too busy to onboard its employees of the future may not have one.

4. Make the Workspace Work

It’s not fair to compare the shiny work spaces of Silicon Valley with the typical local TV newsroom. Breaking-news pizza is as close as we’re likely to get to the all-you-can-eat free lunch buffet. But even if the profit margins and growth rates are different, there are some transferable lessons about making the work space ‘work.’

Work spaces at the platform companies default to ‘open.’ They place a priority on collaboration. White boards are common. Meeting rooms are busy. Sticky notes are everywhere. Compare this to a typical newsroom with nooks and crannies and compartmentalized areas separating teams. How far is your digital team from producers? From the assignment desk? I’ve participated in several newsrooms that reorganized their spaces intentionally to move from isolation to collaboration, purposely positioning relevant teams nearby to improve communication.

Aesthetics also count. It’s no accident that, when you combine rankings from Glass Door and Forbes, four of these platform companies – Google, Facebook, LinkedIn and Salesforce — ranked in the top ten places to work in 2019.

Local broadcasters aren’t likely to shed their legacy buildings any time soon. However, I’ve had the pleasure of working for and with local TV General Managers who took pride in place, and creatively found frugal ways to make their workplace a more welcoming place, from things as simple as fresh paint and carpeting, to subtle décor upgrades, to the ‘ultimate’ newsroom luxury: free gourmet coffee!

Others have done the cost-benefit analysis, so I’ll merely observe that “giddy” and “news person” aren’t phrases that go together; but I’ve twice seen teams succumb when this single perk was added. Simple upgrades can enrich the newsroom work environment.

5. Move from Audience to “Audiences”

By default, broadcasters were in the ‘Audience’ business. Historically, there were just a few choices and we carved up the audience pie three or four ways. Of course, that world of mass audiences has been entirely upended in the digital age. We could learn a lot from the platform companies about how to think about discrete sets of audiences, plural.

When you think of YELP, what comes to mind? I’d bet it’s as a quick way to find a restaurant or maybe a local service, along with hot takes from local users who’ve left reviews. That’s all true. But spend a day with the folks at YELP, and they’ll educate you that they represent possibly the single largest repository of real-time, local behavior and feedback. YELP could be an interesting partner for news organizations looking to develop data-driven, local stories. The YELP Economic Average is just one example of how news organizations might leverage the actions of audiences captured by this recommendation platform to develop stories both locally and nationally.

Likewise, if you think of LinkedIn only as a place to find or post jobs, you might be missing out on a way to connect with targeted audiences for some of your niche reporting. LinkedIn has become a destination platform for content discovery for professionals in key verticals often covered locally, like health, law, business and education. Newsrooms that used to think of Facebook as their method to ‘broadcast’ their online stories to mass audiences might find that, especially when it involves beat reporting, reporters are more likely to reach their targeted audience in some cases by publishing those stories to the LinkedIn feed.

LinkedIn also now provides metrics so authors (including reporters) can track the reach of their posts. I’ve seen this first-hand. My contributions to the Cronkite News Lab, when shared as links on LinkedIn, are seen and read by the niche, targeted audience of news influencers. LinkedIn is now a viable part of an audience reach and distribution strategy for connecting with specific local audiences.

6. Make Data Actionable

“Audience Engagement” and “data-driven decision making” have become such catch phrases that I fear they have lost their meaning. Discerning leaders may want to challenge any use of either phrase with a follow-up to drill down on ‘what exactly do you mean by that?’ and, especially, ‘how are you measuring that?’

Many newsrooms feel overwhelmed with data points. Which ones matter and truly drive success, and which ones don’t? Platform companies are the pros at harnessing and converting data into smart decisions. At Google for example, they hacked their own data sets to make them more usable for newsrooms. For data dabblers, Google Analytics is so comprehensive it can be overwhelming. The Google News Lab partnered with the data team to develop Google’s News Consumer Insights to make the most important, actionable data more accessible for newsrooms.

The data includes what I’d consider meaty ‘audience engagement’ measures: sessions per user, pages per session, and average session time. These are far more powerful engagement insights than mere ‘likes’ or ‘clicks.’ News Consumer Insights enables a publisher to look at its audience composition and break it down into Casual, Loyal and Brand Lover visitors, and even includes a ‘User Value Score.’ In addition, there are reference points like Benchmarks (how you compare to publishers as a group) and Best in Class (what great performance looks like) for each of the key performance indicators. That’s how to make data actionable.

Likewise, broadcasters don’t need to ‘reinvent the wheel’ when it comes to defining how to measure online video success. YouTube has been measuring and refining video recommendation for more than a decade. In the early days, their key success indicator was “video plays.” They abandoned this metric years ago, concluding that “watch time” was a more meaningful metric. Recently, they’ve incorporated other signals, including video completion rate. These signals are much closer to capturing audience satisfaction.

One final lesson, aptly put by Anntao Diaz, who leads the Insights team for Google: Every metric is an imperfect approximation. We’ll never be done trying to get as close as we can to what you are trying to measure, so we should regularly review: Is this metric really the best way to measure what matters to us?

7. Put the Audience at the Center (No, Really)

The one most unifying theme of these successful platform companies is a relentless focus on the audience, their customer. Journalism has historically operated as an inside-out medium. We can thank the easy monopoly of printing presses and broadcast airwaves for that. When publishing was hard and expensive, only the few – a newspaper and a couple of broadcasters – could afford to do it. The publishers decided what was “news”, and the audience had only a binary choice: Consume what was offered, or don’t. Their options were few.

Of course, we are living through the choice revolution. Now, publishing is easy and low-cost. Anyone can do it. The consumer has, if anything, too much choice. The new problem for information consumers is filtering: How to find the signal in all the noise?

The seismic shift for publishers is to adapt to the reality of a consumer-centered information ecosystem. Platform companies have built their businesses by being more nimble at serving specific customer needs, from search (Google) to social (Facebook) to jobs (LinkedIn) to video (YouTube) and local recommendations (YELP.)

“Your margin is my opportunity,” as Amazon CEO Jeff Bezos bluntly put it. “The most important single thing is to focus obsessively on the customer.”

The LMA Innovation Mission to San Francisco-based KQED offered hope that broadcasters can learn and apply these lessons. Chief Digital Officer Tim Olson and his team have studied and incorporated many of the practices of successful Silicon Valley startups. They have a highly integrated, multiplatform newsroom; a dedicated team working on innovation experiments; they try many things, quickly, moving on from those that fail and scaling those that work. Best of all, they literally put the audience at the center of their three-year plan. Heck, they have a three-year plan. And they put it on the wall, where every employee can see it every day.

KQED Strategic Plan

As Olson notes, change didn’t happen overnight, and there have been missteps along the way. But by keeping the audience at the center of its transformation efforts, KQED has become a model for the kind of change that’s possible for local newsrooms.

Get the lab report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Quirky Personalities, A ‘Stop Doing’ List, and Local TV News to the Rescue

A note from Andrew Heyward, Knight Senior Researcher in TV News Innovation:

Newsrooms never really get to go off duty, but I hope many of you are preparing to enjoy the Independence Day weekend with family and friends. Our team at the Knight-Cronkite News Lab is grateful for your participation, interest and feedback. We’ll be back next week with a new story from Professor of Practice Frank Mungeam on what local TV newsrooms can learn from the big platform companies. In the meantime, for your amusement while the charcoal grill is heating up, we decided to share some of your favorites. Our colleague Alicia Barrón will take it from here.

Have a great Fourth!



Since launching last fall, we at the Knight-Cronkite News Lab have been reporting for local TV news professionals on interesting newsroom initiatives and experiments around the country.

We’ve featured trend pieces and case studies on the move to OTT, creative collaborations, tech partnerships, and other new ways to foster innovation and attract younger audiences. We’ve introduced you to a teacher turned game show host; a meteorologist who does a uniquely personal weather forecast from the roof; a reporter who turned his obsession with a cold case into a hit podcast; a California luffa farmer who became a social-media sensation; and a host of other memorable characters.

Here are five of the most popular stories to date.

KUSA’s Next With Kyle Clark is a ‘Refreshing’ Example of Innovation’s Risks — and Rewards

Denver anchor Kyle Clark’s ratings plummeted in the first sweeps period after his unusual single-anchor show premiered in 2016, but his bosses stuck with the experiment, and today Clark’s mix of irreverence, unorthodox story selection, and audience involvement has put him at the top of the heap.

Newsroom Innovation : Start with a ‘STOP’ List

In this widely shared essay by our very own Knight Professor of Practice Frank Mungeam, he talks about the need to stop doing things automatically that are no longer relevant or productive in your newsroom in order to make room for newer and better practices. Frank’s first step: Create a “Stop Doing” list.

A Brash GM Pushes the Limits of Local News Production, Promotion and Personality

Is he a general manager? Is he a podcast host? He’s both! Patrick Paolini, FOX 5 boss in Washington D.C., is no one’s idea of a typical GM, and you may find him a bit much, but the “Paolini perspective” on driving change, distinctiveness, productivity and success is provocative and well worth hearing.

Why Local TV News is Our Best Hope

Professor of Practice Frank Mungeam discusses why, in the age of “fake news” accusations, eroding trust, and collapsing business models, local TV newsrooms have the power to revive journalism. And he’s got the data to back up his argument. “These local TV stations are poised to win,” he says. But first, TV news has to “shed its clichéd coverage of the past.”

Kristen Hampton’s Facebook Live Segments are a Case Study in ‘Authenticity’

The journalist who kicked off our Social Media Spotlight franchise still holds the record for most views. She’s WBTV Charlotte feature reporter and social media sensation Kristen Hampton. Hampton first went viral after trying on a pair of rubber lips on her Facebook Live feed while casually sitting in her car, racking up millions (yes, millions) of views. Thus was born Product Testing Tuesdays. The rest, as they say, is history.

We welcome ideas and pitches about newsrooms experimenting with innovative ways to cover the news, tell stories, and engage audiences. Please send along any suggestions you’d like us to consider at cronkitenewslab@asu.edu.

See you at the Lab!

Get the Lab Report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox


Social Media Spotlight: Ben Winslow

Photo courtesy of Ben Winslow

Meet Ben Winslow, a “multi-platform journalist” at Tribune’s KSTU-FOX 13 in Salt Lake City, Utah. He’s on Twitter, he’s on Facebook, he co-hosts a podcast — and oh yes, he’s also on TV. But Winslow is not just posting his work to different platforms; he is using each one in a distinctive way.

Winslow uses Twitter to report on long, often boring, but important government meetings. He live-tweets what’s going on, sending the occasional GIF to inform — and entertain — his followers. “It’s sort of a glorified version of stenography,” Winslow said. “It’s really important that we cover [meetings], but sometimes it’s not necessarily, shall we say, good television.”

Winslow has even motivated followers to attend the meetings. “I have people who I’ve noticed now quote-tweet the thread, and they’re like, ‘This is the best public meeting every month,’” Winslow said. “I’ve had people say, ‘I’m going to show up.’”

He uses Facebook as a place to post traditional articles and video — but also to interact with people in the comment section. “I just try to provide clarification,” Winslow said. “It’s also gently nudging people to read the story that hopefully answers the question.”

In the end it’s also to correct misinformation: Winslow recently posted an article about Kathleen Anderson, a Republican candidate attempting to unseat Utah’s lone Democrat Congressman Ben McAdams. As the comment section erupted, one reader pointed out that she does not live in the county she wants to represent. “Fun fact,” Winslow replied in the comment section. “You don’t have to actually live in the district you represent in Utah. Incumbent Congressman Ben McAdams also does not live in the district.”

His most recent venture is on what seems to be every journalist’s favorite new medium: a podcast. Winslow co-hosts the “Utah Booze News” podcast with Kathy Stephenson, the food writer for The Salt Lake Tribune. The podcast features in-depth explanations of Utah’s alcohol policies and their impact on residents — a high-interest topic in a state where the government has complete control over the supply and sale of alcohol. “In one of our episodes, we solicited questions from people online, and we brought in an attorney who specializes in liquor laws to answer them,” Winslow said. “And it was pretty well received.”

This local TV news reporter spends most of his time on the internet, not to undermine traditional reporting, but to enhance it and recapture audiences who have scattered to every corner of the digital landscape. Winslow encourages other journalists not to be afraid to try new things. “I think people get their news from different places. And I think the way that we report local news to people in our communities is going to be with a multi-platform approach.”

Do you know an anchor, reporter or meteorologist who is creatively using social media and deserves to be featured in our next Social Media Spotlight? If so, email us at cronkitenewslab@asu.edu and we’ll check out the story.

Get the lab report: The most important stories delivered to your inbox